The Quelmar Wiki - User contributions [en]

Bellix Braveheart

2023-06-26T21:14:51Z

Lywyn:

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=Bellix.jpg|caption=Bellix, College of Lore Bard|languages=Common, Elvish, Primordial, Infernal|birthPlace=The Wilds of Amusa|species=Human|gender=Female|height=5'7"|weight=175|eyes=Violet-Blue Iridescent}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is fey in human form, playful and fun in nature, yet cunning and sharp tongued when the moment calls for it. She is very much wiser than her years would belay but, she doesn’t let a little thing like wisdom get in the way of her fun and zest for life!

==Physical Appearance==
She has much the look of a typical human at first glance but her extended time in the feywilds has certainly left its mark. It would appear that she has a magical iridescence to her enchanting grey blue eyes and lovely curling flowing long locks of rich black hair that shines with the shifting oil slick rainbow quality of a raven’s feather. Also, her skin is smooth and very fair, akin to the Eladerin, but still, she is quite human. She has typical human features otherwise and stands at an average human woman’s height with her build being light but toned by all her acrobatics with her feywild friends.

==Personality==
Growing up in the Feywilds does strange things to a human, giving them more fey like natures than humans typically seem to have. Though she is bright and intelligent her time in the wilds has given her a bit more of a chaotic nature. She’d personally choose to believe that her chaos aligns with the side of good but, she also understands that the entire idea of alignment is really all about the morality of the perceiver so the jury maybe out on this one in the material plane for now. She enjoys wordplay, sarcasm, and shenanigans always quick with a ready smile.

==The Ballad of Bellix==
''Darkness came on flaming paws''

''Gnashing teeth and foaming jaws''

''Terror in the chill of night''

''A family running, futile flight''
 '' Impossible, a choice to make''

''A babe is hidden for her sake''

''In tearful sorrow, last goodbye''

''Haunting howl, anguished cry''
 ''Her future grim as silence falls''

''A feyborn visitor hears her calls''

''Whisked away to feywild shores''

''A hellish hound in pursuit rancors''
 
'' A giant’s fist will end the chase''

''Voracious hound turned into paste''

''New journey for the babe to start''

''Her name be Bellix of Braveheart''

''Raised in the wilds of the fae''

''Delights and trickery day by day''

''Mentored how to hone her craft''

''Sharing joy and quick to laugh''
 
''Happily thriving in strange new lands''

''A woman yet seeks to understand''

''What does “human” truly mean?''

''A truth, her heart’s desire to glean''
 '' ''
''New adventure now awaits''

''She leaves the feywild behind''

''Returning to her origin place''

''What answers will she find?''

==History ~ A Feywild Bard==
''Once upon a time a lost little girl found her way twisting and winding through wilds of fae.''

Long ago a tiny, swaddled babe was found crying alone in the wood. The babe was hidden away nestled in a soft pile of leaves unattended and vulnerable to the creatures of the forest. Marniaellyn was an inquisitive sort of fae (still is by all rights) and hearing a small one’s cry so deep in the wood was very curious! She paused and decided to investigate and see if she could find the source of the sound.

As she is investigating, she comes across the sulfurous blackened tracks of a large hellhound and the tracks of what looks to be two adult sized humanoids. The tracks pass through the clearing and lead away. “Must be wood Elves…you don’t see much else that size this deep in the wood…” she mumbles to herself.

A sharp cry snaps her out of her musing and she returns to her search. As she searches on, she ponders to herself, “Those dogged hellish hounds never lose a target… I wonder if the caretakers of this little one were being tracked and hunted. If so, they must have made a very dark and powerful enemy. Odd that the babe would have been left alive, perhaps, it was only sent after the adults, or the adults were the primary target. If so, they could return at any time to destroy the little one.”

She picks up her pace and sees one set of adult humanoid tracks leading off in the direction of the noise and turning behind a bush. As she turns the corner behind the bush, she sees a pile of leaves shifting a head of her and hears the soft cooing of a child. She rushes ahead and carefully searches through the leaf pile finding a small human girl swaddled in a warm teal blanket.

With no time to waste the Eladrin woman scooped up the child. Upon picking up the babe Marniaellyn hears a lone soul shaking howl off in the distance and her heart begins racing. She makes a few gestures while chanting a quick few words and her and the babe disappear and reappear a bit of a distance away. She then takes off in a full run moving fast and lithe with purpose. A howl echos from the clearing they left, it won’t be long before the hound catches them with its supernatural speed. She pushes on.

“Almost…there…” She pants. Just as she finishes her statement, she can hear the sound of thundering hellhound steps getting closer and closer behind her. No doubt it’s enjoying the chase.

She attempts to repeat the gestures and chanting she used in the clearing but finds herself too out of breath in her running to get a single word out. She can see a small stone circle a few yards ahead of her. She can also now feel the heat of the hellhound radiating behind her. It’s too close, will she make it?

With a last burst of her remaining energy, she takes a flying leap landing just within the circle and as the hound closes within centimeters of her, she disappears. The hell hound snarls in frustration and charges into the stone circle.

Marniaellyn curls around the babe as they tumble out of the portal.

“You O-K, Marni?” The sound of the booming ogrish voice echos down to her. Before she can react, he scoops her and the babe up gently in one of his huge giant hands. “Me help you!”

Just as Ro’gaesh lifts the pair up to get a better look at his friend Marni to see if she’s hurt, the hellhound comes snarling through the portal. The giant ogre balls up his fist and slams it on the hound before it can get it’s bearings smashing it into a smoldering gooey puddle. “BAD DOG!!! You leave my good friend Marni alone!” He adds a few stomps on the hell puddle just to emphasize his point.

And so began my upbringing in the feywilds by my new adoptive Eladrin mother. She kept me in the wilds for much of my upbringing. One thing she found odd about me was the fact that I knew how to speak fluent despite having never been taught that language by anyone in the feywilds. She often wondered if it had something to do with the hellhound that chased my parents and me. Anyway, time is much more… linear or well, fast perhaps here in the material plane. I can almost feel myself aging sometimes. I suppose I may have a few hundred “years” more experience than I might look like I have. It’s a convoluted thing to sort out so I don’t really bother.

After a while it became painfully evident that I was truly lacking any understanding of how humans…er… my species actually is, or what they’re like. Marni was always honest with me about what she knew of my heritage, which was pretty much the story I just told you. She could tell me about humanity from her Eladrin perspective but was quick to tell me that it’s an ‘outside looking in’ perspective and that the only way I would truly know would be to go and experience them for myself.

So, I decided that perhaps it was time for me to meet my people. I plan to keep an account of my interactions with them and others on the Material Plane but if I’m honest I don’t intend to stay too long. Marni warned me that things move faster here, and I might find my life a bit more short lived if I linger in the material plane too long or too often as the feywild magic will not be able to slow my aging outside of its borders. I think if she’d have had it her way, I never would have ventured away from the feywilds. She understood, however, that I have the same curious nature she does, and “stories” just don’t satisfy my desire to know!

So, my quest is to collect as many stories and meet as many peoples as I can in the short time I plan to stay here. I was thinking of translating my experiences into a book that I can give to the Eladrin encase they should find other lost ones who grow up in the wilds away from human influences.

More than that I am on a journey to find, well, myself? Or well, my family at any rate, or rather most likely, any trace of who they might have been. I really have no idea how time has passed in the feywilds so they could have lived hundreds or even thousands of years ago. I was told that Marni found me in Amusa in the wilds not far from an old fey crossing. It hasn’t seemed to be working for as long as I can remember. Marni wondered if the Hell hound’s crossing somehow disrupted the circle on either end or caused it to stop working. I will be investigating that's well. I was told by Marni to keep an eye out for the warden. They may be an ally in a time of need but are not exactly the most social of types.

I was shown to the city of Galik and Marni introduced me to the company of the Tempest Brothers who were leaving on expedition to the wilds shortly within my arrival. I the first Airships were full, but I was to follow with the others after base camp was set to reinforce the group.

==Languages==
Primordial, infernal, Elven, Common

== Powers and Abilities==
Bellix has always felt at home on any stage, be it sharing the beauty of her lute and song or sharing the spoken word with those that sought to listen. She is a teller of tales and a clever one at that. She is fey at heart which informs everything she does.

==A Bard’s Life ~ Tales of Valor & Victory==
'''Arrival at the Amusan Frontier'''

I had met so many wonderful peoples in Galik and I could have spent my entire trip there just talking to the people, learning from them, hearing their tales! Oh, what a chaotic melting pot that giant city was! However, I do have another part of my quest at hand that requires me to keep moving on out beyond this glittering metropolis. So, I now find myself upon an airship and finally a small but still sizeable tent city has begun to emerge from the wilds of Amusa. I watch the camp grow larger and larger as we near. The closer we get the more I burn with anticipation. Will there be anything of my own family, my own people left to find? I don’t even know how long I’ve been gone, or how “old” I really am. I will certainly say this age strangeness seems to be unique to my experience, as far as I’ve found at any rate.

Upon landing I am shepherded off to check in and then hurried off to go find an available tent location in the tent city so I can settle in before getting a lay of the land. This trip is working out swimmingly as I have found that things cost money and I apparently didn’t think to bring much with me and luckily, I’m getting paid to do what it is I planned to do anyway. I do hear there are something like “missions” or “quests” that this group may require me to go on from time to time but I think I can certainly find a way to kill multiple birds with one stone. Who knows, maybe one of these quests will lead me to find the answers I already seek. Time will tell, but it’s time to go off exploring and meeting my fellow tent city dwellers. I am excited to explore this wild place!
[[Category:Player Characters]]

Bellix Braveheart

2023-06-26T21:12:55Z

Lywyn: /* The Ballad of Bellix */

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=Bellix.jpg|caption=Bellix, College of Lore Bard|languages=Common, Elvish, Primordial, Infernal|birthPlace=The Wilds of Amusa|species=Human|gender=Female|height=5'7"|weight=175|eyes=Violet-Blue Iridescent}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is fey in human form, playful and fun in nature, yet cunning and sharp tongued when the moment calls for it. She is very much wiser than her years would belay but, she doesn’t let a little thing like wisdom get in the way of her fun and zest for life!

==Physical Appearance==
She has much the look of a typical human at first glance but her extended time in the feywilds has certainly left its mark. It would appear that she has a magical iridescence to her enchanting grey blue eyes and lovely curling flowing long locks of rich black hair that shines with the shifting oil slick rainbow quality of a raven’s feather. Also, her skin is smooth and very fair, akin to the Eladerin, but still, she is quite human. She has typical human features otherwise and stands at an average human woman’s height with her build being light but toned by all her acrobatics with her feywild friends.

==Personality==
Growing up in the Feywilds does strange things to a human, giving them more fey like natures than humans typically seem to have. Though she is bright and intelligent her time in the wilds has given her a bit more of a chaotic nature. She’d personally choose to believe that her chaos aligns with the side of good but, she also understands that the entire idea of alignment is really all about the morality of the perceiver so the jury maybe out on this one in the material plane for now. She enjoys wordplay, sarcasm, and shenanigans always quick with a ready smile.

==The Ballad of Bellix==
''Darkness came on flaming paws''

''Gnashing teeth and foaming jaws''

''Terror in the chill of night''

''A family running, futile flight''
 '' Impossible, a choice to make''

''A babe is hidden for her sake''

''In tearful sorrow, last goodbye''

''Haunting howl, anguished cry''
 Her future grim as silence falls

''A feyborn visitor hears her calls''

''Whisked away to feywild shores''

''A hellish hound in pursuit rancors''
 
'' A giant’s fist will end the chase''

''Voracious hound turned into paste''

''New journey for the babe to start''

''Her name be Bellix of Braveheart''

''Raised in the wilds of the fae''

''Delights and trickery day by day''

''Mentored how to hone her craft''

''Sharing joy and quick to laugh''
 
Happily thriving in strange new lands

''A woman yet seeks to understand''

''What does “human” truly mean?''

''A truth, her heart’s desire to glean''
 '' ''
New adventure now awaits

''She leaves the feywild behind''

''Returning to her origin place''

''What answers will she find?''

==History ~ A Feywild Bard==
''Once upon a time a lost little girl found her way twisting and winding through wilds of fae.''

Long ago a tiny, swaddled babe was found crying alone in the wood. The babe was hidden away nestled in a soft pile of leaves unattended and vulnerable to the creatures of the forest. Marniaellyn was an inquisitive sort of fae (still is by all rights) and hearing a small one’s cry so deep in the wood was very curious! She paused and decided to investigate and see if she could find the source of the sound.

As she is investigating, she comes across the sulfurous blackened tracks of a large hellhound and the tracks of what looks to be two adult sized humanoids. The tracks pass through the clearing and lead away. “Must be wood Elves…you don’t see much else that size this deep in the wood…” she mumbles to herself.

A sharp cry snaps her out of her musing and she returns to her search. As she searches on, she ponders to herself, “Those dogged hellish hounds never lose a target… I wonder if the caretakers of this little one were being tracked and hunted. If so, they must have made a very dark and powerful enemy. Odd that the babe would have been left alive, perhaps, it was only sent after the adults, or the adults were the primary target. If so, they could return at any time to destroy the little one.”

She picks up her pace and sees one set of adult humanoid tracks leading off in the direction of the noise and turning behind a bush. As she turns the corner behind the bush, she sees a pile of leaves shifting a head of her and hears the soft cooing of a child. She rushes ahead and carefully searches through the leaf pile finding a small human girl swaddled in a warm teal blanket.

With no time to waste the Eladrin woman scooped up the child. Upon picking up the babe Marniaellyn hears a lone soul shaking howl off in the distance and her heart begins racing. She makes a few gestures while chanting a quick few words and her and the babe disappear and reappear a bit of a distance away. She then takes off in a full run moving fast and lithe with purpose. A howl echos from the clearing they left, it won’t be long before the hound catches them with its supernatural speed. She pushes on.

“Almost…there…” She pants. Just as she finishes her statement, she can hear the sound of thundering hellhound steps getting closer and closer behind her. No doubt it’s enjoying the chase.

She attempts to repeat the gestures and chanting she used in the clearing but finds herself too out of breath in her running to get a single word out. She can see a small stone circle a few yards ahead of her. She can also now feel the heat of the hellhound radiating behind her. It’s too close, will she make it?

With a last burst of her remaining energy, she takes a flying leap landing just within the circle and as the hound closes within centimeters of her, she disappears. The hell hound snarls in frustration and charges into the stone circle.

Marniaellyn curls around the babe as they tumble out of the portal.

“You O-K, Marni?” The sound of the booming ogrish voice echos down to her. Before she can react, he scoops her and the babe up gently in one of his huge giant hands. “Me help you!”

Just as Ro’gaesh lifts the pair up to get a better look at his friend Marni to see if she’s hurt, the hellhound comes snarling through the portal. The giant ogre balls up his fist and slams it on the hound before it can get it’s bearings smashing it into a smoldering gooey puddle. “BAD DOG!!! You leave my good friend Marni alone!” He adds a few stomps on the hell puddle just to emphasize his point.

And so began my upbringing in the feywilds by my new adoptive Eladrin mother. She kept me in the wilds for much of my upbringing. One thing she found odd about me was the fact that I knew how to speak fluent despite having never been taught that language by anyone in the feywilds. She often wondered if it had something to do with the hellhound that chased my parents and me. Anyway, time is much more… linear or well, fast perhaps here in the material plane. I can almost feel myself aging sometimes. I suppose I may have a few hundred “years” more experience than I might look like I have. It’s a convoluted thing to sort out so I don’t really bother.

After a while it became painfully evident that I was truly lacking any understanding of how humans…er… my species actually is, or what they’re like. Marni was always honest with me about what she knew of my heritage, which was pretty much the story I just told you. She could tell me about humanity from her Eladrin perspective but was quick to tell me that it’s an ‘outside looking in’ perspective and that the only way I would truly know would be to go and experience them for myself.

So, I decided that perhaps it was time for me to meet my people. I plan to keep an account of my interactions with them and others on the Material Plane but if I’m honest I don’t intend to stay too long. Marni warned me that things move faster here, and I might find my life a bit more short lived if I linger in the material plane too long or too often as the feywild magic will not be able to slow my aging outside of its borders. I think if she’d have had it her way, I never would have ventured away from the feywilds. She understood, however, that I have the same curious nature she does, and “stories” just don’t satisfy my desire to know!

So, my quest is to collect as many stories and meet as many peoples as I can in the short time I plan to stay here. I was thinking of translating my experiences into a book that I can give to the Eladrin encase they should find other lost ones who grow up in the wilds away from human influences.

More than that I am on a journey to find, well, myself? Or well, my family at any rate, or rather most likely, any trace of who they might have been. I really have no idea how time has passed in the feywilds so they could have lived hundreds or even thousands of years ago. I was told that Marni found me in Amusa in the wilds not far from an old fey crossing. It hasn’t seemed to be working for as long as I can remember. Marni wondered if the Hell hound’s crossing somehow disrupted the circle on either end or caused it to stop working. I will be investigating that's well. I was told by Marni to keep an eye out for the warden. They may be an ally in a time of need but are not exactly the most social of types.

I was shown to the city of Galik and Marni introduced me to the company of the Tempest Brothers who were leaving on expedition to the wilds shortly within my arrival. I the first Airships were full, but I was to follow with the others after base camp was set to reinforce the group.

==Languages==
Primordial, infernal, Elven, Common

== Powers and Abilities==
Bellix has always felt at home on any stage, be it sharing the beauty of her lute and song or sharing the spoken word with those that sought to listen. She is a teller of tales and a clever one at that. She is fey at heart which informs everything she does.

==A Bard’s Life ~ Tales of Valor & Victory==
'''Arrival at the Amusan Frontier'''

I had met so many wonderful peoples in Galik and I could have spent my entire trip there just talking to the people, learning from them, hearing their tales! Oh, what a chaotic melting pot that giant city was! However, I do have another part of my quest at hand that requires me to keep moving on out beyond this glittering metropolis. So, I now find myself upon an airship and finally a small but still sizeable tent city has begun to emerge from the wilds of Amusa. I watch the camp grow larger and larger as we near. The closer we get the more I burn with anticipation. Will there be anything of my own family, my own people left to find? I don’t even know how long I’ve been gone, or how “old” I really am. I will certainly say this age strangeness seems to be unique to my experience, as far as I’ve found at any rate.

Upon landing I am shepherded off to check in and then hurried off to go find an available tent location in the tent city so I can settle in before getting a lay of the land. This trip is working out swimmingly as I have found that things cost money and I apparently didn’t think to bring much with me and luckily, I’m getting paid to do what it is I planned to do anyway. I do hear there are something like “missions” or “quests” that this group may require me to go on from time to time but I think I can certainly find a way to kill multiple birds with one stone. Who knows, maybe one of these quests will lead me to find the answers I already seek. Time will tell, but it’s time to go off exploring and meeting my fellow tent city dwellers. I am excited to explore this wild place!
[[Category:Player Characters]]

Bellix Braveheart

2023-06-26T20:59:13Z

Lywyn: /* The Ballad of Bellix */

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=Bellix.jpg|caption=Bellix, College of Lore Bard|languages=Common, Elvish, Primordial, Infernal|birthPlace=The Wilds of Amusa|species=Human|gender=Female|height=5'7"|weight=175|eyes=Violet-Blue Iridescent}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is fey in human form, playful and fun in nature, yet cunning and sharp tongued when the moment calls for it. She is very much wiser than her years would belay but, she doesn’t let a little thing like wisdom get in the way of her fun and zest for life!

==Physical Appearance==
She has much the look of a typical human at first glance but her extended time in the feywilds has certainly left its mark. It would appear that she has a magical iridescence to her enchanting grey blue eyes and lovely curling flowing long locks of rich black hair that shines with the shifting oil slick rainbow quality of a raven’s feather. Also, her skin is smooth and very fair, akin to the Eladerin, but still, she is quite human. She has typical human features otherwise and stands at an average human woman’s height with her build being light but toned by all her acrobatics with her feywild friends.

==Personality==
Growing up in the Feywilds does strange things to a human, giving them more fey like natures than humans typically seem to have. Though she is bright and intelligent her time in the wilds has given her a bit more of a chaotic nature. She’d personally choose to believe that her chaos aligns with the side of good but, she also understands that the entire idea of alignment is really all about the morality of the perceiver so the jury maybe out on this one in the material plane for now. She enjoys wordplay, sarcasm, and shenanigans always quick with a ready smile.

== The Ballad of Bellix ==
Darkness came on flaming paws

Gnashing teeth and foaming jaws

Terror in the chill of night

A family running, futile flight

Impossible, a choice to make

A babe is hidden for her sake

In tearful sorrow, last goodbye

Haunting howl, anguished cry
Her future grim as silence falls

Her future grim as silence falls

A feyborn visitor hears her calls

Whisked away to feywild shores

A hellish hound in pursuit rancors
A giant’s fist will end the chase

A giant’s fist will end the chase

Voracious hound turned into paste

New journey for the babe to start

Her name be Bellix of Braveheart
Raised in the wilds of the fae

Raised in the wilds of the fae

Delights and trickery day by day

Mentored how to hone her craft

Sharing joy and quick to laugh
Happily thriving in strange new lands

Happily thriving in strange new lands

A woman yet seeks to understand

What does “human” truly mean?

A truth, her heart’s desire to glean
New adventure now awaits

New adventure now awaits

She leaves the feywild behind

Returning to her origin place

What answers will she find?

==History ~ A Feywild Bard==
''Once upon a time a lost little girl found her way twisting and winding through wilds of fae.''

Long ago a tiny, swaddled babe was found crying alone in the wood. The babe was hidden away nestled in a soft pile of leaves unattended and vulnerable to the creatures of the forest. Marniaellyn was an inquisitive sort of fae (still is by all rights) and hearing a small one’s cry so deep in the wood was very curious! She paused and decided to investigate and see if she could find the source of the sound.

As she is investigating, she comes across the sulfurous blackened tracks of a large hellhound and the tracks of what looks to be two adult sized humanoids. The tracks pass through the clearing and lead away. “Must be wood Elves…you don’t see much else that size this deep in the wood…” she mumbles to herself.

A sharp cry snaps her out of her musing and she returns to her search. As she searches on, she ponders to herself, “Those dogged hellish hounds never lose a target… I wonder if the caretakers of this little one were being tracked and hunted. If so, they must have made a very dark and powerful enemy. Odd that the babe would have been left alive, perhaps, it was only sent after the adults, or the adults were the primary target. If so, they could return at any time to destroy the little one.”

She picks up her pace and sees one set of adult humanoid tracks leading off in the direction of the noise and turning behind a bush. As she turns the corner behind the bush, she sees a pile of leaves shifting a head of her and hears the soft cooing of a child. She rushes ahead and carefully searches through the leaf pile finding a small human girl swaddled in a warm teal blanket.

With no time to waste the Eladrin woman scooped up the child. Upon picking up the babe Marniaellyn hears a lone soul shaking howl off in the distance and her heart begins racing. She makes a few gestures while chanting a quick few words and her and the babe disappear and reappear a bit of a distance away. She then takes off in a full run moving fast and lithe with purpose. A howl echos from the clearing they left, it won’t be long before the hound catches them with its supernatural speed. She pushes on.

“Almost…there…” She pants. Just as she finishes her statement, she can hear the sound of thundering hellhound steps getting closer and closer behind her. No doubt it’s enjoying the chase.

She attempts to repeat the gestures and chanting she used in the clearing but finds herself too out of breath in her running to get a single word out. She can see a small stone circle a few yards ahead of her. She can also now feel the heat of the hellhound radiating behind her. It’s too close, will she make it?

With a last burst of her remaining energy, she takes a flying leap landing just within the circle and as the hound closes within centimeters of her, she disappears. The hell hound snarls in frustration and charges into the stone circle.

Marniaellyn curls around the babe as they tumble out of the portal.

“You O-K, Marni?” The sound of the booming ogrish voice echos down to her. Before she can react, he scoops her and the babe up gently in one of his huge giant hands. “Me help you!”

Just as Ro’gaesh lifts the pair up to get a better look at his friend Marni to see if she’s hurt, the hellhound comes snarling through the portal. The giant ogre balls up his fist and slams it on the hound before it can get it’s bearings smashing it into a smoldering gooey puddle. “BAD DOG!!! You leave my good friend Marni alone!” He adds a few stomps on the hell puddle just to emphasize his point.

And so began my upbringing in the feywilds by my new adoptive Eladrin mother. She kept me in the wilds for much of my upbringing. One thing she found odd about me was the fact that I knew how to speak fluent despite having never been taught that language by anyone in the feywilds. She often wondered if it had something to do with the hellhound that chased my parents and me. Anyway, time is much more… linear or well, fast perhaps here in the material plane. I can almost feel myself aging sometimes. I suppose I may have a few hundred “years” more experience than I might look like I have. It’s a convoluted thing to sort out so I don’t really bother.

After a while it became painfully evident that I was truly lacking any understanding of how humans…er… my species actually is, or what they’re like. Marni was always honest with me about what she knew of my heritage, which was pretty much the story I just told you. She could tell me about humanity from her Eladrin perspective but was quick to tell me that it’s an ‘outside looking in’ perspective and that the only way I would truly know would be to go and experience them for myself.

So, I decided that perhaps it was time for me to meet my people. I plan to keep an account of my interactions with them and others on the Material Plane but if I’m honest I don’t intend to stay too long. Marni warned me that things move faster here, and I might find my life a bit more short lived if I linger in the material plane too long or too often as the feywild magic will not be able to slow my aging outside of its borders. I think if she’d have had it her way, I never would have ventured away from the feywilds. She understood, however, that I have the same curious nature she does, and “stories” just don’t satisfy my desire to know!

So, my quest is to collect as many stories and meet as many peoples as I can in the short time I plan to stay here. I was thinking of translating my experiences into a book that I can give to the Eladrin encase they should find other lost ones who grow up in the wilds away from human influences.

More than that I am on a journey to find, well, myself? Or well, my family at any rate, or rather most likely, any trace of who they might have been. I really have no idea how time has passed in the feywilds so they could have lived hundreds or even thousands of years ago. I was told that Marni found me in Amusa in the wilds not far from an old fey crossing. It hasn’t seemed to be working for as long as I can remember. Marni wondered if the Hell hound’s crossing somehow disrupted the circle on either end or caused it to stop working. I will be investigating that's well. I was told by Marni to keep an eye out for the warden. They may be an ally in a time of need but are not exactly the most social of types.

I was shown to the city of Galik and Marni introduced me to the company of the Tempest Brothers who were leaving on expedition to the wilds shortly within my arrival. I the first Airships were full, but I was to follow with the others after base camp was set to reinforce the group.

==Languages==
Primordial, infernal, Elven, Common

==Powers and Abilities==
Bellix has always felt at home on any stage, be it sharing the beauty of her lute and song or sharing the spoken word with those that sought to listen. She is a teller of tales and a clever one at that. She is fey at heart which informs everything she does.

==A Bard’s Life ~ Tales of Valor & Victory==
'''Arrival at the Amusan Frontier'''

I had met so many wonderful peoples in Galik and I could have spent my entire trip there just talking to the people, learning from them, hearing their tales! Oh, what a chaotic melting pot that giant city was! However, I do have another part of my quest at hand that requires me to keep moving on out beyond this glittering metropolis. So, I now find myself upon an airship and finally a small but still sizeable tent city has begun to emerge from the wilds of Amusa. I watch the camp grow larger and larger as we near. The closer we get the more I burn with anticipation. Will there be anything of my own family, my own people left to find? I don’t even know how long I’ve been gone, or how “old” I really am. I will certainly say this age strangeness seems to be unique to my experience, as far as I’ve found at any rate.

Upon landing I am shepherded off to check in and then hurried off to go find an available tent location in the tent city so I can settle in before getting a lay of the land. This trip is working out swimmingly as I have found that things cost money and I apparently didn’t think to bring much with me and luckily, I’m getting paid to do what it is I planned to do anyway. I do hear there are something like “missions” or “quests” that this group may require me to go on from time to time but I think I can certainly find a way to kill multiple birds with one stone. Who knows, maybe one of these quests will lead me to find the answers I already seek. Time will tell, but it’s time to go off exploring and meeting my fellow tent city dwellers. I am excited to explore this wild place!
[[Category:Player Characters]]

Bellix Braveheart

2023-06-26T20:57:55Z

Lywyn: Added “The Ballad of Bellix” to her character page

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=Bellix.jpg|caption=Bellix, College of Lore Bard|languages=Common, Elvish, Primordial, Infernal|birthPlace=The Wilds of Amusa|species=Human|gender=Female|height=5'7"|weight=175|eyes=Violet-Blue Iridescent}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is fey in human form, playful and fun in nature, yet cunning and sharp tongued when the moment calls for it. She is very much wiser than her years would belay but, she doesn’t let a little thing like wisdom get in the way of her fun and zest for life!

==Physical Appearance==
She has much the look of a typical human at first glance but her extended time in the feywilds has certainly left its mark. It would appear that she has a magical iridescence to her enchanting grey blue eyes and lovely curling flowing long locks of rich black hair that shines with the shifting oil slick rainbow quality of a raven’s feather. Also, her skin is smooth and very fair, akin to the Eladerin, but still, she is quite human. She has typical human features otherwise and stands at an average human woman’s height with her build being light but toned by all her acrobatics with her feywild friends.

==Personality==
Growing up in the Feywilds does strange things to a human, giving them more fey like natures than humans typically seem to have. Though she is bright and intelligent her time in the wilds has given her a bit more of a chaotic nature. She’d personally choose to believe that her chaos aligns with the side of good but, she also understands that the entire idea of alignment is really all about the morality of the perceiver so the jury maybe out on this one in the material plane for now. She enjoys wordplay, sarcasm, and shenanigans always quick with a ready smile.

== The Ballad of Bellix ==
Darkness came on flaming paws

Gnashing teeth and foaming jaws

Terror in the chill of night

A family running, futile flight

Impossible, a choice to make

A babe is hidden for her sake

In tearful sorrow, last goodbye

Haunting howl, anguished cry

Her future grim as silence falls

A feyborn visitor hears her calls

Whisked away to feywild shores

A hellish hound in pursuit rancors

A giant’s fist will end the chase

Voracious hound turned into paste

New journey for the babe to start

Her name be Bellix of Braveheart

Raised in the wilds of the fae

Delights and trickery day by day

Mentored how to hone her craft

Sharing joy and quick to laugh

Happily thriving in strange new lands

A woman yet seeks to understand

What does “human” truly mean?

A truth, her heart’s desire to glean

New adventure now awaits

She leaves the feywild behind

Returning to her origin place

What answers will she find?

==History ~ A Feywild Bard==
''Once upon a time a lost little girl found her way twisting and winding through wilds of fae.''

Long ago a tiny, swaddled babe was found crying alone in the wood. The babe was hidden away nestled in a soft pile of leaves unattended and vulnerable to the creatures of the forest. Marniaellyn was an inquisitive sort of fae (still is by all rights) and hearing a small one’s cry so deep in the wood was very curious! She paused and decided to investigate and see if she could find the source of the sound.

As she is investigating, she comes across the sulfurous blackened tracks of a large hellhound and the tracks of what looks to be two adult sized humanoids. The tracks pass through the clearing and lead away. “Must be wood Elves…you don’t see much else that size this deep in the wood…” she mumbles to herself.

A sharp cry snaps her out of her musing and she returns to her search. As she searches on, she ponders to herself, “Those dogged hellish hounds never lose a target… I wonder if the caretakers of this little one were being tracked and hunted. If so, they must have made a very dark and powerful enemy. Odd that the babe would have been left alive, perhaps, it was only sent after the adults, or the adults were the primary target. If so, they could return at any time to destroy the little one.”

She picks up her pace and sees one set of adult humanoid tracks leading off in the direction of the noise and turning behind a bush. As she turns the corner behind the bush, she sees a pile of leaves shifting a head of her and hears the soft cooing of a child. She rushes ahead and carefully searches through the leaf pile finding a small human girl swaddled in a warm teal blanket.

With no time to waste the Eladrin woman scooped up the child. Upon picking up the babe Marniaellyn hears a lone soul shaking howl off in the distance and her heart begins racing. She makes a few gestures while chanting a quick few words and her and the babe disappear and reappear a bit of a distance away. She then takes off in a full run moving fast and lithe with purpose. A howl echos from the clearing they left, it won’t be long before the hound catches them with its supernatural speed. She pushes on.

“Almost…there…” She pants. Just as she finishes her statement, she can hear the sound of thundering hellhound steps getting closer and closer behind her. No doubt it’s enjoying the chase.

She attempts to repeat the gestures and chanting she used in the clearing but finds herself too out of breath in her running to get a single word out. She can see a small stone circle a few yards ahead of her. She can also now feel the heat of the hellhound radiating behind her. It’s too close, will she make it?

With a last burst of her remaining energy, she takes a flying leap landing just within the circle and as the hound closes within centimeters of her, she disappears. The hell hound snarls in frustration and charges into the stone circle.

Marniaellyn curls around the babe as they tumble out of the portal.

“You O-K, Marni?” The sound of the booming ogrish voice echos down to her. Before she can react, he scoops her and the babe up gently in one of his huge giant hands. “Me help you!”

Just as Ro’gaesh lifts the pair up to get a better look at his friend Marni to see if she’s hurt, the hellhound comes snarling through the portal. The giant ogre balls up his fist and slams it on the hound before it can get it’s bearings smashing it into a smoldering gooey puddle. “BAD DOG!!! You leave my good friend Marni alone!” He adds a few stomps on the hell puddle just to emphasize his point.

And so began my upbringing in the feywilds by my new adoptive Eladrin mother. She kept me in the wilds for much of my upbringing. One thing she found odd about me was the fact that I knew how to speak fluent despite having never been taught that language by anyone in the feywilds. She often wondered if it had something to do with the hellhound that chased my parents and me. Anyway, time is much more… linear or well, fast perhaps here in the material plane. I can almost feel myself aging sometimes. I suppose I may have a few hundred “years” more experience than I might look like I have. It’s a convoluted thing to sort out so I don’t really bother.

After a while it became painfully evident that I was truly lacking any understanding of how humans…er… my species actually is, or what they’re like. Marni was always honest with me about what she knew of my heritage, which was pretty much the story I just told you. She could tell me about humanity from her Eladrin perspective but was quick to tell me that it’s an ‘outside looking in’ perspective and that the only way I would truly know would be to go and experience them for myself.

So, I decided that perhaps it was time for me to meet my people. I plan to keep an account of my interactions with them and others on the Material Plane but if I’m honest I don’t intend to stay too long. Marni warned me that things move faster here, and I might find my life a bit more short lived if I linger in the material plane too long or too often as the feywild magic will not be able to slow my aging outside of its borders. I think if she’d have had it her way, I never would have ventured away from the feywilds. She understood, however, that I have the same curious nature she does, and “stories” just don’t satisfy my desire to know!

So, my quest is to collect as many stories and meet as many peoples as I can in the short time I plan to stay here. I was thinking of translating my experiences into a book that I can give to the Eladrin encase they should find other lost ones who grow up in the wilds away from human influences.

More than that I am on a journey to find, well, myself? Or well, my family at any rate, or rather most likely, any trace of who they might have been. I really have no idea how time has passed in the feywilds so they could have lived hundreds or even thousands of years ago. I was told that Marni found me in Amusa in the wilds not far from an old fey crossing. It hasn’t seemed to be working for as long as I can remember. Marni wondered if the Hell hound’s crossing somehow disrupted the circle on either end or caused it to stop working. I will be investigating that's well. I was told by Marni to keep an eye out for the warden. They may be an ally in a time of need but are not exactly the most social of types.

I was shown to the city of Galik and Marni introduced me to the company of the Tempest Brothers who were leaving on expedition to the wilds shortly within my arrival. I the first Airships were full, but I was to follow with the others after base camp was set to reinforce the group.

==Languages==
Primordial, infernal, Elven, Common

==Powers and Abilities==
Bellix has always felt at home on any stage, be it sharing the beauty of her lute and song or sharing the spoken word with those that sought to listen. She is a teller of tales and a clever one at that. She is fey at heart which informs everything she does.

==A Bard’s Life ~ Tales of Valor & Victory==
'''Arrival at the Amusan Frontier'''

I had met so many wonderful peoples in Galik and I could have spent my entire trip there just talking to the people, learning from them, hearing their tales! Oh, what a chaotic melting pot that giant city was! However, I do have another part of my quest at hand that requires me to keep moving on out beyond this glittering metropolis. So, I now find myself upon an airship and finally a small but still sizeable tent city has begun to emerge from the wilds of Amusa. I watch the camp grow larger and larger as we near. The closer we get the more I burn with anticipation. Will there be anything of my own family, my own people left to find? I don’t even know how long I’ve been gone, or how “old” I really am. I will certainly say this age strangeness seems to be unique to my experience, as far as I’ve found at any rate.

Upon landing I am shepherded off to check in and then hurried off to go find an available tent location in the tent city so I can settle in before getting a lay of the land. This trip is working out swimmingly as I have found that things cost money and I apparently didn’t think to bring much with me and luckily, I’m getting paid to do what it is I planned to do anyway. I do hear there are something like “missions” or “quests” that this group may require me to go on from time to time but I think I can certainly find a way to kill multiple birds with one stone. Who knows, maybe one of these quests will lead me to find the answers I already seek. Time will tell, but it’s time to go off exploring and meeting my fellow tent city dwellers. I am excited to explore this wild place!
[[Category:Player Characters]]

Bellix Braveheart

2023-06-17T19:14:19Z

Lywyn: Created Bellix's page!

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=Bellix.jpg|caption=Bellix, College of Lore Bard|languages=Common, Elvish, Primordial, Infernal|birthPlace=The Wilds of Amusa|species=Human|gender=Female|height=5'7"|weight=175|eyes=Violet-Blue Iridescent}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is fey in human form, playful and fun in nature, yet cunning and sharp tongued when the moment calls for it. She is very much wiser than her years would belay but, she doesn’t let a little thing like wisdom get in the way of her fun and zest for life!

==Physical Appearance==
She has much the look of a typical human at first glance but her extended time in the feywilds has certainly left its mark. It would appear that she has a magical iridescence to her enchanting grey blue eyes and lovely curling flowing long locks of rich black hair that shines with the shifting oil slick rainbow quality of a raven’s feather. Also, her skin is smooth and very fair, akin to the Eladerin, but still, she is quite human. She has typical human features otherwise and stands at an average human woman’s height with her build being light but toned by all her acrobatics with her feywild friends.

==Personality==
Growing up in the Feywilds does strange things to a human, giving them more fey like natures than humans typically seem to have. Though she is bright and intelligent her time in the wilds has given her a bit more of a chaotic nature. She’d personally choose to believe that her chaos aligns with the side of good but, she also understands that the entire idea of alignment is really all about the morality of the perceiver so the jury maybe out on this one in the material plane for now. She enjoys wordplay, sarcasm, and shenanigans always quick with a ready smile.

==History ~ A Feywild Bard==
''Once upon a time a lost little girl found her way twisting and winding through wilds of fae.''

Long ago a tiny, swaddled babe was found crying alone in the wood. The babe was hidden away nestled in a soft pile of leaves unattended and vulnerable to the creatures of the forest. Marniaellyn was an inquisitive sort of fae (still is by all rights) and hearing a small one’s cry so deep in the wood was very curious! She paused and decided to investigate and see if she could find the source of the sound.

As she is investigating, she comes across the sulfurous blackened tracks of a large hellhound and the tracks of what looks to be two adult sized humanoids. The tracks pass through the clearing and lead away. “Must be wood Elves…you don’t see much else that size this deep in the wood…” she mumbles to herself.

A sharp cry snaps her out of her musing and she returns to her search. As she searches on, she ponders to herself, “Those dogged hellish hounds never lose a target… I wonder if the caretakers of this little one were being tracked and hunted. If so, they must have made a very dark and powerful enemy. Odd that the babe would have been left alive, perhaps, it was only sent after the adults, or the adults were the primary target. If so, they could return at any time to destroy the little one.”

She picks up her pace and sees one set of adult humanoid tracks leading off in the direction of the noise and turning behind a bush. As she turns the corner behind the bush, she sees a pile of leaves shifting a head of her and hears the soft cooing of a child. She rushes ahead and carefully searches through the leaf pile finding a small human girl swaddled in a warm teal blanket.

With no time to waste the Eladrin woman scooped up the child. Upon picking up the babe Marniaellyn hears a lone soul shaking howl off in the distance and her heart begins racing. She makes a few gestures while chanting a quick few words and her and the babe disappear and reappear a bit of a distance away. She then takes off in a full run moving fast and lithe with purpose. A howl echos from the clearing they left, it won’t be long before the hound catches them with its supernatural speed. She pushes on.

“Almost…there…” She pants. Just as she finishes her statement, she can hear the sound of thundering hellhound steps getting closer and closer behind her. No doubt it’s enjoying the chase.

She attempts to repeat the gestures and chanting she used in the clearing but finds herself too out of breath in her running to get a single word out. She can see a small stone circle a few yards ahead of her. She can also now feel the heat of the hellhound radiating behind her. It’s too close, will she make it?

With a last burst of her remaining energy, she takes a flying leap landing just within the circle and as the hound closes within centimeters of her, she disappears. The hell hound snarls in frustration and charges into the stone circle.

Marniaellyn curls around the babe as they tumble out of the portal.

“You O-K, Marni?” The sound of the booming ogrish voice echos down to her. Before she can react, he scoops her and the babe up gently in one of his huge giant hands. “Me help you!”

Just as Ro’gaesh lifts the pair up to get a better look at his friend Marni to see if she’s hurt, the hellhound comes snarling through the portal. The giant ogre balls up his fist and slams it on the hound before it can get it’s bearings smashing it into a smoldering gooey puddle. “BAD DOG!!! You leave my good friend Marni alone!” He adds a few stomps on the hell puddle just to emphasize his point.

And so began my upbringing in the feywilds by my new adoptive Eladrin mother. She kept me in the wilds for much of my upbringing. One thing she found odd about me was the fact that I knew how to speak fluent despite having never been taught that language by anyone in the feywilds. She often wondered if it had something to do with the hellhound that chased my parents and me. Anyway, time is much more… linear or well, fast perhaps here in the material plane. I can almost feel myself aging sometimes. I suppose I may have a few hundred “years” more experience than I might look like I have. It’s a convoluted thing to sort out so I don’t really bother.

After a while it became painfully evident that I was truly lacking any understanding of how humans…er… my species actually is, or what they’re like. Marni was always honest with me about what she knew of my heritage, which was pretty much the story I just told you. She could tell me about humanity from her Eladrin perspective but was quick to tell me that it’s an ‘outside looking in’ perspective and that the only way I would truly know would be to go and experience them for myself.

So, I decided that perhaps it was time for me to meet my people. I plan to keep an account of my interactions with them and others on the Material Plane but if I’m honest I don’t intend to stay too long. Marni warned me that things move faster here, and I might find my life a bit more short lived if I linger in the material plane too long or too often as the feywild magic will not be able to slow my aging outside of its borders. I think if she’d have had it her way, I never would have ventured away from the feywilds. She understood, however, that I have the same curious nature she does, and “stories” just don’t satisfy my desire to know!

So, my quest is to collect as many stories and meet as many peoples as I can in the short time I plan to stay here. I was thinking of translating my experiences into a book that I can give to the Eladrin encase they should find other lost ones who grow up in the wilds away from human influences.

More than that I am on a journey to find, well, myself? Or well, my family at any rate, or rather most likely, any trace of who they might have been. I really have no idea how time has passed in the feywilds so they could have lived hundreds or even thousands of years ago. I was told that Marni found me in Amusa in the wilds not far from an old fey crossing. It hasn’t seemed to be working for as long as I can remember. Marni wondered if the Hell hound’s crossing somehow disrupted the circle on either end or caused it to stop working. I will be investigating that's well. I was told by Marni to keep an eye out for the warden. They may be an ally in a time of need but are not exactly the most social of types.

I was shown to the city of Galik and Marni introduced me to the company of the Tempest Brothers who were leaving on expedition to the wilds shortly within my arrival. I the first Airships were full, but I was to follow with the others after base camp was set to reinforce the group.

==Languages==
Primordial, infernal, Elven, Common

==Powers and Abilities==
Bellix has always felt at home on any stage, be it sharing the beauty of her lute and song or sharing the spoken word with those that sought to listen. She is a teller of tales and a clever one at that. She is fey at heart which informs everything she does.

==A Bard’s Life ~ Tales of Valor & Victory==
'''Arrival at the Amusan Frontier'''

I had met so many wonderful peoples in Galik and I could have spent my entire trip there just talking to the people, learning from them, hearing their tales! Oh, what a chaotic melting pot that giant city was! However, I do have another part of my quest at hand that requires me to keep moving on out beyond this glittering metropolis. So, I now find myself upon an airship and finally a small but still sizeable tent city has begun to emerge from the wilds of Amusa. I watch the camp grow larger and larger as we near. The closer we get the more I burn with anticipation. Will there be anything of my own family, my own people left to find? I don’t even know how long I’ve been gone, or how “old” I really am. I will certainly say this age strangeness seems to be unique to my experience, as far as I’ve found at any rate.

Upon landing I am shepherded off to check in and then hurried off to go find an available tent location in the tent city so I can settle in before getting a lay of the land. This trip is working out swimmingly as I have found that things cost money and I apparently didn’t think to bring much with me and luckily, I’m getting paid to do what it is I planned to do anyway. I do hear there are something like “missions” or “quests” that this group may require me to go on from time to time but I think I can certainly find a way to kill multiple birds with one stone. Who knows, maybe one of these quests will lead me to find the answers I already seek. Time will tell, but it’s time to go off exploring and meeting my fellow tent city dwellers. I am excited to explore this wild place!
[[Category:Player Characters]]

File:Bellix-ai.jpg

2023-06-17T18:52:28Z

Lywyn: AI generated image

== Summary ==
AI generated image

Tassa Brightfox

2023-05-05T04:54:38Z

Lywyn: formatting fixes

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=TassaBrightfox.jpg|caption=Tassa Brightfox, Kender|languages=Common, Elvish, Dwarven, Thieves Cant, Kenderspeak|birthPlace=World: Krynn, Country: Northern Ergoth, Town: Hylo|species=Kender|gender=Female (She/her)|height=3.5ft|eyes=Emerald Green}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is a swashbuckler (you can call her a rogue but she rather "breaks the mold" you might expect of one).

==Physical Appearance==
Tassa has vibrant coppery red hair styled half up in two meticulously neat braids (fixed together with a detailed copper fox hair pin), she wears leather armor (and leather boots) with decorative flourishes around the edges. Most notable are the ever-changing array of pouches and pockets on her person.

==Personality==
Tassa exudes wide eyed childlike wonder and innocence. The worlds are places to explore and have adventures, fear is something she truly doesn't seem to have a grasp on yet. She is bright and bubbly and once she considers you a friend (regardless of your opinion on the matter) she is loyal to the utmost!

Ever curious about new things, new creatures, new places, and new experiences you'll often find this Kender bouncing happily towards (while babbling a myriad of questions at) what others seem to think for some reason is danger or frightening but to her is FACINATING! Life is too short to miss out on something interesting! Afterall, death is simply another grand adventure, albeit a bit 'final' for any Kender's tastes and one she's not planning on going on *just* yet. Because of her curiosity she gathers so MUCH interesting information and stories that she is always nearly BURSTING to share them with anyone ... who isn't deaf (though I'm sure many would like to be after spending even a few moments with her).

Impulse control is a foreign concept to her, though you'll find she is just as excited about a really satisfying leaf as she is about a shiny gem or jewelry. Many of her pockets would remind you of a curious child's full of string, stones, feathers, and anything else she deems interesting.

==History==
Honestly Tassa has lived more life than most in her brief 35 years. To tell her tale would take many, MANY pages! So, we'll simply start at the beginning and jump to the end or rather our current time, at the time of writing this that is... so it's current time now if it's not when you read this then YOU'RE LATE and it's not my fault.

Ahem... Tassa was born in the large town of tiny people known as Hylo in Northern Ergoth, and for the curious that would be in the world of Krynn... not Quelmar. The afflicted Kender (strange ones that lot but such a pity what happened them and to Kendermore) had started moving off to their own settlements where they mostly seemed to be keeping to themselves. It was at this time Tassa had reached the coming-of-age moment at 20 years old when Kender finally strike out into the great unknown in search of relief from boredom, er, in search of adventure rather known to their people as "Wanderlust." Wanderlust lasts for most of a Kender lifetime, and no one ever returns, at least not to the same place they left from which wouldn't be returning would it?

So, Tassa is firmly into her Wanderlust and having many fantastic adventures under her belt she found herself heading out on yet another adventure. She was getting ready to visit her long time VERY VERY GOOD wizard friend, Rexxan. The last time he saw her he was SO kind giving her a beautiful locket that he said she could open when she was ready to visit him, but it would only work once and took VERY powerful magics to create, so he wanted her to go on MANY adventures so she would have so many stories she could tell him when she got back! It's been hard, to a Kender any locked door, cupboard, chest, or really anything locked should really be opened just a crack. She resisted all temptation because she wanted to surprise him for his BIRTHDAY! Did she know when his birthday was, absolutely not, however she decided she could just pick a day that felt like his birthday, and it would work all the same). So, she worked hard at going on so many adventures that she would scant have a moment to think about opening the locket (just a peek) because she really wanted to bring Rexxan a fantastic gift and the many stories he requested.

She found a marvelously interesting set of ruins with many undead creatures creeping and moaning about. Without hesitation she rushed headlong into the ruins. She had a chat with someone called a "lich" who seemed to be having a rather bad day as he was in an awful mood. He treated her rather rudely and really it was all very unnecessary. While she was exploring the grumpy undead guy's treasure room, she came across the PERFECT gift! The lich had plenty of shiny stuff so he surely wouldn't miss this trinket, but she didn't want to be rude back to him (that's just how she is) so she left a "payment" of a few neat sticks, some feathers, and a bit of string in it's place. She was so excited it was glowy in the way Rexxan seems to like as he keeps many glowy things in his tower! She knew this must mean that it must be his birthday! There was an awful calamity behind her as the lich and his army of assorted undead things came bursting into the treasure room yelling something about "She will now begin her eternal suffering blah, blah..." Honestly, she didn't have the time to sit and talk to some grumpy lich about the finer points of the afterlife she had a birthday party to get to (and to also throw, OH and it's also a SURPISE!!). So with glee and excitement she finally opened the locket! With inches to spare before some ghost thing was about to invade her personal space she disappears!

A portal opens (rather high off the ground mind you) and out tumbles a Kender, into a world not her own, though she doesn't know that quite yet (don't spoil it for her).

==Languages==
Examples include Common, Elvish, Dwarven, & Thieves Cant

==Powers and Abilities==
She is good at using the pointy bits to stab the mean creatures who try to hurt her friends.

She has tinkered with some magics when she was visiting her VERY GOOD MAGE FRIEND... Rexxan (I don't know that he would exactly describe their relationship as "friends" himself however, yet something about her keeps him from smiting her... )

==Beginning of the Quest of Topi Ary (as told by Tassa herself):==
I was tired from all my adventuring for the day and wanted to ask if I could stay for the night at this big fancy house (it was really in the middle of nowhere for a house that fancy if I’m honest), but no one answered so I let myself in to make sure everything was okay, thieves are terrible these days you know… Well, I think they didn’t leave in a hurry and thought they might be a few days or something because they did try to hide all the furniture under white sheets, but I don’t know if it would have tricked anyone because I was SO curious what could be hidden under the sheets that I couldn’t help but look! I was sad to see the cupboards were totally bare, I think a thief might have taken all their food, so they’ll be mighty sad when they get back. Luckily, I always have some food in my pouches, so I wasn’t hungry. Seeing as how they were so bad at hiding their nice things, I figured SOMEONE had to keep an eye on the place, after all so I picked the nicest room (I’m certain they would want only the best for an honored guest like me who is being so nice and watching over the place without even being asked) and kept wandering around.

I saw a potted plant looking awfully wilty and I just knew the people in the fancy house would be SO SAD to see their shrubbery had died! As you see it was VERY lucky for them, I stopped in. I reached into my pockets and pouches to see if I had anything to water the plants with and I found a green glowing vial of liquid (it’s sooo pretty and neat to watch if you slosh it back and forth). I am sure my really really good mage friend Rexxan would have been overjoyed to see how much happiness the little vial I found in his locked potion cupboard made me! I’ll have to tell him when I visit him for his Birthday! Anyway, I took the potion because plants need to drink water (and I misplaced my waterskin at the moment) and water is wet, so since the potion looked wet then of course it would give the plant a drink. I was certain that the magic would help this poor plant perk RIGHT up! And perk right up he DID! I poured the potion into the pot and all the sudden he started moving and TALKING! I didn’t even know plants could talk! It’s a good thing I saved him, this talking plant almost died! He had a stamp on the back of his pot with his name on it, It said “Topi Ary.” I would sit in the garden and talk to him, for hours, and hours, and tell him all my best stories.

Then after about a month I was about to leave because the fancy house was getting rather boring and if no thieves are going to show up then I don’t think it’s important I stay there. I went to ask Topi if he wanted to join me, but something was off. His pot seemed slightly moved and soil was everywhere! He seemed perfectly planted in his pot, so I was relieved at first but then when I asked him if he wanted to come with me to have fun adventures, I realized he didn’t talk anymore! He just sat there like a plain old shrubbery. I thought maybe he had been switched but when I checked his pot it said his name “Topi Ary” just like before. I was REALLY getting worried, and I realized someone must have used a spell or something to put him in a really deep sleep! I tried EVERYTHING, laughing, singing, shouting, knocking on his pot. Nothing could wake him up! I just don’t know why someone would do something like this to such a nice shrub! It was that day I made a promise to my friend, to travel as wide and far as I must to find a way to wake him from his deep slumber!

I remembered that under one of the sheets was a leather seat. I mean if they are going to keep it covered with the sheets no one will miss a few bits of leather and I had an important mission. So, I took my dagger and made a potpoose. Making sure to close off the top so he can stick out, but his soil stays in. I did also think of talking to my great friend Rexxan the wizard because he is so smart with magics, but I only had a onetime use portal, and I was saving it for his birthday. I figured Topi was resting so I could just look after him until I could use the portal and do two things at once! Then I set off leaving the fancy house to its own devices.

== Tales from Tassa's Journal ==

=== Entry 1: (4/29/2023) Swampery & The Warden ===
Adrian Tempest gathered a small group of us onto his fancy airship. I thought it was neat (I never saw a flying ship before), however, when I tried to tell everyone about the flying citadels back home in Krynn, but no one seemed interested. Oh well. Anyway, we landed in this gloomy swampy area and were told that we were supposed to “scout” the swamps for any dangers or whatnot. As it would turn out the first thing, we learned was that really big or really heavily armored peoples might struggle a bit. Our cleric and barbarian found themselves getting stuck a lot of times, but I was able to keep myself to mostly dryish land.

While we were walking there was this oddly humanoidly shaped shadowy thing off in the distance. There’s like mists and stuffs so it’s kinda hard to see any great distance. I decided to go check it out all stealthy like and some of the others decided to join me. As I got closer, I saw it was just some silly trees looking all like beasties in the mist. Before I could tell anyone what I found I heard the sloshing of our more noisy ones moving through the water. I preferred to stay on the drier lands but… to each their own.

Well, wouldn’t you know all the sudden two tentacles burst out of the swamp attacking our bugbarian and our owlybird artificer! Mr A. Tempest was smart and stayed back next to the cleric who was having an AWFUL time of it in all the muck in their heavy armors. Our druid ran up to help. I will say when the artificer threw flames and fire at the tentacles it didn't seem at all pleased. We heard a screaming that came from all around us when the tentacles withered, and they disappeared under the surface of the mucky murky waters.

Before anyone could do anything, a HUGE gooey oozy mouth surfaced in between all of us! That was joined by TWO more tentacles!!! These ones were MUCH bigger than the first ones! So, we all fought them! The druid made a danger wiggler worm and me and the worm dispatched the giant mouth with the help of the artificer! The mouth didn’t seem to like fire either but when the creature screamed again it still came from all around us and not really from the mouth itself, VERY creepy.

While we were fighting a robed figure appeared in the trees and watched. Once we ended the creature the robed figure appeared on the ground and disappeared into the mists leaving pretty glowing blue lights behind them. Our bugbarian had fallen and then been healed during the battle and the cleric was very nearly fallen so the people I was with wanted to rest. I didn’t take any damage and those lights were so inviting and pretty and I didn’t know how long they’d last, and it would be TRAGIC if I missed out on a new adventure because people had to rest.

Since I was fine, I exclaimed my excitement and said “Ooo!” as I ran off towards the lights. When the group was becoming distressed, I told them to rest and that I would be just fine but the cleric and owlybird artificier apparently felt like I was in danger and the two of them followed me while the remaining party members took a rest. I tried to tell them that the lights were an invitation because no one just leaves a trail of lights behind them unless they really want to be found. THEY seemed to think it was a trap, I was unconvinced, the lights were too welcoming to be a trap! I also told them that if we’re going to be staying here a while it might be a good idea to meet the locals anyway. They usually know helpful stuff…or try to eat you. It’s a 50/50 gamble either way.

We followed the lights until we reached a hut on stilts with a winding wooden walkway leading up to it. Again, my new over cautious friends tried to warn me that this was a trap and dangerous and I chuckled and said, “Don’t worry I’ll knock, I’m not rude!” and I ran up to the door with them reluctantly close by my side. I knocked and a kind voice invited us in. I turned to my fearful fellows and said, “SEE I told you we were invited!”

We entered and were directed by the robed one to have a seat. They were back behind the fire and hooded so we didn’t see their face and they seemed all flowy between masculine and feminine and didn’t seem to care which pronouns were used for them. There was this neat glowy symbol thing on the ground. It was a deer with antlers and leaves around it (I later called it “the stag”). I wanted to touch it REALLY bad but since we were guests, I figured I should be polite and ask. I did and was told I could touch it. It made me alllllllll tingly! The rest of the time I kept trying to stretch out and sneak touches.

I asked the person if the creature was their pet and told them we didn’t mean to hurt it if it was but the idea of being eaten didn’t suit us today, so we had to defend ourselves. The person shook their head as they made us all some tea and said it was not their pet and that in fact, they’ve been fighting against them for 20 YEARS! It turns out they aren’t normally from this area but migrated here 20 years ago. The robed one had no idea what sent them, drew them, or forced them from their original habitats in the west. They’re called Oblex and they are a type of ooze monster that naturally inhabits their original lands but were not found in this area before 20 years ago. They seem to be pretty prevalent in the greater bog area but can be found anywhere in the wilds. It’s pretty astounding that they can fit through a 1-inch gap and can hide anywhere that can hold their volume then BOOM attack! They’re ambush predators. It seems they especially dislike fire (it agitates them and causes disadvantage for 1 round). It turns out that they are generally attracted to feed on the minds of sentient beings which makes their long stay out in the middle of nowhere even more odd. Our bugbarian and cleric DID have some memories eaten! The warden told them they should come back on a long rest, if they were healed in some way, or if a magic user knows the greater restoration spell. We should be VERY careful about our camp because they will be super attracted to a large group of sentient beings (especially because they must be so hungry, I think). There are different types of these oblex creatures even! I asked for a name to call the robed one and they told me that “The Warden” will do. They asked me a bunch of stuff about why we're here and I told them everything I knew about like camping, exploring, that there’s other groups of us. I didn’t know WHY we were here but luckily Mr. Tempest joined us eventually with the rest of the group and was able to fill in the rest of the information.

When I asked “The Warden” what they do they replied that this is their domain (I asked if it was just the bog, but they indicated it was like ALL OF the wilds fairly much). I asked what they’re purpose here was and they told me that their purpose is to protect the wilds against any evil or destructive beings. I also asked The Warden if there was anything we should look out for that is dangerous like the Oblex. They told us that there were bands of kobolds that occasionally travel through this area and that they can be amicable or feral depending on which band you come across, but we should be sure to be wary of any bands in the patronage of a dragon as they are almost always super aggressive to outsiders. Also, there are dinosaurs! The warden said they are like dragons without the breathy weapon and only some of them have wings! There are some small ones in the swamp areas, but we will encounter large ones in the jungles.

Apparently some lizardfolk do in habit the wilds and we were advised to avoid them as they tend to be generally aggressive by nature. Along with the lizard peoples there are these froggy peoples called ‘Grung’ they also might be best avoided as they are covered in natural poison (so they would give danger hugs) and sometimes even coat their weapons in this poison slime coat from their bodies.

There are also yuan-ti which are snakey peoples and often ill-tempered and not so fond of outsiders either (maybe it’s a reptile thing?). We also may find some bugbears along the way as well and should be cautious of them as they are pretty strong usually. Apparently, some of the plants will eat YOU if you aren’t careful! So, eating them and finding out they're poisonous isn’t the biggest vegetation threat anymore! We were advised to avoid any plants that look VERY interesting as that is a sign, they will probably eat you. I think that will be extra hard for me, but I do not enjoy being eaten so I should be able to resist exploring them.

Before we left, I asked The Warden if it would be okay for us to stay there and how we can be friends not enemies. The Warden asks that the land is treated with respect. We are not to unnecessarily destroy the flora and fauna. Also, they warn us not to bring necromantic workings into their area with evil intent to spread undeath and necromancy across the land. They asked that we try to find out WHY the Oblex are here. Did something push them out? Why so? Did something purposely send them? The Warden is fairly certain that regardless of the “why” behind the creatures' original shift that they are likely long forgotten by the culprits behind their upheaval and have just simply gotten to existing here. Our wise cleric came up with the idea that perhaps (since the scar is in the west and it’s all fiery) something left the scar and perhaps scared them into leaving their old territory.

The Warden led us all a secret way (much easier) out of the swamp and back to the airship. They did leave us with a warning that if people don’t follow the request of how to treat the lands that the Warden WILL take action against them and depending on how horrendous the act may punish all of us. It will be up to how we handle it first and foremost. If we take proper action to stop them, punish them, and rectify the wrong as best we can, we may be spared but… that’s a big maybe so it’s best we tell everyone to be on good behavior with the wilds.

The Warden will reach out to us if they ever need to and a few of us were given special broaches that can contact the Warden should we need to (once a month) but they really prefer not to be bothered.
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Wicked Wilds]]

Tassa Brightfox

2023-05-05T04:43:46Z

Lywyn: Added report of mega game adventure!!

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=TassaBrightfox.jpg|caption=Tassa Brightfox, Kender|languages=Common, Elvish, Dwarven, Thieves Cant, Kenderspeak|birthPlace=World: Krynn, Country: Northern Ergoth, Town: Hylo|species=Kender|gender=Female (She/her)|height=3.5ft|eyes=Emerald Green}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is a swashbuckler (you can call her a rogue but she rather "breaks the mold" you might expect of one).

==Physical Appearance==
Tassa has vibrant coppery red hair styled half up in two meticulously neat braids (fixed together with a detailed copper fox hair pin), she wears leather armor (and leather boots) with decorative flourishes around the edges. Most notable are the ever-changing array of pouches and pockets on her person.

==Personality==
Tassa exudes wide eyed childlike wonder and innocence. The worlds are places to explore and have adventures, fear is something she truly doesn't seem to have a grasp on yet. She is bright and bubbly and once she considers you a friend (regardless of your opinion on the matter) she is loyal to the utmost!

Ever curious about new things, new creatures, new places, and new experiences you'll often find this Kender bouncing happily towards (while babbling a myriad of questions at) what others seem to think for some reason is danger or frightening but to her is FACINATING! Life is too short to miss out on something interesting! Afterall, death is simply another grand adventure, albeit a bit 'final' for any Kender's tastes and one she's not planning on going on *just* yet. Because of her curiosity she gathers so MUCH interesting information and stories that she is always nearly BURSTING to share them with anyone ... who isn't deaf (though I'm sure many would like to be after spending even a few moments with her).

Impulse control is a foreign concept to her, though you'll find she is just as excited about a really satisfying leaf as she is about a shiny gem or jewelry. Many of her pockets would remind you of a curious child's full of string, stones, feathers, and anything else she deems interesting.

==History==
Honestly Tassa has lived more life than most in her brief 35 years. To tell her tale would take many, MANY pages! So, we'll simply start at the beginning and jump to the end or rather our current time, at the time of writing this that is... so it's current time now if it's not when you read this then YOU'RE LATE and it's not my fault.

Ahem... Tassa was born in the large town of tiny people known as Hylo in Northern Ergoth, and for the curious that would be in the world of Krynn... not Quelmar. The afflicted Kender (strange ones that lot but such a pity what happened them and to Kendermore) had started moving off to their own settlements where they mostly seemed to be keeping to themselves. It was at this time Tassa had reached the coming-of-age moment at 20 years old when Kender finally strike out into the great unknown in search of relief from boredom, er, in search of adventure rather known to their people as "Wanderlust." Wanderlust lasts for most of a Kender lifetime, and no one ever returns, at least not to the same place they left from which wouldn't be returning would it?

So, Tassa is firmly into her Wanderlust and having many fantastic adventures under her belt she found herself heading out on yet another adventure. She was getting ready to visit her long time VERY VERY GOOD wizard friend, Rexxan. The last time he saw her he was SO kind giving her a beautiful locket that he said she could open when she was ready to visit him, but it would only work once and took VERY powerful magics to create, so he wanted her to go on MANY adventures so she would have so many stories she could tell him when she got back! It's been hard, to a Kender any locked door, cupboard, chest, or really anything locked should really be opened just a crack. She resisted all temptation because she wanted to surprise him for his BIRTHDAY! Did she know when his birthday was, absolutely not, however she decided she could just pick a day that felt like his birthday, and it would work all the same). So, she worked hard at going on so many adventures that she would scant have a moment to think about opening the locket (just a peek) because she really wanted to bring Rexxan a fantastic gift and the many stories he requested.

She found a marvelously interesting set of ruins with many undead creatures creeping and moaning about. Without hesitation she rushed headlong into the ruins. She had a chat with someone called a "lich" who seemed to be having a rather bad day as he was in an awful mood. He treated her rather rudely and really it was all very unnecessary. While she was exploring the grumpy undead guy's treasure room, she came across the PERFECT gift! The lich had plenty of shiny stuff so he surely wouldn't miss this trinket, but she didn't want to be rude back to him (that's just how she is) so she left a "payment" of a few neat sticks, some feathers, and a bit of string in it's place. She was so excited it was glowy in the way Rexxan seems to like as he keeps many glowy things in his tower! She knew this must mean that it must be his birthday! There was an awful calamity behind her as the lich and his army of assorted undead things came bursting into the treasure room yelling something about "She will now begin her eternal suffering blah, blah..." Honestly, she didn't have the time to sit and talk to some grumpy lich about the finer points of the afterlife she had a birthday party to get to (and to also throw, OH and it's also a SURPISE!!). So with glee and excitement she finally opened the locket! With inches to spare before some ghost thing was about to invade her personal space she disappears!

A portal opens (rather high off the ground mind you) and out tumbles a Kender, into a world not her own, though she doesn't know that quite yet (don't spoil it for her).

==Languages==
Examples include Common, Elvish, Dwarven, & Thieves Cant

==Powers and Abilities==
She is good at using the pointy bits to stab the mean creatures who try to hurt her friends.

She has tinkered with some magics when she was visiting her VERY GOOD MAGE FRIEND... Rexxan (I don't know that he would exactly describe their relationship as "friends" himself however, yet something about her keeps him from smiting her... )

==Beginning of the Quest of Topi Ary (as told by Tassa herself):==
I was tired from all my adventuring for the day and wanted to ask if I could stay for the night at this big fancy house (it was really in the middle of nowhere for a house that fancy if I’m honest), but no one answered so I let myself in to make sure everything was okay, thieves are terrible these days you know… Well, I think they didn’t leave in a hurry and thought they might be a few days or something because they did try to hide all the furniture under white sheets, but I don’t know if it would have tricked anyone because I was SO curious what could be hidden under the sheets that I couldn’t help but look! I was sad to see the cupboards were totally bare, I think a thief might have taken all their food, so they’ll be mighty sad when they get back. Luckily, I always have some food in my pouches, so I wasn’t hungry. Seeing as how they were so bad at hiding their nice things, I figured SOMEONE had to keep an eye on the place, after all so I picked the nicest room (I’m certain they would want only the best for an honored guest like me who is being so nice and watching over the place without even being asked) and kept wandering around.

I saw a potted plant looking awfully wilty and I just knew the people in the fancy house would be SO SAD to see their shrubbery had died! As you see it was VERY lucky for them, I stopped in. I reached into my pockets and pouches to see if I had anything to water the plants with and I found a green glowing vial of liquid (it’s sooo pretty and neat to watch if you slosh it back and forth). I am sure my really really good mage friend Rexxan would have been overjoyed to see how much happiness the little vial I found in his locked potion cupboard made me! I’ll have to tell him when I visit him for his Birthday! Anyway, I took the potion because plants need to drink water (and I misplaced my waterskin at the moment) and water is wet, so since the potion looked wet then of course it would give the plant a drink. I was certain that the magic would help this poor plant perk RIGHT up! And perk right up he DID! I poured the potion into the pot and all the sudden he started moving and TALKING! I didn’t even know plants could talk! It’s a good thing I saved him, this talking plant almost died! He had a stamp on the back of his pot with his name on it, It said “Topi Ary.” I would sit in the garden and talk to him, for hours, and hours, and tell him all my best stories.

Then after about a month I was about to leave because the fancy house was getting rather boring and if no thieves are going to show up then I don’t think it’s important I stay there. I went to ask Topi if he wanted to join me, but something was off. His pot seemed slightly moved and soil was everywhere! He seemed perfectly planted in his pot, so I was relieved at first but then when I asked him if he wanted to come with me to have fun adventures, I realized he didn’t talk anymore! He just sat there like a plain old shrubbery. I thought maybe he had been switched but when I checked his pot it said his name “Topi Ary” just like before. I was REALLY getting worried, and I realized someone must have used a spell or something to put him in a really deep sleep! I tried EVERYTHING, laughing, singing, shouting, knocking on his pot. Nothing could wake him up! I just don’t know why someone would do something like this to such a nice shrub! It was that day I made a promise to my friend, to travel as wide and far as I must to find a way to wake him from his deep slumber!

I remembered that under one of the sheets was a leather seat. I mean if they are going to keep it covered with the sheets no one will miss a few bits of leather and I had an important mission. So, I took my dagger and made a potpoose. Making sure to close off the top so he can stick out, but his soil stays in. I did also think of talking to my great friend Rexxan the wizard because he is so smart with magics, but I only had a onetime use portal, and I was saving it for his birthday. I figured Topi was resting so I could just look after him until I could use the portal and do two things at once! Then I set off leaving the fancy house to its own devices.

== Tales from Tassa's Journal ==

* (4/29/2023) Swampery & The Warden
** Adrian Tempest gathered a small group of us onto his fancy airship. I thought it was neat (I never saw a flying ship before), however, when I tried to tell everyone about the flying citadels back home in Krynn, but no one seemed interested. Oh well. Anyway, we landed in this gloomy swampy area and were told that we were supposed to “scout” the swamps for any dangers or whatnot. As it would turn out the first thing, we learned was that really big or really heavily armored peoples might struggle a bit. Our cleric and barbarian found themselves getting stuck a lot of times, but I was able to keep myself to mostly dryish land. While we were walking there was this oddly humanoidly shaped shadowy thing off in the distance. There’s like mists and stuffs so it’s kinda hard to see any great distance. I decided to go check it out all stealthy like and some of the others decided to join me. As I got closer, I saw it was just some silly trees looking all like beasties in the mist. Before I could tell anyone what I found I heard the sloshing of our more noisy ones moving through the water. I preferred to stay on the drier lands but… to each their own. Well, wouldn’t you know all the sudden two tentacles burst out of the swamp attacking our bugbarian and our owlybird artificer! Mr A. Tempest was smart and stayed back next to the cleric who was having an AWFUL time of it in all the muck in their heavy armors. Our druid ran up to help. I will say when the artificer threw flames and fire at the tentacles it didn't seem at all pleased. We heard a screaming that came from all around us when the tentacles withered, and they disappeared under the surface of the mucky murky waters. Before anyone could do anything, a HUGE gooey oozy mouth surfaced in between all of us! That was joined by TWO more tentacles!!! These ones were MUCH bigger than the first ones! So, we all fought them! The druid made a danger wiggler worm and me and the worm dispatched the giant mouth with the help of the artificer! The mouth didn’t seem to like fire either but when the creature screamed again it still came from all around us and not really from the mouth itself, VERY creepy. While we were fighting a robed figure appeared in the trees and watched. Once we ended the creature the robed figure appeared on the ground and disappeared into the mists leaving pretty glowing blue lights behind them. Our bugbarian had fallen and then been healed during the battle and the cleric was very nearly fallen so the people I was with wanted to rest. I didn’t take any damage and those lights were so inviting and pretty and I didn’t know how long they’d last, and it would be TRAGIC if I missed out on a new adventure because people had to rest. Since I was fine, I exclaimed my excitement and said “Ooo!” as I ran off towards the lights. When the group was becoming distressed, I told them to rest and that I would be just fine but the cleric and owlybird artificier apparently felt like I was in danger and the two of them followed me while the remaining party members took a rest. I tried to tell them that the lights were an invitation because no one just leaves a trail of lights behind them unless they really want to be found. THEY seemed to think it was a trap, I was unconvinced, the lights were too welcoming to be a trap! I also told them that if we’re going to be staying here a while it might be a good idea to meet the locals anyway. They usually know helpful stuff…or try to eat you. It’s a 50/50 gamble either way. We followed the lights until we reached a hut on stilts with a winding wooden walkway leading up to it. Again, my new over cautious friends tried to warn me that this was a trap and dangerous and I chuckled and said, “Don’t worry I’ll knock, I’m not rude!” and I ran up to the door with them reluctantly close by my side. I knocked and a kind voice invited us in. I turned to my fearful fellows and said, “SEE I told you we were invited!” We entered and were directed by the robed one to have a seat. They were back behind the fire and hooded so we didn’t see their face and they seemed all flowy between masculine and feminine and didn’t seem to care which pronouns were used for them. There was this neat glowy symbol thing on the ground. It was a deer with antlers and leaves around it (I later called it “the stag”). I wanted to touch it REALLY bad but since we were guests, I figured I should be polite and ask. I did and was told I could touch it. It made me alllllllll tingly! The rest of the time I kept trying to stretch out and sneak touches. I asked the person if the creature was their pet and told them we didn’t mean to hurt it if it was but the idea of being eaten didn’t suit us today, so we had to defend ourselves. The person shook their head as they made us all some tea and said it was not their pet and that in fact, they’ve been fighting against them for 20 YEARS! It turns out they aren’t normally from this area but migrated here 20 years ago. The robed one had no idea what sent them, drew them, or forced them from their original habitats in the west. They’re called Oblex and they are a type of ooze monster that naturally inhabits their original lands but were not found in this area before 20 years ago. They seem to be pretty prevalent in the greater bog area but can be found anywhere in the wilds. It’s pretty astounding that they can fit through a 1-inch gap and can hide anywhere that can hold their volume then BOOM attack! They’re ambush predators. It seems they especially dislike fire (it agitates them and causes disadvantage for 1 round). It turns out that they are generally attracted to feed on the minds of sentient beings which makes their long stay out in the middle of nowhere even more odd. Our bugbarian and cleric DID have some memories eaten! The warden told them they should come back on a long rest, if they were healed in some way, or if a magic user knows the greater restoration spell. We should be VERY careful about our camp because they will be super attracted to a large group of sentient beings (especially because they must be so hungry, I think). There are different types of these oblex creatures even! I asked for a name to call the robed one and they told me that “The Warden” will do. They asked me a bunch of stuff about why we're here and I told them everything I knew about like camping, exploring, that there’s other groups of us. I didn’t know WHY we were here but luckily Mr. Tempest joined us eventually with the rest of the group and was able to fill in the rest of the information. When I asked “The Warden” what they do they replied that this is their domain (I asked if it was just the bog, but they indicated it was like ALL OF the wilds fairly much). I asked what they’re purpose here was and they told me that their purpose is to protect the wilds against any evil or destructive beings. I also asked The Warden if there was anything we should look out for that is dangerous like the Oblex. They told us that there were bands of kobolds that occasionally travel through this area and that they can be amicable or feral depending on which band you come across, but we should be sure to be wary of any bands in the patronage of a dragon as they are almost always super aggressive to outsiders. Also, there are dinosaurs! The warden said they are like dragons without the breathy weapon and only some of them have wings! There are some small ones in the swamp areas, but we will encounter large ones in the jungles. Apparently some lizardfolk do in habit the wilds and we were advised to avoid them as they tend to be generally aggressive by nature. Along with the lizard peoples there are these froggy peoples called ‘Grung’ they also might be best avoided as they are covered in natural poison (so they would give danger hugs) and sometimes even coat their weapons in this poison slime coat from their bodies. There are also yuan-ti which are snakey peoples and often ill-tempered and not so fond of outsiders either (maybe it’s a reptile thing?). We also may find some bugbears along the way as well and should be cautious of them as they are pretty strong usually. Apparently, some of the plants will eat YOU if you aren’t careful! So, eating them and finding out they're poisonous isn’t the biggest vegetation threat anymore! We were advised to avoid any plants that look VERY interesting as that is a sign, they will probably eat you. I think that will be extra hard for me, but I do not enjoy being eaten so I should be able to resist exploring them. Before we left, I asked The Warden if it would be okay for us to stay there and how we can be friends not enemies. The Warden asks that the land is treated with respect. We are not to unnecessarily destroy the flora and fauna. Also, they warn us not to bring necromantic workings into their area with evil intent to spread undeath and necromancy across the land. They asked that we try to find out WHY the Oblex are here. Did something push them out? Why so? Did something purposely send them? The Warden is fairly certain that regardless of the “why” behind the creatures' original shift that they are likely long forgotten by the culprits behind their upheaval and have just simply gotten to existing here. Our wise cleric came up with the idea that perhaps (since the scar is in the west and it’s all fiery) something left the scar and perhaps scared them into leaving their old territory. The Warden led us all a secret way (much easier) out of the swamp and back to the airship. They did leave us with a warning that if people don’t follow the request of how to treat the lands that the Warden WILL take action against them and depending on how horrendous the act may punish all of us. It will be up to how we handle it first and foremost. If we take proper action to stop them, punish them, and rectify the wrong as best we can, we may be spared but… that’s a big maybe so it’s best we tell everyone to be on good behavior with the wilds. The Warden will reach out to us if they ever need to and a few of us were given special broaches that can contact the Warden should we need to (once a month) but they really prefer not to be bothered.

[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Wicked Wilds]]

Within the Wicked Wilds

2023-04-30T15:42:18Z

Lywyn: Added more clear link to PC roster for Wicked wilds (I couldn't find it and didn't realize clicking player characters would take me there so I figured others probably would have the same issue)

[[File:Wicked Wilds Logo Design.png|center|[[PR]]]]
'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is Quelmar’s 4th community D&D campaign. Based in central PA, Wicked Wilds follows behind [[Into the Greedy Green]] but picks up 66 years forward into the future, in 893 [[PR]], and shifts from Isonhound to the continent of [[Amusa]].

Wicked Wilds began in April 2023 and is expected to run for approximately 2 years (based on previous community campaigns)

==About==
In the year 877 PR, airships filled the skies, the accomplishment of [[Tolme Pendergras]] spreading to all points in the realm. As the need for airships in the war against [[Tiamat]] is satisfied, private and commercial construction begins.

Now 15 years later in 893 PR on the continent of [[Amusa]], in [[Galik|The City of Galik]], one particular company by the name of [[Tempest Brothers Expeditionary Company]] has been the most recent recipient of two aged airships. They are earnestly looking for eager adventurers to join them and use this new technology and venture deeper into the heart of Amusa than was ever possible before.

Those choosing to take up the challenge will find gold, glory and fame…within the Wicked Wilds

==[[Within the Wicked Wilds/PCs|Player Characters]]==

*Player Characters for Wicked Wilds start at 3rd level with 900 XP and all available starting equipment
*Any backgrounds that provide free feats are excluded
*This campaign requires the use of the latest version of any published material
*No UA is permitted due to potential balancing issues
*The world of Quelmar has unique racials available that are listed on the wiki at quelmarwiki.com in the tab “Portals” > ”Gamemaster”
* Allowed Stat generation includes Standard Array, Point Buy, and rolling 4d6 (drop low).
* No child characters.
[[Within the Wicked Wilds/PCs|Current Player Roster]] (<-- Click)

==[[Within the Wicked Wilds/NPCs|NPCs]]==

==[[Within the Wicked Wilds/The Story So Far|The Story So Far]]==

===[[Within the Wicked Wilds/Player Recaps|Player Session Recaps]]===

==[[Within the Wicked Wilds/Player Resources|Wicked Wilds Player Resources]]==

==House Rules==

*All directions of movement, including diagonals, are 5 feet.
*Taking a critical hit while making death saving throws is 1 automatic fail, not 2.
* Ammunition and Carrying Capacity are not tracked. Though it may be determined on a case by case basis if you are carrying too much of something.
*It's assumed players are supplied basic components for spells at camp between sessions. Very expensive components (like diamonds) are still tracked and necessary.
* An inspiration point can be used to "De-Inspire" an enemy's check, save, or attack.
*Allies and Enemies in a line of fire do not provide half-cover (unless they actively choose to provide cover for someone else)
*The Flanking variant rule is in play, allowing players to get advantage if they attack an enemy from two opposing sides.
*Players can cast 2 spells on their turn as long as one is a bonus action, and is not limited to Cantrip actions only.
*Critical Hit Variant Rule:
**When a critical attack is rolled, gather the entire dice pool as per the standard rule.
**Remove one of the dice representing the weapons base damage and set it aside with its highest value facing up.
** Roll the rest of the dice pool.
**Total the rolled dice pool and then add the highest value of the die that was set aside.
** Then add any relevant modifiers.

==Code of Conduct==
All participants (players, DMs, and organizers) are automatically expected to adhere to the following Code of Conduct, and consent to the use of the X-Card, when playing a Wicked Wilds Community table.

#All Wicked Wilds Community Campaign participants are here to have fun and should feel safe and included at all times. Fun at others’ expense is no fun at all.
#Participants must conduct themselves in a manner that is conducive to the enjoyment and safety of others at the event. Wicked Wilds is a public, community campaign, open to all State College players of ages 13 and up. Please avoid excessively vulgar, sexual, or overly mature themes when requested.
#Follow the DM’s lead, try to avoid extended arguments with the DM or other players over rules, as time is limited at these events. The Dungeon Master has the right to remove a disruptive player from the table. Disruptive behavior includes (but is not limited to):
##Speaking over other players.
## Excessive cross-talk that is not relevant to the adventure being played.
##Not sharing the spotlight with other players.
#No tolerance is given for aggressive behavior, and are grounds for immediate removal from the game.
##Aggressive behavior includes threats of or actual physical aggression against another player, disrespecting pronouns, using slurs, and otherwise harassing participants.
#Any player who oversteps a boundary, whether explicitly set or not, should be held accountable with the use of the X-Card. X-Carded behaviors will immediately be halted and discontinued at the present table.
#If a participant feels uncomfortable bringing an issue to the attention of the table via X-Card, the participant should notify a Dungeon Master or Quelmar Representative as soon as comfortably possible.
#Participants are required to have received their vaccine for the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, to keep playing spaces at a level of safety expected by the community. The use of masks at the table is optional but encouraged.

==[https://forms.gle/QZGGD4ir5zQ6ZFwk6 Wicked Wilds Feedback Form]==
Feel free to use the above document to submit any feedback, suggestions, or concerns you have about ''Within the Wicked Wilds''.

[[Category:Campaigns]]
[[Category:Wicked Wilds]]
[[Category:Amusa]]
[[Category:Tempest Brothers Expeditionary Company]]

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-29T04:20:30Z

Lywyn: Updated subclass to swashbuckler

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-12T01:15:27Z

Lywyn: Added picture

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=TassaBrightfox.jpg|caption=Tassa Brightfox, Kender Arcane Trickster|languages=Common, Elvish, Dwarven, Thieves Cant, Kenderspeak|birthPlace=World: Krynn, Country: Northern Ergoth, Town: Hylo|species=Kender|gender=Female (She/her)|height=3.5ft|eyes=Emerald Green}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is an Arcane Trickster (you can call her a rogue but she rather "breaks the mold" you might expect of one).

==Physical Appearance==
Tassa has vibrant coppery red hair styled half up in two meticulously neat braids (fixed together with a detailed copper fox hair pin), she wears leather armor (and leather boots) with decorative flourishes around the edges. Most notable are the ever-changing array of pouches and pockets on her person.

==Personality==
Tassa exudes wide eyed childlike wonder and innocence. The worlds are places to explore and have adventures, fear is something she truly doesn't seem to have a grasp on yet. She is bright and bubbly and once she considers you a friend (regardless of your opinion on the matter) she is loyal to the utmost!

Ever curious about new things, new creatures, new places, and new experiences you'll often find this Kender bouncing happily towards (while babbling a myriad of questions at) what others seem to think for some reason is danger or frightening but to her is FACINATING! Life is too short to miss out on something interesting! Afterall, death is simply another grand adventure, albeit a bit 'final' for any Kender's tastes and one she's not planning on going on *just* yet. Because of her curiosity she gathers so MUCH interesting information and stories that she is always nearly BURSTING to share them with anyone ... who isn't deaf (though I'm sure many would like to be after spending even a few moments with her).

Impulse control is a foreign concept to her, though you'll find she is just as excited about a really satisfying leaf as she is about a shiny gem or jewelry. Many of her pockets would remind you of a curious child's full of string, stones, feathers, and anything else she deems interesting.

==History==
Honestly Tassa has lived more life than most in her brief 35 years. To tell her tale would take many, MANY pages! So, we'll simply start at the beginning and jump to the end or rather our current time, at the time of writing this that is... so it's current time now if it's not when you read this then YOU'RE LATE and it's not my fault.

Ahem... Tassa was born in the large town of tiny people known as Hylo in Northern Ergoth, and for the curious that would be in the world of Krynn... not Quelmar. The afflicted Kender (strange ones that lot but such a pity what happened them and to Kendermore) had started moving off to their own settlements where they mostly seemed to be keeping to themselves. It was at this time Tassa had reached the coming-of-age moment at 20 years old when Kender finally strike out into the great unknown in search of relief from boredom, er, in search of adventure rather known to their people as "Wanderlust." Wanderlust lasts for most of a Kender lifetime, and no one ever returns, at least not to the same place they left from which wouldn't be returning would it?

So, Tassa is firmly into her Wanderlust and having many fantastic adventures under her belt she found herself heading out on yet another adventure. She was getting ready to visit her long time VERY VERY GOOD wizard friend, Rexxan. The last time he saw her he was SO kind giving her a beautiful locket that he said she could open when she was ready to visit him, but it would only work once and took VERY powerful magics to create, so he wanted her to go on MANY adventures so she would have so many stories she could tell him when she got back! It's been hard, to a Kender any locked door, cupboard, chest, or really anything locked should really be opened just a crack. She resisted all temptation because she wanted to surprise him for his BIRTHDAY! Did she know when his birthday was, absolutely not, however she decided she could just pick a day that felt like his birthday, and it would work all the same). So, she worked hard at going on so many adventures that she would scant have a moment to think about opening the locket (just a peek) because she really wanted to bring Rexxan a fantastic gift and the many stories he requested.

She found a marvelously interesting set of ruins with many undead creatures creeping and moaning about. Without hesitation she rushed headlong into the ruins. She had a chat with someone called a "lich" who seemed to be having a rather bad day as he was in an awful mood. He treated her rather rudely and really it was all very unnecessary. While she was exploring the grumpy undead guy's treasure room, she came across the PERFECT gift! The lich had plenty of shiny stuff so he surely wouldn't miss this trinket, but she didn't want to be rude back to him (that's just how she is) so she left a "payment" of a few neat sticks, some feathers, and a bit of string in it's place. She was so excited it was glowy in the way Rexxan seems to like as he keeps many glowy things in his tower! She knew this must mean that it must be his birthday! There was an awful calamity behind her as the lich and his army of assorted undead things came bursting into the treasure room yelling something about "She will now begin her eternal suffering blah, blah..." Honestly, she didn't have the time to sit and talk to some grumpy lich about the finer points of the afterlife she had a birthday party to get to (and to also throw, OH and it's also a SURPISE!!). So with glee and excitement she finally opened the locket! With inches to spare before some ghost thing was about to invade her personal space she disappears!

A portal opens (rather high off the ground mind you) and out tumbles a Kender, into a world not her own, though she doesn't know that quite yet (don't spoil it for her).

==Languages==
Examples include Common, Elvish, Dwarven, & Thieves Cant

==Powers and Abilities==
She is good at using the pointy bits to stab the mean creatures who try to hurt her friends.

She has tinkered with some magics when she was visiting her VERY GOOD MAGE FRIEND... Rexxan (I don't know that he would exactly describe their relationship as "friends" himself however, yet something about her keeps him from smiting her... )

==Beginning of the Quest of Topi Ary (as told by Tassa herself):==
I was tired from all my adventuring for the day and wanted to ask if I could stay for the night at this big fancy house (it was really in the middle of nowhere for a house that fancy if I’m honest), but no one answered so I let myself in to make sure everything was okay, thieves are terrible these days you know… Well, I think they didn’t leave in a hurry and thought they might be a few days or something because they did try to hide all the furniture under white sheets, but I don’t know if it would have tricked anyone because I was SO curious what could be hidden under the sheets that I couldn’t help but look! I was sad to see the cupboards were totally bare, I think a thief might have taken all their food, so they’ll be mighty sad when they get back. Luckily, I always have some food in my pouches, so I wasn’t hungry. Seeing as how they were so bad at hiding their nice things, I figured SOMEONE had to keep an eye on the place, after all so I picked the nicest room (I’m certain they would want only the best for an honored guest like me who is being so nice and watching over the place without even being asked) and kept wandering around.

I saw a potted plant looking awfully wilty and I just knew the people in the fancy house would be SO SAD to see their shrubbery had died! As you see it was VERY lucky for them, I stopped in. I reached into my pockets and pouches to see if I had anything to water the plants with and I found a green glowing vial of liquid (it’s sooo pretty and neat to watch if you slosh it back and forth). I am sure my really really good mage friend Rexxan would have been overjoyed to see how much happiness the little vial I found in his locked potion cupboard made me! I’ll have to tell him when I visit him for his Birthday! Anyway, I took the potion because plants need to drink water (and I misplaced my waterskin at the moment) and water is wet, so since the potion looked wet then of course it would give the plant a drink. I was certain that the magic would help this poor plant perk RIGHT up! And perk right up he DID! I poured the potion into the pot and all the sudden he started moving and TALKING! I didn’t even know plants could talk! It’s a good thing I saved him, this talking plant almost died! He had a stamp on the back of his pot with his name on it, It said “Topi Ary.” I would sit in the garden and talk to him, for hours, and hours, and tell him all my best stories.

Then after about a month I was about to leave because the fancy house was getting rather boring and if no thieves are going to show up then I don’t think it’s important I stay there. I went to ask Topi if he wanted to join me, but something was off. His pot seemed slightly moved and soil was everywhere! He seemed perfectly planted in his pot, so I was relieved at first but then when I asked him if he wanted to come with me to have fun adventures, I realized he didn’t talk anymore! He just sat there like a plain old shrubbery. I thought maybe he had been switched but when I checked his pot it said his name “Topi Ary” just like before. I was REALLY getting worried, and I realized someone must have used a spell or something to put him in a really deep sleep! I tried EVERYTHING, laughing, singing, shouting, knocking on his pot. Nothing could wake him up! I just don’t know why someone would do something like this to such a nice shrub! It was that day I made a promise to my friend, to travel as wide and far as I must to find a way to wake him from his deep slumber!

I remembered that under one of the sheets was a leather seat. I mean if they are going to keep it covered with the sheets no one will miss a few bits of leather and I had an important mission. So, I took my dagger and made a potpoose. Making sure to close off the top so he can stick out, but his soil stays in. I did also think of talking to my great friend Rexxan the wizard because he is so smart with magics, but I only had a onetime use portal, and I was saving it for his birthday. I figured Topi was resting so I could just look after him until I could use the portal and do two things at once! Then I set off leaving the fancy house to its own devices.
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Wicked Wilds]]

File:TassaBrightfox-ai.jpg

2023-04-12T01:12:24Z

Lywyn: Lywyn moved page File:8FF1A678-0A53-46E7-B233-A3DBF9093750.jpeg to File:TassaBrightfox.jpg: Fixing file name

== Summary ==
Notable Kender Tassa Brightfox (Ai art)

File:TassaBrightfox-ai.jpg

2023-04-12T01:09:31Z

Lywyn: Notable Kender Tassa Brightfox (Ai art)

== Summary ==
Notable Kender Tassa Brightfox (Ai art)

Linden Rue

2023-04-12T00:48:29Z

Lywyn: Linden picture updated

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=LindenRue.jpg|caption=Linden Rue, Life Cleric|languages=Common, Elvish, Draconic, Sylvan, Primordial, Abyssal, Wiki|birthPlace=Feywild|species=Harengon|gender=Female|height=3ft (counting my ears)|weight=30lbs|eyes=Sapphire blue}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is a Harengon of a rather curious nature. She follows where the will of the divine lights her travels, wherever that may be. Her spiritual wanderings have revealed that the divine celestial world is far more connected than it is separate. Seeing these connections, she finds herself wondering how the gods have influenced different times, peoples, and places and spends her free time often studying different peoples and their practices. She is always prepared to help those in need but as a wanderer she rarely plants herself in one spot too long.

==Physical Appearance==
Piercing bright sapphire blue eyes peer out from pure snow-white fur which covers her form from ear tips of to toe tips. Inside the pink of her right ear is a dragon mark that looks like an obsidian dragon nestled in her ear, from time to time it has a rainbow chromatic flash ripple across its surface, when you look away and look back you swear it moved but maybe your eyes are just a little tired... She may be small coming in just at around 3ft (counting her ears), but she makes up for it in her fiercely joyful indomitable spirit.

==Personality==
Linden is an excitable rather happy harengon, who is often one foot in her own world with her musings and pondering. She has survived much in her short time, but her faith has kept her spirit shining bright. She is fascinated and perhaps bit overly excited by new peoples and experiences for her, even ones others may NOT be so excited about. As she always says, "Fear and fascination both start with an 'f' so it can be a bit confusing." She is a bit easily distracted and finds herself drawn in by odd items, strange beings, and shiny items sooome times to her determent (it's a good thing she's tanky). She is loyal to her companions and will do all that she can to avoid ever leaving one of them in trouble. As a staunch lover of life, Linden, will do all she can to stop those inflicting needless cruel suffering upon others.

==Powers and Abilities==
<blockquote> '''God''': [[Dysian]] ''(Feywild God)'' '''Domain:''' Life & Curiosity </blockquote>I am the Life (cleric) of the party, here to bestow much anti-damage to my companions. Many see my diminutive stature and assume me to be fearful, but I am actually quite the opposite. When in danger, I spend a lot of my time keeping an eye on those near me and doing my best to ensure they're alright as battle rages. What can I say? I'm a lover not a fighter but, make no mistake I will be the shield to defend those I care for and any innocents in need to the utmost!

On a side note, I have been told I have two lucky rabbit's feet from past companions, seeming to bring some of them an extra edge in their battles...so long as my feet remain attached to my body, that is.

<nowiki>~~~ In my adventures I have become acquainted with a particularly interesting demi-goddess of death named </nowiki>[[Silent]]. We share a unique kind of connection, unlike her current followers, that will exist after death and maintain the freedom of Linden's soul. This connection was made possible by Dysian's permission and guidance.

== History ==
They say curiosity killed the cat, it's no worry, I'm a harengon. I'm not from this plane, originally, you see I found myself curious and followed a group of strangers I had been quietly studying through a portal and found myself in this place. I feel like the divine put my paws on this path as I was following the light. Sometimes it's golden and shining and other times it sparkles (this time it was the latter). I must say I do rather like it here, the creatures are all much more direct with their concerns and desires. At times I miss my fae friends and family, but I've always been rather independent anyway.

Hopping right along I've spent my time studying many peoples and places of this land but what I am most excited about are the DRAGONS!! It took me some time, some books, and some spying (without becoming a crispy dragon snack) to get the nuances just right but I was able to learn to fluently speak the Draconic language and it's certainly been enlightening in this current climate. I've been asked why I'm not more afraid of the giant beastly dragons for "a rabbit" (I'll excuse them for not understanding my people are not exactly the same as the tiny creatures they call rabbits) but when EVERYTHING tries or wants to eat you (including most of the peoples I've met) I suppose size becomes irrelevant after some point. I'm not unafraid, I'm just not MORE afraid...

I am also so enamored with life that anytime I have been able to aid those who cross my path and seem to have good intent I have done my best to bestow healing and blessings upon them with the the powers granted by my divine. I have always followed wherever my divine lights my path and it has led me to some very curious locations and experiences but, I have the firm belief that I am always exactly where I am supposed to be at exactly the right time.

== Linden's Adventures ==

=== Seglock West Gate (7/15/22) Isonhound - ===
I was enjoying the Gala eating a really particularly delicious slice of carrot cake. It was perfectly spiced, a lovely aroma of nutmeg and cinnamon, with just a hint of sweetness from the icing. Then a beautiful moment of carroty bliss was ruined as loud crashing and screaming from Seglock University crashed our lovely Gala. No time to waste I set off in the direction of the noise, I was closest to the West Gate and so headed that way and found myself with a small group of other adventurers also heading into the chaos. We banded together and waded through the terrified staff and students pouring out of the cafeteria halls. Just as I was thinking that this kind of stampede is no place for a short Harengon a kindly Goliath, Vadath offered me a spot atop his 8ft tall form, and I gladly let him plop me right on his shoulder. The view was AMAZING! I've never been so tall!

We get inside to find these crazy modified goblins with poison bites and a very grey looking orc. My Goliath mount informs us that these are creations of Cheshire a disgraced alchemist that was kicked out of the university. The goblins were closing in on a group of students and a professor with some scrolls of research. So I rode my brave Goliath barbarian into battle and with the the help of Tristram an Eladrin bard of some mighty eloquence holding the orc with his magic, Vadath cleaved it down quickly. I tried to help take down one of the goblins with a Dragonborn bard named Delphi but we were unable to take it down before it slew one of the young students. What was deeply disturbing to me was how the student perished with a single bite wound, and wailed in agony as he crumpled to the ground. No normal goblin could inflict that kind of pain from a simple bite, this was some foul tampering with the natural order of things for sure. With the help of a Sorceress named Omen, paladin named Zen, and a Ranger named Patches we were all able to save rest of the students and the professor, though the professor did receive some injuries during the attack but was able to leave and head out for the infirmary after we gave him some minor healing. We did notice that the goblins seemed awfully interested in the research notes the professor was trying to protect (he had his arms full of scrolls of his notes) which to me seemed a very odd thing for goblins to care for. We questioned the professor and he was very shaken up and didn't seem to know what was going on other than these bests were murdering everyone and creating chaos. He said they seem to be wanting his research but he wasn't going to give it up, he claimed his research was on ointments and such, nothing too impressive. We did not get his name or look at his notes ourselves before we sent him on his way to find safety and healing.

As we continued on fighting our way through the student's quarters in route towards the professor's quarters Omen our Tiefling Sorceress noticed a loud noise coming up behind us in the hall and was the first to see, and warn us of a HUGE golem trudging our way. When I say huge I mean H-U-G-E, it's arms were scraping against the walls of the hall, it barely fit!!! When it reached us it started attacking unprovoked and nearly knocked Patches our ranger flat. Tristham suggested hiding in the rooms and letting it pass by to see if it would kill the orcs (and then following it). Omen used her magic to appear behind it and we could hear her off and on having an argument with someone behind the golem. Vadath, already fully succumbed to his battle rage, after seeing his party member struck by the giant golem could see nothing but red. So in we went my angry Goliath mount and I to defend the stunned ranger and stop the golem. I must say this thing was IMPRESSIVE and it swung these giant chains with huge iron balls at the ends of them ready to smash us to pieces. As it tried to strike Vadath he deftly moved us out of the way, however, this brute literally broke through the floor beneath us! So we began to fall but, the powerful Vadath easily caught himself. I, with all the grace that a Harengon clad in heavy armor can muster, slipped off Vadath entirely and plummeted 10ft into a dark pit...alone. Once my eyes adjusted to the dark I realized I was in a root cellar, normally I would be pretty excited to nose around but, my friends were in danger! So I hopped up out of the hole in one glorious hop back up top standing next to the hole on my own two rabbit feet. I returned just in time to witness the destruction of the golem by Vadath with a little bit of fiery help from Omen our Sorceress.

Once the golem was defeated, and the rest of the hallway cleared of orcs, we all gathered around the professor. I found it very strange that this golem was not harming the professor who Omen had said was following it yet when it saw us it started attacking right away before we did anything at all. I also found it suspicious that the professor was following the golem deeper INTO the fray instead of leaving out the doors we had just cleared and trying to get to safety. He too had research notes, and he also had reagents. When questioned he was being short and defensive, which seeing how Vadath kind of manhandled him because he was trying to sneak off after the golem fell it's hard to tell with absolute certainty if it was because he was guilty or just offended. Since everyone was trying to question him I felt it might be good to ensure he tells us the truth and I cast zone of truth upon him. Even then he was very evasive talking around the answers to the questions he was trying to avoid. He flat out refused to answer if he was going to join Cheshire and when asked about if he was delivering the notes to Cheshire he was evasive saying he was not "a delivery boy." He did say he is NOT working for him (at least not currently we can assume). He did seem very afraid before the golem fell according to Omen so his lack of confidence makes me wonder if Cheshire knew of this professors desire to join him or if he was trying to make this play on his own. We have no idea who made the golem if it was this professor or if it was part of the attack, we did not ask. Vadath decided that the situation was too volatile in the university to keep questioning him there but, did not trust letting him go, he thought of confiscating his research but instead decided to just confiscate the entire professor research and all... an interesting tactic to be sure. Since I had the zone of truth ability and Vadath was planning on further interrogation of the professor I was invited to join him and Dephi back at the Iron Eyrie their guild hall and assist them further. I told them as long as I didn't have to walk I would happily try to help sort things out. After watching that innocent student painfully die to the poisonous bite of the altered goblin, I will do what I can to help put a stop to further cruel abominable creations.

After we got back to the Iron Eyrie and got the professor settled into his "quarters" to await interrogation; Vadath, my strong, brave, barbarian Goliath mount, offered me membership to his guild telling me they seek to aid not only their fellow members but also the people of Isonhound. He also stated they were in need of more help at the field hospital. Seeing that, for now, they seem to be doing good works and are in need of more hands to help those injured in the attack, how could a Life Cleric say no? So I now have begun my newest journey as a member of the [[Band of the Iron Hawk]]. You know, I've never been in a guild before, there shall be many notes...

Updates!!! (02/02/23) - So there have been quite a few happenings. For the curious, the whole guild thing worked out pretty good for me. I was made the Clerical Lt. and settled in quite nicely in the [[Band of the Iron Hawk|Iron Birds...er Hawks]]. After a series of adventures, with the guild leader Vadath acting as my brave goliath steed, it seems he and I had grown quite close. A festival loomed on the horizon (which anyone who spends ANY time in Isonhound quickly learns means death and terror will be flying in on swift wings, though this time it would seem our dark waiter (the one that waits) would be also making an appearance (on swift shadowy wings... with FIRENDS!). On the eve of the "festival" as they call it here Vadath shocked and surprised myself and he entire guild of Iron Hawks by getting on one knee (which still made him taller than me) and presenting me with a lovely golden diamond ring. He asked me if I would resurrect him now and forever! Of course, I said yes, he makes a good mount, so he was definitely worth keeping around. After the momentous events of the "festival" I was nominated to be one of the Council of 7 uniting all of Isonhound and their guilds along with [[Vadath]], [[Delphi]], [[Tristram Caniedydd|Tristram]], [[Feyjin]], [[Silythm Shadeheart|Silythm,]] and [[Violet Lorinda|Violet]]. When we discussed planning a town hall to invite all of Seglock to rally and join with us for the cause of pushing back the darkness (I named us "[[The Lightsworn]]") Feyjin was all a twitter about Vadath and I's engagement and decided she was going to unite us in holy matrimony at the end of the meeting in front of ALL of Seglock. My I must say things escalated quickly. Things were a blur and before I knew it I was saying "heck yea" to Vadath's "I do" and we were husband and wife. It's all pretty surreal, I don't often make permanent relations as i have to be prepared to be called to wander at any moment by my god [[Dysian]] but this all sort of just... happened. I will say though, as Vadath is a loyal steed I think he might be willing to adventure onward with me, if not, I shall enjoy the fond memories of each moment we shared together but I must follow my soul's calling no matter what my heart might want to say about it. I do hope not to be called for a very long time, unless the dark waiter apocalypse is successful (which is already seeming likley), in that case I'm good to wander quite literally anywhere else. We'll see how it goes though, I will put forth all my effort to save this place I've come to love and the people who inhabit it.

=== The Law of Consequences (07-29-22) Isonhound - ===
Professor Galloway, who I’d had a hand in rescuing in the attack on Seglock University a few weeks ago, called me and one of my fellows, who also aided in saving the professor, a bard named Tristram to a tavern named ‘The Trout’s Tow’ for a (free to the bard and I) drink and a discussion about an important matter (the nature of which we did not know until the professor was sharing it with us from across the table). We were handed a writ about these fire gates that only open every so often, it spoke of a dragon sleeper that may awaken and terrorize the coutnryside if left to her own devices. It was odd and unclear, warning not to wake the sleeping dragon saying to go in and get the hoard, yet it also said the hoard was the reward. So why would someone send us to go get it and not wake the dragon? What would they gain? When we pressed the professor for clarity he told us we would be working for someone else who would be arriving shortly and gave us a bit of information about the order they were from.

It appeared that there was some order of elves that called themselves “The Wold Order” who were descendants of an ancient heroic Sylvan order who were onces defenders of the realm. They claim to be picking up where their ancestors left off and standing up to be protectors of this world. The professor had his doubts, they’ve been around for a while and yet the draconic threats are no less, in fact, they’ve perhaps only gotten worse it seems. If they are trying, they clearly are not doing enough (nothing like the order of old). He was dubious and warned the two of us to keep a wary eye. His warnings were cut off as their representative and the adventuring team he had gathered entered the inn and began approaching.

The Wold order representative introduced himself as ‘Aldean’ and he was your typical elf, proud, pointy ears and all. Very serious and what not. They had sent an adventuring team to these fire gates previously and only a few members made it back alive. When we asked for clarity on the writ he just said we were to go and slay the dragon to help protect the realm and that they were uninterested in the dragon’s hoard so anything in it was ours to do with it what we wished. He kept referring to us as “untested” and such which was odd but I didn’t think much of it. Coming from the feywilds I’m pretty used to high elves and their even higher opinion of themselves and it’s amusing to see that even their more distant relatives haven’t lost that braggadocious character. It seems you can take the elf out of the Feywilds but you can’t take the Feywilds out of the elf. Ha. Anyway…

Our bard managed to charm a few potions out of the stuffy Aldean and after everyone took their pick I ended up with a fire breathing potion. A fire breathing bunny?! I find that hilarious and cannot wait for the right moment to greet a very confused enemy. We were given a hastily drawn map and told it would be about 3 days travel to get to the lair of the dragon. Then without a word Aldean just slipped away while we were distracted in conversation. Another odd thing I took note of once we noticed he had departed.

As we were relaxing the bard realized he needed some funds for some last minute preparations and though a bit of drink in him I suggested he go to the stage we were in the table next to and “do what bards do,” a decision that ended more poorly than I would have expected. You see our new Monk friend Volrac decided that he would ‘help’ the Bard by attempting to gather the crowd. Things seem to be going okay at first, nothing too exciting. Then at some point suddenly I saw Volrac and fire and a few seconds later the ENTIRE stage was on fire and not in the ‘turn of the phrase’ kind of a way. At that point I realized that I was pretty sure Volrac was no longer helping because everyone was panicking and running around. Also there was the screaming, lots of it, and I have rather large sensitive ears so it was vastly unpleasant. I suppose I’ll never understand why beings need to make these situations worse by making as much noise as physically possible for absolutely no productive reason at all. We helped grab buckets and put out the fire and then when it was under control we headed out to secure some last minute things we all needed for the upcoming expedition.

As my lucky feet would have it, most of our travel was largely uneventful. The morning we reached near the lair, as we were gathered around our fire, we all noticed a poorly hidden person behind the giant log that was next to us. I asked if anyone was going to invite the guy by the log to join us at the fire and Hugo and Volrac decided to sneak around each side of the log and try to catch him off guard. I sighed. Then we watched our monk friend be thwarted in his stealth by an even stealthier tree root as he took a bit of a graceless tumble. Hugo our warlock friend, however, managed to get around and train his bow on the fellow who appeared to be a human.

There was a bit of huffing from Hugo of “put your weapons down” and such like. To the new guys credit he put down all of his weapons. I realized no one had asked the most important questions yet. This person who clearly could have attacked us didn’t so far. So I hopped up and down talking to the new guy (I am only 3ft tall and the log was giant) and I asked him directly, “Are you bad, evil, gonna hurt or kill us?” He responded with a “no” and I noticed he had a silvery dragon on his shield that looked like Bahamut. I got tired and stopped hopping and told everyone he said he was good. Then Hugo was upset because he picked his shield back up with kinetic magic. So more huffing (this time back and forth between both of them over the shield being defense and blah, blah). I chuckled as he was told not to touch his weapons and such and I shouted over the log, “He IS a weapon!!! Just so you know!”

Eventually cooler heads prevailed and he introduced himself as Sro and suggested we all work together. He stated he heard there was a dragon in this area and that’s what drew him here, he also had heard there was an adventuring party heading out this way to deal with the dragon so he was keeping his eye out to find it and possibly help out. I wasn’t fully sold on the story but let it pass. He took us over to the banks of the river next to us and asked us if something looked different about the water. We noticed a pearlescent sheen across the surface. He then taught us how dragons often affect their environments in varying ways depending on the type of dragon they are, even affecting your emotions and soul in some draconic types. This type, however, he was unfamiliar with (which seemed to excite him). He has been familiar with other dragons associated with waters but this pearlescence was very strange and new.

Hugo wanted to set fire to the water and see if it would burn (perhaps like the sheen of oil on water). Markoth our paladin lit a torch and went to throw it in but, Sro used some magic to hold the torch in midair for a moment and then drop it to the ground away from the water. He explained that whatever elements in the environment the dragons are affecting they are also often intimately connected with and may sense any attack or manipulation of that element. Since we were in NO way ready to face the dragon just yet he suggested not attacking the water in any way, let alone with fire. Hugo had the idea to pull some water out in a small bowl but curiously he found that the further he was getting from the water source (and it was not that far at all) the more of the pearl sheen faded from the water’s surface. So he stopped not far from the banks and cast a bonfire spell. The water seemed unaffected other than boiling away. It did not catch on fire nor on further tests did it feel “thick” or “greasy” or like anything at all different when you touched the water itself.

Sro went over some very old established rules for hunting dragons (which he slipped in that he wrote, my ears perked up at that statement, which with his shield, and kinetic magic, was adding up to more than perhaps, just a slip of the tongue - I kept this suspicion to myself though). One main rule was to never fight a dragon in its lair. Due to this rule we all made a plan to go scout the lair, perhaps get someone to lay eyes on the dragon so we knew what type of dragon we were fighting.

When we got there we saw that there were three entrances. One had a set of four tracks going in but only 3 coming out which must have been the previous group that lost a member. I suggested we avoid that way because it was obviously not successful for the previous group that failed to defeat the dragon. As we were setting up Sro suggested some be back at the river and he volunteered to head back there himself if no one else wanted to go or with someone else. Then the paladin Markoth and I both knew we were not the stealthy types in our heavy armor so we elected to wait outside encase help was needed. As Hugo and Volrac were about to head in I asked them if they were able to see in the dark and they both realized they could not so I warned them that they would likely be eaten if they tried scouting with a torch or other forms of light. Tristram bravely volunteered to go scouting on his own as he could cast invisibility on himself and move quietly (as well as see in the dark). We all agreed then decided that we would all but Sro wait by the river (by this point I was pretty sure Sro was a dragon and figured he would be more than enough help to our bard, if needed, on his own).

Tristram made it back to us and informed us that the sound of draconic (or a large beast) breathing fills the lair inside. He stated there was a huge dragon skull where the pearlescent water was flowing out of. He also warned us of an arrow trap (by showing us some arrows he found in his chest). He then described two elven mages that were having a discussion about a dragon, they were looking for a white one, but found a “not quite white” dragon that would apparently suffice. (This made me think - isn’t the Wold order also an elven order? This seems too similar, I’m keeping a wary eye like the professor warned). Our bard found some scattered gold going up a hallway and the sound of breathing of a huge beast echoed most loudly from that direction but fearing he had already more than overstayed his welcome he went no further and returned to give us his report.

Report received we all took our hiding positions and I proceeded to toss a ball bearing into the water to see if we would get a reaction. Nothing. Then Sro used his magic to toss his shield into the water and again, nothing. As he was splashing the shield in and out with his magic, Markoth lit a torch and tossed it in the water. That’s when we heard draconic roaring, amidst the roars I heard the word “STOP!!!” (I do speak draconic by the way, a rabbit of mysteries I am) What struck me about this was the voice was haggard, almost desperate. It was not the voice of a fearsome dragon that was going to charge out and take us. It felt like a voice that was trapped. Our people, the Haregons value our freedom greatly, almost more than anything. I know that sound. I suggested that either the dragon had somehow grown too large (or portly) to get out of its lair (highly unlikely) OR those mages Tristram had seen were evil and keeping this poor dragon captured! I know in the Feywilds we had all kinds of good dragons, not so friendly ones too but also good ones. My thoughts were interrupted by someone asking if anyone knew how to detect magic, I did so they asked me if I could see if the river was magical. I cast the spell and found that the river was affected by some kind of transmutation magic. I also happened to realize our dear Sro was not what he seemed as he was blanketed in illusion magic but I had suspected as much. I whispered to him playfully, “Someone has a secret.” Then winked. The brief moment of levity faded quickly as I remembered the dragon, the sound of its voice, and I was done playing games trying to decide, my heart hurt for what this beings fate might be if it was good. I marched up to the river bank, scooped up some water and took a drink, to the shock and horror of most of my fellow party members.

I am happy to report that I did not die, it was rather invigorating actually. I will say that the closest I can describe the sensation would be to compare it to eating a goodberry if you’ve ever had the pleasure of devouring one of those beauties! Nourished for the day, a spot of healing, and ready to go! That confirmed it! This MUST be a good dragon. No evil dragon would have nourishing and healing waters! Tristham pointed out that he hadn’t noticed it before but it seemed like the vegetation along the banks of the river was particularly vibrant and lush, perhaps more so than one would usually expect. So this dragon also has healing effects for the land as well! This is my kind of dragon!!! Now I am even more determined to set this poor captive good dragon free! It’s suffering will not be tolerated! Me and my God Dysian (along with my brave adventuring party, and Sro) will not allow evil to triumph!

We head in following Tristram’s direction that leads us to the ‘fire gates’ which are two fiery pillars inside the lair just a bit beyond the middle entrance. The dragon is there hovering just inside the gates. I’ve never seen a dragon like this, serpentine and long in its form with horns that resembled antlers. I spoke first to it in draconic, “I believe you are good and are being held prisoner! We are here to help you! How can we help you? Do you need to be set free?”

The dragon replied in a pained breathy voice, “You are not strong enough to help me.” Little did this dragon know, I too am not what I seem at first glance, he will later find that his words could not be more wrong. Then we heard the sound of footsteps in the distance and he warned, “They are coming,” and he retreated back down the hall and around the corner out of sight.

Two elven mages in robes of the evil draconic order came around the corner and shouted at us. Tristram, our silver tongued bard, to his credit, was able to convince them that we were simply in the wrong place. That we were looking for someone else and not there to attack them. They bought it hook, line, and sinker!!! They said they were waiting on someone else. Tristram apologized for the mix up and then told them he thinks they were out by the water and the mages relaxed and said, “ah, good they’re almost here then!” They then said we were free to go, that we just needed to head on out and all was good. Volrac asked how he could get a set of those robes and said he’d like to join them and they told him, he “doesn’t want these robes” and told him he doesn’t want to be a part of the order, that if he does he must be mentally damaged, they also instructed him to, “ask around Seglock to see how terrible the order is.” Now, they have no way to know we’re from Seglock number one, sure it might be one of the closer settlements but there’s still no way they’d know that, that is where we came from or were going to. This entire exchange was baffling and super suspicious to me. I have fought much evil in my day, being a cleric, and adventurer. Evil doesn’t just let you go when you stumble into their lair. They don’t clear the air because it was just some “confusion” and tell you to just head on home. They are evil, they don’t care who you are, you aren’t one of them, they’ll likely try to murder you or capture you for sacrifice, slavery, or other horrific evil machinations. Also these guys were not very convincing, each time they tried to sound boomy and angry like a real evil cultist they instead sounded like a really bad play actor or a terrible bard who has no idea they’re terrible.

With his ruse a robust success, Tristram was able to hold one of the mages while the other fled, but not before he lit up the rest of us who were standing in a nice tight little group with a hefty fireball. Sro floated? Flew? Over to the held mage and slapped him once which brought him within an inch of his life (coming ever closer to confirming my dragon hypothesis). He then declared that “this one LIVES” and we proceed to pursue the fleeing mage.

There was much fighting and I must say these mages and the traps were rather hard on my party members so they kept me quite busy picking them up off the floor. Markoth in particular decided to hang out in the middle of and become very intimately acquainted with the arrow trap as passing party members littered both themselves and himself with more and more arrows. As we rounded the corner the dragon was in the next room backing towards a different hallway (away from the combat). Sro implored him to stand and fight with us, to end this tyranny and to fight for his own freedom! The dragon stopped backing up but did not reply nor did he do anything else. Our bard asked the dragon if he knew how to speak common, and the dragon replied that he did and so our bard then (saying he had no idea what Sro said as Tristram doesn’t speak draconic) made his own impassioned speech to the dragon urging him to join us to, fight, to aid us! This time the dragon would respond, in action.

Volrac, Hugo, and Kluck (our barbarian) all subdued the fleeing mage and brought him down. They, however, were met by two more wizards and a new battle began. The dragon, convinced at last by the combined efforts of Linden, Sro, and most powerfully Tristram, acted and conjured an ice storm sphere upon the mages. Our heroes fought on bravely, some even stepping boldly in the icy sphere to reach the mages. One of the mages was put down! Then with one powerful icy cone cast by the remaining mage most of our party lay on the floor. Luckily I had enough healing magic to give everyone a little bit of healing all at once and get them all back on their feet again.

Things were starting to get in the neighborhood of a bit dicey, spells on my end were going to start running a bit low. As it was, we still were okay. My most powerful spells were exhausted, I still had a few others left, but if the battles kept raging for much longer it was going to start getting risky as every round my companions were face-planting left and right. Who knew wizards were so dangerous, right? Luckily just in the nick of time I was able to silence the last mage leaving him defenseless as our barbarian Kluck charged in and ended him. Luckily for the group, he was the last of the mages.

Sro pointed out a binding circle in the back of the cavern where the mages were coming from. The dragon stated that he was not powerful enough to dispel it or he would have been gone from this place long ago. He told us he was promised that if he helped them test some adventurers they would let him go but they never did, I assume because they always had more adventurers they wanted to test.

One of our stronger members fetched the unconscious mage Sro saved near the gates, tied him up so he could not use his hands to cast magic, and I gave him some of the water, restoring him (just barely) to consciousness. When he awoke and took stock of all of us standing above him and that he was at the binding circle he gave a weak, “Congratulations, you passed the test!” He then proceeded to argue with Sro how they were training adventurers (Sro maintaining that HE was training them! They just provided lies and death!). When they were done huffing at one another we told him to undo the binding. He said he was not powerful enough. He explained that while he is powerful, a group of mages a lot more powerful than he got together to cast that binding so it would take some similar strength of power to dispel it.

He asked that we give him the bodies of the other mages. I replied “So you can just revive them and do all of this again to more people?” The party and Sro all looked at him and said a resounding NO on returning the bodies.

We then moved on and were talking with the dragon about the skull we passed on our way in that the water flows through and he said they were his daughter’s bones and that adventurers have been taking pieces of her bones and even the teeth from the skull itself. He seemed very sad and stated that if they were able to be gathered back up again and cast into a river she would live again!

I looked at the party and told them that I know it might be near impossible but I would like to try to set the dragon free. No one knows how important freedom is to my people, my God, and my way of life. I cannot leave here without at least trying. I asked if they would let me rest since it was an exhausting battle and they did but not before we of course collected the hoard and divided it out amongst the party. It was ours if we succeeded and the mage told us we passed (a test we didn’t know we were taking).

I awoke the next morning and spent a few moments in prayer asking for guidance from Dysian to help empower me to set free this beautiful captive spirit. The bard played beautiful inspiring music while I meditated. When I was just about ready the dragon said he could offer the blessing of the sea but he didn’t think it would be particularly helpful. I said I would take every help I could get. Turns out the blessing of the sea allows you to breathe underwater so, instead of eating breakfast I just stuck my head into the underground river running all through the cave and breathed in my breakfast. Fully nourished, prepped, and invigorated, I prepared to set a dragon free where many others have failed.

I walked up to the summoning circle fully aware of the party and two expectant dragons waiting in anticipation at my back. I closed my eyes and took a deep breath. Then I began channeling the divine energy through my body with the intent to dispel this binding circle. I felt the energy flowing then it ebbed what felt a bit early but remembering that beautiful uplifting bardic song this morning my will and mind were refocused and certain of success and the energy began surging once again. Then just before it felt like it should be finished the energy dipped once more and I connected back to my God Dysian, to his guidance and I allowed all the energy that he could send to flow through me and into the circle. Then all at once everything stopped as if a candle was just snuffed out in an instant.

I opened my eyes and the circle was inactive, it was no longer glowing. I grinned ear to ear. Everyone doubts the rabbit. I turned around to stunned faces, no one more than the dragon himself. I think it was the first time he actually really saw me. He asked if that was it, if it was over and I shrugged and told him that there was only one way to tell. We gathered ourselves and our things and headed out of the lair.

It should be noted that while we were distracted discussing the bones of the dragon’s daughter there was one person missing, Volrac. It should also be noted that it appears the mage just so happened to have ceased living at some point between the bone discussion and the sorting of the loot. Weird, huh? Though that left Sro without “the one to tell the tale,” I told him, not to worry, I would be sending a strongly worded sending “letter” because I am LIVID.

As we reached the fire gates, the furthest out the dragon has been able to go since they bound him here he paused and let everyone else pass through. We turned to face him. My heart was pounding. I knew the spell was dispelled but I was secretly afraid they had taken some other hidden arcane measures to keep him locked in or worse to hurt him or kill him if he tried to leave without them setting him free and disabling all the known elements. I didn’t let my concern show and just beamed a bright positive smile at him.

It was one of my greatest honors in this life so far to see this magnificent creature step forth and pass beyond the fire gates watching him go from defeated, to afraid to be too hopeful, to watching the color returning to him as he seemed to rise taller and stronger and rushed out of the cavern. He did say thank you but I didn’t release him for that (I just want anyone who may read my writings to know that he was also a polite dragon).

We all stepped outside and Sro thanked us also for doing a great deed. As a sign of appreciation he revealed his stunning and HUGE Great Silver Wyrm handsome self (gotta say I did a solid bunny pat on the back for putting the clues together for that one) and offered to fly us back home to Seglock. That flight was AMAZING!!! Talk about the experience of a lifetime!!!! Though after seeing his form I must say the talk of the mages about the fact that they found a dragon that was not white but sort of white makes me concerned for Sro. I wonder if they meant him. I would think they would know a silver dragon or at least silver as a color but then again they tried to pull off a terrible ruse. Hmm… I might have to send Sro a message as well. <blockquote> '''As it would turn out, yes, Mentztonalcoatl I WAS strong enough'''. ~ Linden Rue </blockquote>''Note: I also want to note that the dragon we freed was named: Mentztonalcoatl but that’s a mouthful to write so I instead called him “the dragon” throughout for ease of my paws.''

=== A Bloody Teatime (09-14-22) Isonhound - ===
I found myself invited to a teatime at the most lovely “secret” headquarters of the ‘Power to the People’ (PotP). You see, it’s an underground cavey sort of place which is much reminiscent of the burrows I’ve not seen since I was a small Harengon, er well young I suppose I’m still quite small to most of you reading this. I must say I was so looking forward to a good tea, it’s been quite some time since I’ve had the pleasure of enjoying a proper tea, since I’ve left the Feywilds as a matter of fact now that I think of it.

A tall impressive treant named Oakey stood ahead of us as we arrived and briefly interrogated us as to our reason for arrival and after our guide informed him of our invitation he let us pass and returned to his leafy watch. A lovely waterfall flowed behind our wooden fellow and as our guide approached, the water was swept aside to reveal the entrance to our teatime extravaganza! It was a fantastic trick! What an entrance! I do appreciate keeping my fur dry.

As we entered what I was sure was going to be an enchanting teatime, I was hoping for crumpets (divine little pastries), or perhaps some carrot cake petit fours? As I dreamed of finger sandwiches (not made of fingers, unless you’ve invited goblins or ogres of course), a human gentleman introduced himself with a wide grin by the name of Archie. He stated that he was acting leader, as Brenna, the Leader of the PotP was out on business along with most of the other members. He asked us to follow him so we could gather for tea. (I shall note that there was a rather dour wizard high elf gentleman among us also named Archie, I shall refer to this elf as Archie 2 if referring by name).

Our party of seven (now eight with Archie) found ourselves squeezing around a table meant comfortably for five. Our tea, as it were, was served in mismatched china, some of which were chipped. It was palatable, even decent. As for food, well, Archie proudly handed out some half stale biscuits he had gotten the day before (it is a bit of a trip to get fresh baked goods and I don’t imagine he’s much for baking but he spent all the copper in his pocket to get the best he could afford). I will say as I sat there, sipping tea from a mismatched chipped cup (occasionally dunking my half day old biscuit), in the cool darkness of the burrow-cave (okay it was just a cave) I was indeed having a FANTASTIC time!!!!

Archie regaled us with tales of a moon dragon (which I won’t bore you with here, of course) but I did find them mightily fascinating! As we were digging into the many possibilities of dragon composition, bratwurst being a personal favorite. We heard an ominous horn sound in the (not far enough away) distance. As a few brave souls rushed past us swords at the ready we heard some mighty fierce treant roars. Oakey was under attack!!!

Oakey was now bellowing out a mix of fierce roars tinged with painful cries which were coming from above the waterfall. Archie was beside himself and ran to the mouth of the cave urging us to go with him to save his friend. In all honesty Tristram was already at the top of the waterfall attempting to scout and I was readying to use my springy rabbit legs to hop up to join him as Archie and the rest of the party arrived.

With one hop I made the top, the others even the reluctant giff (I suppose I can’t blame him, hippos are not built much for climbing) made good time following up behind. What was revealed was a troubling scene. Our treant fellow was surrounded by three vicious Drakkoths who were savagely attacking him. Oakey seemed like he was holding his own but as we approached the attackers really seemed to tear into him and it was clear we needed to act fast or the treant would soon fall.

I was the most armored of all in our teatime party so I engaged first. All fought fiercely, save our reluctant giff rogue friend who fought rather timidly from a rather safe very far, far distance. As we started to make some headway and me, Tristram, and the Owlin moved in closer to engage another ominous horn sounded this time behind us down beyond the waterfall.

A few moments later two more drakkoths appeared along with one large bone golem dragon all too close for comfort. Our owlin bravely faced down the dragon golem taking a noxious breath before my spirit guardians and I were able to grab it’s full attention. All 3 ft of me was the most able bodied defensively armored personage there and while I typically devote my efforts to supporting others and doing healing work I will stand and be a defensive shield when needed.

I must say I do not much prefer the life of a shield. They get battered and many dents. I held my own a bit until this insane golem dragon creature was able to pull out some of its bones and pin me to the ground. I couldn’t defend myself while pinned and the beast gave me a good rending, it nearly took me out in one one go. Tristram put himself in harm’s way to use some of his special abilities to teleport me out of the dragon’s bony trap. Luckily my divine grants me some amazing healing powers so I was able to restore myself to fighting shape instantly once I got my bearings after the teleport.

Archie, brave Archie, seeing me arrive after the teleport, came and stood by my side, even putting himself between me and the one spell slinging drakkoth. He held his sword firm and said he would do whatever was required to help! This would be a fateful choice but not due to the drakkoth. Oakey had come to stand next to Archie hurling rocks towards the beast of a dragon golem.

Apparently, the dragon golem had become quite enamored with me (it had nothing to do with the large treant tossing boulders I assure you) because it turned and quite easily loped over to me like a giant vicious boney puppy dog returning happily to eat its master. It was at this point, however, that it would become apparent that the dragon golem had a few more boney tricks up his sleeve. All at once he sent out overgrown bony protrusions in three directions, one that nearly dropped me back to my knees as it pierced into me, one nearly flatlining the already badly beaten but determined Oakey, and tragically one expertly piercing the very big heart of courageous Archie felling him instantly.

There was no time to mourn and as Oakey and I steadied ourselves trying to ready ourselves to attack once more. Tristram flew between Oakey and the magical drakkoth (the last one of them standing) and used his magic to send it fleeing away in terror. Still we had one large golem problem standing right in front of us.

Archie 2 stepped up and though cold and dour he may be, he was able to weave a spell sending an icy knife into the golem that exploded and was the last bit of damage needed to finally cause the dragon golem to collapse into a bone pile.

Some of our party chased after the fleeing drakkoth, completionists I suppose. My only concern was our fallen friend. Archie had not only bravely run forth into danger to defend his friend Oakey but he had stood next to me in battle, more than that he purposely put himself between me and danger and we had only met really a few minutes before the battle. He was a good man, and if this guild were to do real good it would need people like him. Without hesitation I pulled out a diamond I had been saving encase one of my friends died while we were out aiding others on a quest. I performed the necessary rites and called Archie’s kind spirit back to his body.

I realized shortly after I should have done some quick healing work on myself prior to the revivify spell because while I appreciated Archie’s enthusiasm for being back with the living once more, I also found it rather painful. It was all worth it in the end. Our owiln friend gave Oakey a quick patch up while I was tending to Archie so all of us were starting to get back on our feet.

We met the rest of the party at the bottom of the falls where the fleeing drakkoth mage was enjoying a nice nap thanks to the quick thinking of our gnome sorcerer. As Oakey had taken so much pain from the three drakkoths that had attacked him we all found it fitting he should have the liberty of dispatching this last foe. He picked it up by its tail and gave its head a quick smack on a rock before tossing its unconscious form into the water. Certainly efficient.

We headed back into the cave to find a very somber scene, the quartermaster Frank along with the other man who had stayed back with him were both slain and everything was tossed. I immediately ran to his side as I had another diamond but, when I was checking him over as I was preparing the ritual I realized that his spirit was too far for my revivify ritual to reach him. Sadly there was nothing I could do for him, or the other man who had perished alongside him defending the cave.

It looked like the drakkoths had been looking for something the way things were tossed. Their tracks led all over the cave and we could see that the one place they could not seem to get into was the quarters of Brenna the leader. Though I must say it was not for a lack of trying, the stalwart wooden door took a good chipping and presented many claw marks. I did wonder what might be in that office, and what they might be after. I suppose the “secret” part of the ‘secret hideout’ as the PotP members kept calling it is rather out of the bag with this recent attack.

One thing I can say for sure is that this attack was planned, I am certain we were meant to be baited up top to get us out of the way. Had they wanted to get rid of Oakey easily they would have used the full force all at once as he never could have taken the three Drakkoths, the dragon golem, and the additional two drakkoths (especially with one that could steal your lifeforce with magic!). They would have made quick work of him. It seems odd though, it’s as if they knew most of the PotP would be out. They obviously had a secondary force (we have no idea how many) that went into the cave and overtook at least the two men in there. They could have just come in with all of their forces and likely taken us down. Someone was working with strategy, planning, and intelligence. This was more than just a few thugs or a revenge strike.

Before we left I asked Archie to let Brenna know that I would be more than willing to come back and use my magic to help their deceased friends speak once more if they had any questions for them. I asked him to let her know that I had tried to bring Frank back and would have also tried for the other gentleman but they had both been gone too long for the magic to work. I told him that I would be willing to help in any way I could, all they needed to do is ask.

Archie tried to give me some gold as compensation for helping defend but I pressed it back into his hand and asked him to see that it did some good. None of my efforts were done for any gain. I saw people in trouble, good people, and I did what I always would have done. I helped them. I can only hope that the goodness and light that I could see in Archie’s spirit exists truly in the heart and the intention of the PotP.
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Into the Greedy Green]]

File:LindenRue-ai.jpg

2023-04-12T00:46:27Z

Lywyn: Linden Rue life cleric Ai Art

== Summary ==
Linden Rue life cleric Ai Art

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-10T22:51:08Z

Lywyn:

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=image.jpg|caption=caption|languages=Common, Elvish, Dwarven, Thieves Cant, Kenderspeak|birthPlace=World: Krynn, Country: Northern Ergoth, Town: Hylo|species=Kender|gender=Female (She/her)|height=3.5ft|eyes=Emerald Green}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is an Arcane Trickster (you can call her a rogue but she rather "breaks the mold" you might expect of one).

==Physical Appearance==
Tassa has vibrant coppery red hair styled half up in two meticulously neat braids (fixed together with a detailed copper fox hair pin), she wears leather armor (and leather boots) with decorative flourishes around the edges. Most notable are the ever-changing array of pouches and pockets on her person.

==Personality==
Tassa exudes wide eyed childlike wonder and innocence. The worlds are places to explore and have adventures, fear is something she truly doesn't seem to have a grasp on yet. She is bright and bubbly and once she considers you a friend (regardless of your opinion on the matter) she is loyal to the utmost!

Ever curious about new things, new creatures, new places, and new experiences you'll often find this Kender bouncing happily towards (while babbling a myriad of questions at) what others seem to think for some reason is danger or frightening but to her is FACINATING! Life is too short to miss out on something interesting! Afterall, death is simply another grand adventure, albeit a bit 'final' for any Kender's tastes and one she's not planning on going on *just* yet. Because of her curiosity she gathers so MUCH interesting information and stories that she is always nearly BURSTING to share them with anyone ... who isn't deaf (though I'm sure many would like to be after spending even a few moments with her).

Impulse control is a foreign concept to her, though you'll find she is just as excited about a really satisfying leaf as she is about a shiny gem or jewelry. Many of her pockets would remind you of a curious child's full of string, stones, feathers, and anything else she deems interesting.

==History==
Honestly Tassa has lived more life than most in her brief 35 years. To tell her tale would take many, MANY pages! So, we'll simply start at the beginning and jump to the end or rather our current time, at the time of writing this that is... so it's current time now if it's not when you read this then YOU'RE LATE and it's not my fault.

Ahem... Tassa was born in the large town of tiny people known as Hylo in Northern Ergoth, and for the curious that would be in the world of Krynn... not Quelmar. The afflicted Kender (strange ones that lot but such a pity what happened them and to Kendermore) had started moving off to their own settlements where they mostly seemed to be keeping to themselves. It was at this time Tassa had reached the coming-of-age moment at 20 years old when Kender finally strike out into the great unknown in search of relief from boredom, er, in search of adventure rather known to their people as "Wanderlust." Wanderlust lasts for most of a Kender lifetime, and no one ever returns, at least not to the same place they left from which wouldn't be returning would it?

So, Tassa is firmly into her Wanderlust and having many fantastic adventures under her belt she found herself heading out on yet another adventure. She was getting ready to visit her long time VERY VERY GOOD wizard friend, Rexxan. The last time he saw her he was SO kind giving her a beautiful locket that he said she could open when she was ready to visit him, but it would only work once and took VERY powerful magics to create, so he wanted her to go on MANY adventures so she would have so many stories she could tell him when she got back! It's been hard, to a Kender any locked door, cupboard, chest, or really anything locked should really be opened just a crack. She resisted all temptation because she wanted to surprise him for his BIRTHDAY! Did she know when his birthday was, absolutely not, however she decided she could just pick a day that felt like his birthday, and it would work all the same). So, she worked hard at going on so many adventures that she would scant have a moment to think about opening the locket (just a peek) because she really wanted to bring Rexxan a fantastic gift and the many stories he requested.

She found a marvelously interesting set of ruins with many undead creatures creeping and moaning about. Without hesitation she rushed headlong into the ruins. She had a chat with someone called a "lich" who seemed to be having a rather bad day as he was in an awful mood. He treated her rather rudely and really it was all very unnecessary. While she was exploring the grumpy undead guy's treasure room, she came across the PERFECT gift! The lich had plenty of shiny stuff so he surely wouldn't miss this trinket, but she didn't want to be rude back to him (that's just how she is) so she left a "payment" of a few neat sticks, some feathers, and a bit of string in it's place. She was so excited it was glowy in the way Rexxan seems to like as he keeps many glowy things in his tower! She knew this must mean that it must be his birthday! There was an awful calamity behind her as the lich and his army of assorted undead things came bursting into the treasure room yelling something about "She will now begin her eternal suffering blah, blah..." Honestly, she didn't have the time to sit and talk to some grumpy lich about the finer points of the afterlife she had a birthday party to get to (and to also throw, OH and it's also a SURPISE!!). So with glee and excitement she finally opened the locket! With inches to spare before some ghost thing was about to invade her personal space she disappears!

A portal opens (rather high off the ground mind you) and out tumbles a Kender, into a world not her own, though she doesn't know that quite yet (don't spoil it for her).

==Languages==
Examples include Common, Elvish, Dwarven, & Thieves Cant

==Powers and Abilities==
She is good at using the pointy bits to stab the mean creatures who try to hurt her friends.

She has tinkered with some magics when she was visiting her VERY GOOD MAGE FRIEND... Rexxan (I don't know that he would exactly describe their relationship as "friends" himself however, yet something about her keeps him from smiting her... )

==Beginning of the Quest of Topi Ary (as told by Tassa herself):==
I was tired from all my adventuring for the day and wanted to ask if I could stay for the night at this big fancy house (it was really in the middle of nowhere for a house that fancy if I’m honest), but no one answered so I let myself in to make sure everything was okay, thieves are terrible these days you know… Well, I think they didn’t leave in a hurry and thought they might be a few days or something because they did try to hide all the furniture under white sheets, but I don’t know if it would have tricked anyone because I was SO curious what could be hidden under the sheets that I couldn’t help but look! I was sad to see the cupboards were totally bare, I think a thief might have taken all their food, so they’ll be mighty sad when they get back. Luckily, I always have some food in my pouches, so I wasn’t hungry. Seeing as how they were so bad at hiding their nice things, I figured SOMEONE had to keep an eye on the place, after all so I picked the nicest room (I’m certain they would want only the best for an honored guest like me who is being so nice and watching over the place without even being asked) and kept wandering around.

I saw a potted plant looking awfully wilty and I just knew the people in the fancy house would be SO SAD to see their shrubbery had died! As you see it was VERY lucky for them, I stopped in. I reached into my pockets and pouches to see if I had anything to water the plants with and I found a green glowing vial of liquid (it’s sooo pretty and neat to watch if you slosh it back and forth). I am sure my really really good mage friend Rexxan would have been overjoyed to see how much happiness the little vial I found in his locked potion cupboard made me! I’ll have to tell him when I visit him for his Birthday! Anyway, I took the potion because plants need to drink water (and I misplaced my waterskin at the moment) and water is wet, so since the potion looked wet then of course it would give the plant a drink. I was certain that the magic would help this poor plant perk RIGHT up! And perk right up he DID! I poured the potion into the pot and all the sudden he started moving and TALKING! I didn’t even know plants could talk! It’s a good thing I saved him, this talking plant almost died! He had a stamp on the back of his pot with his name on it, It said “Topi Ary.” I would sit in the garden and talk to him, for hours, and hours, and tell him all my best stories.

Then after about a month I was about to leave because the fancy house was getting rather boring and if no thieves are going to show up then I don’t think it’s important I stay there. I went to ask Topi if he wanted to join me, but something was off. His pot seemed slightly moved and soil was everywhere! He seemed perfectly planted in his pot, so I was relieved at first but then when I asked him if he wanted to come with me to have fun adventures, I realized he didn’t talk anymore! He just sat there like a plain old shrubbery. I thought maybe he had been switched but when I checked his pot it said his name “Topi Ary” just like before. I was REALLY getting worried, and I realized someone must have used a spell or something to put him in a really deep sleep! I tried EVERYTHING, laughing, singing, shouting, knocking on his pot. Nothing could wake him up! I just don’t know why someone would do something like this to such a nice shrub! It was that day I made a promise to my friend, to travel as wide and far as I must to find a way to wake him from his deep slumber!

I remembered that under one of the sheets was a leather seat. I mean if they are going to keep it covered with the sheets no one will miss a few bits of leather and I had an important mission. So, I took my dagger and made a potpoose. Making sure to close off the top so he can stick out, but his soil stays in. I did also think of talking to my great friend Rexxan the wizard because he is so smart with magics, but I only had a onetime use portal, and I was saving it for his birthday. I figured Topi was resting so I could just look after him until I could use the portal and do two things at once! Then I set off leaving the fancy house to its own devices.
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Wicked Wilds]]

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-10T22:50:22Z

Lywyn:

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=image.jpg|caption=caption|languages=Common, Elvish, Dwarven, Thieves Cant, Kenderspeak|birthPlace=World: Krynn, Country: Northern Ergoth, Town: Hylo|species=Kender|gender=Female (She/her)|height=3.5ft|eyes=Emerald Green}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is an Arcane Trickster (you can call her a rogue but she rather "breaks the mold" you might expect of ).

==Physical Appearance==
Tassa has vibrant coppery red hair styled half up in two meticulously neat braids (fixed together with a detailed copper fox hair pin), she wears leather armor (and leather boots) with decorative flourishes around the edges. Most notable are the ever-changing array of pouches and pockets on her person.

==Personality==
Tassa exudes wide eyed childlike wonder and innocence. The worlds are places to explore and have adventures, fear is something she truly doesn't seem to have a grasp on yet. She is bright and bubbly and once she considers you a friend (regardless of your opinion on the matter) she is loyal to the utmost!

Ever curious about new things, new creatures, new places, and new experiences you'll often find this Kender bouncing happily towards (while babbling a myriad of questions at) what others seem to think for some reason is danger or frightening but to her is FACINATING! Life is too short to miss out on something interesting! Afterall, death is simply another grand adventure, albeit a bit 'final' for any Kender's tastes and one she's not planning on going on *just* yet. Because of her curiosity she gathers so MUCH interesting information and stories that she is always nearly BURSTING to share them with anyone ... who isn't deaf (though I'm sure many would like to be after spending even a few moments with her).

Impulse control is a foreign concept to her, though you'll find she is just as excited about a really satisfying leaf as she is about a shiny gem or jewelry. Many of her pockets would remind you of a curious child's full of string, stones, feathers, and anything else she deems interesting.

==History==
Honestly Tassa has lived more life than most in her brief 35 years. To tell her tale would take many, MANY pages! So, we'll simply start at the beginning and jump to the end or rather our current time, at the time of writing this that is... so it's current time now if it's not when you read this then YOU'RE LATE and it's not my fault.

Ahem... Tassa was born in the large town of tiny people known as Hylo in Northern Ergoth, and for the curious that would be in the world of Krynn... not Quelmar. The afflicted Kender (strange ones that lot but such a pity what happened them and to Kendermore) had started moving off to their own settlements where they mostly seemed to be keeping to themselves. It was at this time Tassa had reached the coming-of-age moment at 20 years old when Kender finally strike out into the great unknown in search of relief from boredom, er, in search of adventure rather known to their people as "Wanderlust." Wanderlust lasts for most of a Kender lifetime, and no one ever returns, at least not to the same place they left from which wouldn't be returning would it?

So, Tassa is firmly into her Wanderlust and having many fantastic adventures under her belt she found herself heading out on yet another adventure. She was getting ready to visit her long time VERY VERY GOOD wizard friend, Rexxan. The last time he saw her he was SO kind giving her a beautiful locket that he said she could open when she was ready to visit him, but it would only work once and took VERY powerful magics to create, so he wanted her to go on MANY adventures so she would have so many stories she could tell him when she got back! It's been hard, to a Kender any locked door, cupboard, chest, or really anything locked should really be opened just a crack. She resisted all temptation because she wanted to surprise him for his BIRTHDAY! Did she know when his birthday was, absolutely not, however she decided she could just pick a day that felt like his birthday, and it would work all the same). So, she worked hard at going on so many adventures that she would scant have a moment to think about opening the locket (just a peek) because she really wanted to bring Rexxan a fantastic gift and the many stories he requested.

She found a marvelously interesting set of ruins with many undead creatures creeping and moaning about. Without hesitation she rushed headlong into the ruins. She had a chat with someone called a "lich" who seemed to be having a rather bad day as he was in an awful mood. He treated her rather rudely and really it was all very unnecessary. While she was exploring the grumpy undead guy's treasure room, she came across the PERFECT gift! The lich had plenty of shiny stuff so he surely wouldn't miss this trinket, but she didn't want to be rude back to him (that's just how she is) so she left a "payment" of a few neat sticks, some feathers, and a bit of string in it's place. She was so excited it was glowy in the way Rexxan seems to like as he keeps many glowy things in his tower! She knew this must mean that it must be his birthday! There was an awful calamity behind her as the lich and his army of assorted undead things came bursting into the treasure room yelling something about "She will now begin her eternal suffering blah, blah..." Honestly, she didn't have the time to sit and talk to some grumpy lich about the finer points of the afterlife she had a birthday party to get to (and to also throw, OH and it's also a SURPISE!!). So with glee and excitement she finally opened the locket! With inches to spare before some ghost thing was about to invade her personal space she disappears!

A portal opens (rather high off the ground mind you) and out tumbles a Kender, into a world not her own, though she doesn't know that quite yet (don't spoil it for her).

==Languages==
Examples include Common, Elvish, Dwarven, & Thieves Cant

==Powers and Abilities==
She is good at using the pointy bits to stab the mean creatures who try to hurt her friends.

She has tinkered with some magics when she was visiting her VERY GOOD MAGE FRIEND... Rexxan (I don't know that he would exactly describe their relationship as "friends" himself however, yet something about her keeps him from smiting her... )

==Beginning of the Quest of Topi Ary (as told by Tassa herself):==
I was tired from all my adventuring for the day and wanted to ask if I could stay for the night at this big fancy house (it was really in the middle of nowhere for a house that fancy if I’m honest), but no one answered so I let myself in to make sure everything was okay, thieves are terrible these days you know… Well, I think they didn’t leave in a hurry and thought they might be a few days or something because they did try to hide all the furniture under white sheets, but I don’t know if it would have tricked anyone because I was SO curious what could be hidden under the sheets that I couldn’t help but look! I was sad to see the cupboards were totally bare, I think a thief might have taken all their food, so they’ll be mighty sad when they get back. Luckily, I always have some food in my pouches, so I wasn’t hungry. Seeing as how they were so bad at hiding their nice things, I figured SOMEONE had to keep an eye on the place, after all so I picked the nicest room (I’m certain they would want only the best for an honored guest like me who is being so nice and watching over the place without even being asked) and kept wandering around.

I saw a potted plant looking awfully wilty and I just knew the people in the fancy house would be SO SAD to see their shrubbery had died! As you see it was VERY lucky for them, I stopped in. I reached into my pockets and pouches to see if I had anything to water the plants with and I found a green glowing vial of liquid (it’s sooo pretty and neat to watch if you slosh it back and forth). I am sure my really really good mage friend Rexxan would have been overjoyed to see how much happiness the little vial I found in his locked potion cupboard made me! I’ll have to tell him when I visit him for his Birthday! Anyway, I took the potion because plants need to drink water (and I misplaced my waterskin at the moment) and water is wet, so since the potion looked wet then of course it would give the plant a drink. I was certain that the magic would help this poor plant perk RIGHT up! And perk right up he DID! I poured the potion into the pot and all the sudden he started moving and TALKING! I didn’t even know plants could talk! It’s a good thing I saved him, this talking plant almost died! He had a stamp on the back of his pot with his name on it, It said “Topi Ary.” I would sit in the garden and talk to him, for hours, and hours, and tell him all my best stories.

Then after about a month I was about to leave because the fancy house was getting rather boring and if no thieves are going to show up then I don’t think it’s important I stay there. I went to ask Topi if he wanted to join me, but something was off. His pot seemed slightly moved and soil was everywhere! He seemed perfectly planted in his pot, so I was relieved at first but then when I asked him if he wanted to come with me to have fun adventures, I realized he didn’t talk anymore! He just sat there like a plain old shrubbery. I thought maybe he had been switched but when I checked his pot it said his name “Topi Ary” just like before. I was REALLY getting worried, and I realized someone must have used a spell or something to put him in a really deep sleep! I tried EVERYTHING, laughing, singing, shouting, knocking on his pot. Nothing could wake him up! I just don’t know why someone would do something like this to such a nice shrub! It was that day I made a promise to my friend, to travel as wide and far as I must to find a way to wake him from his deep slumber!

I remembered that under one of the sheets was a leather seat. I mean if they are going to keep it covered with the sheets no one will miss a few bits of leather and I had an important mission. So, I took my dagger and made a potpoose. Making sure to close off the top so he can stick out, but his soil stays in. I did also think of talking to my great friend Rexxan the wizard because he is so smart with magics, but I only had a onetime use portal, and I was saving it for his birthday. I figured Topi was resting so I could just look after him until I could use the portal and do two things at once! Then I set off leaving the fancy house to its own devices.
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Wicked Wilds]]

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-10T22:46:12Z

Lywyn: /* History */

{{Infobox_character|affilliation=affiliation|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=image.jpg|caption=caption|relatives=relatives|languages=languages|alias=alias|marital=marital status|birthPlace=birthplace|deathDate=deathdate|deathPlace=deathplace|species=species|gender=gender|height=height|weight=weight|eyes=eyes}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is an Arcane Trickster (you can call her a rogue but she rather "breaks the mold" you might expect of ).

==Physical Appearance==
Tassa has vibrant coppery red hair styled half up in two meticulously neat braids (fixed together with a detailed copper fox hair pin), she wears leather armor (and leather boots) with decorative flourishes around the edges. Most notable are the ever-changing array of pouches and pockets on her person.

==Personality==
Tassa exudes wide eyed childlike wonder and innocence. The worlds are places to explore and have adventures, fear is something she truly doesn't seem to have a grasp on yet. She is bright and bubbly and once she considers you a friend (regardless of your opinion on the matter) she is loyal to the utmost!

Ever curious about new things, new creatures, new places, and new experiences you'll often find this Kender bouncing happily towards (while babbling a myriad of questions at) what others seem to think for some reason is danger or frightening but to her is FACINATING! Life is too short to miss out on something interesting! Afterall, death is simply another grand adventure, albeit a bit 'final' for any Kender's tastes and one she's not planning on going on *just* yet. Because of her curiosity she gathers so MUCH interesting information and stories that she is always nearly BURSTING to share them with anyone ... who isn't deaf (though I'm sure many would like to be after spending even a few moments with her).

Impulse control is a foreign concept to her, though you'll find she is just as excited about a really satisfying leaf as she is about a shiny gem or jewelry. Many of her pockets would remind you of a curious child's full of string, stones, feathers, and anything else she deems interesting.

==History==
Honestly Tassa has lived more life than most in her brief 35 years. To tell her tale would take many, MANY pages! So, we'll simply start at the beginning and jump to the end or rather our current time, at the time of writing this that is... so it's current time now if it's not when you read this then YOU'RE LATE and it's not my fault.

Ahem... Tassa was born in the large town of tiny people known as Hylo in Northern Ergoth, and for the curious that would be in the world of Krynn... not Quelmar. The afflicted Kender (strange ones that lot but such a pity what happened them and to Kendermore) had started moving off to their own settlements where they mostly seemed to be keeping to themselves. It was at this time Tassa had reached the coming-of-age moment at 20 years old when Kender finally strike out into the great unknown in search of relief from boredom, er, in search of adventure rather known to their people as "Wanderlust." Wanderlust lasts for most of a Kender lifetime, and no one ever returns, at least not to the same place they left from which wouldn't be returning would it?

So, Tassa is firmly into her Wanderlust and having many fantastic adventures under her belt she found herself heading out on yet another adventure. She was getting ready to visit her long time VERY VERY GOOD wizard friend, Rexxan. The last time he saw her he was SO kind giving her a beautiful locket that he said she could open when she was ready to visit him, but it would only work once and took VERY powerful magics to create, so he wanted her to go on MANY adventures so she would have so many stories she could tell him when she got back! It's been hard, to a Kender any locked door, cupboard, chest, or really anything locked should really be opened just a crack. She resisted all temptation because she wanted to surprise him for his BIRTHDAY! Did she know when his birthday was, absolutely not, however she decided she could just pick a day that felt like his birthday, and it would work all the same). So, she worked hard at going on so many adventures that she would scant have a moment to think about opening the locket (just a peek) because she really wanted to bring Rexxan a fantastic gift and the many stories he requested.

She found a marvelously interesting set of ruins with many undead creatures creeping and moaning about. Without hesitation she rushed headlong into the ruins. She had a chat with someone called a "lich" who seemed to be having a rather bad day as he was in an awful mood. He treated her rather rudely and really it was all very unnecessary. While she was exploring the grumpy undead guy's treasure room, she came across the PERFECT gift! The lich had plenty of shiny stuff so he surely wouldn't miss this trinket, but she didn't want to be rude back to him (that's just how she is) so she left a "payment" of a few neat sticks, some feathers, and a bit of string in it's place. She was so excited it was glowy in the way Rexxan seems to like as he keeps many glowy things in his tower! She knew this must mean that it must be his birthday! There was an awful calamity behind her as the lich and his army of assorted undead things came bursting into the treasure room yelling something about "She will now begin her eternal suffering blah, blah..." Honestly, she didn't have the time to sit and talk to some grumpy lich about the finer points of the afterlife she had a birthday party to get to (and to also throw, OH and it's also a SURPISE!!). So with glee and excitement she finally opened the locket! With inches to spare before some ghost thing was about to invade her personal space she disappears!

A portal opens (rather high off the ground mind you) and out tumbles a Kender, into a world not her own, though she doesn't know that quite yet (don't spoil it for her).

==Languages==
Examples include Common, Elvish, Dwarven, & Thieves Cant

==Powers and Abilities==
She is good at using the pointy bits to stab the mean creatures who try to hurt her friends.

She has tinkered with some magics when she was visiting her VERY GOOD MAGE FRIEND... Rexxan (I don't know that he would exactly describe their relationship as "friends" himself however, yet something about her keeps him from smiting her... )

==Beginning of the Quest of Topi Ary (as told by Tassa herself):==
I was tired from all my adventuring for the day and wanted to ask if I could stay for the night at this big fancy house (it was really in the middle of nowhere for a house that fancy if I’m honest), but no one answered so I let myself in to make sure everything was okay, thieves are terrible these days you know… Well, I think they didn’t leave in a hurry and thought they might be a few days or something because they did try to hide all the furniture under white sheets, but I don’t know if it would have tricked anyone because I was SO curious what could be hidden under the sheets that I couldn’t help but look! I was sad to see the cupboards were totally bare, I think a thief might have taken all their food, so they’ll be mighty sad when they get back. Luckily, I always have some food in my pouches, so I wasn’t hungry. Seeing as how they were so bad at hiding their nice things, I figured SOMEONE had to keep an eye on the place, after all so I picked the nicest room (I’m certain they would want only the best for an honored guest like me who is being so nice and watching over the place without even being asked) and kept wandering around.

I saw a potted plant looking awfully wilty and I just knew the people in the fancy house would be SO SAD to see their shrubbery had died! As you see it was VERY lucky for them, I stopped in. I reached into my pockets and pouches to see if I had anything to water the plants with and I found a green glowing vial of liquid (it’s sooo pretty and neat to watch if you slosh it back and forth). I am sure my really really good mage friend Rexxan would have been overjoyed to see how much happiness the little vial I found in his locked potion cupboard made me! I’ll have to tell him when I visit him for his Birthday! Anyway, I took the potion because plants need to drink water (and I misplaced my waterskin at the moment) and water is wet, so since the potion looked wet then of course it would give the plant a drink. I was certain that the magic would help this poor plant perk RIGHT up! And perk right up he DID! I poured the potion into the pot and all the sudden he started moving and TALKING! I didn’t even know plants could talk! It’s a good thing I saved him, this talking plant almost died! He had a stamp on the back of his pot with his name on it, It said “Topi Ary.” I would sit in the garden and talk to him, for hours, and hours, and tell him all my best stories.

Then after about a month I was about to leave because the fancy house was getting rather boring and if no thieves are going to show up then I don’t think it’s important I stay there. I went to ask Topi if he wanted to join me, but something was off. His pot seemed slightly moved and soil was everywhere! He seemed perfectly planted in his pot, so I was relieved at first but then when I asked him if he wanted to come with me to have fun adventures, I realized he didn’t talk anymore! He just sat there like a plain old shrubbery. I thought maybe he had been switched but when I checked his pot it said his name “Topi Ary” just like before. I was REALLY getting worried, and I realized someone must have used a spell or something to put him in a really deep sleep! I tried EVERYTHING, laughing, singing, shouting, knocking on his pot. Nothing could wake him up! I just don’t know why someone would do something like this to such a nice shrub! It was that day I made a promise to my friend, to travel as wide and far as I must to find a way to wake him from his deep slumber!

I remembered that under one of the sheets was a leather seat. I mean if they are going to keep it covered with the sheets no one will miss a few bits of leather and I had an important mission. So, I took my dagger and made a potpoose. Making sure to close off the top so he can stick out, but his soil stays in. I did also think of talking to my great friend Rexxan the wizard because he is so smart with magics, but I only had a onetime use portal, and I was saving it for his birthday. I figured Topi was resting so I could just look after him until I could use the portal and do two things at once! Then I set off leaving the fancy house to its own devices.
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Wicked Wilds]]

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-10T22:13:35Z

Lywyn: /* Beginning of the Quest of Topi Ary (as told by Tassa herself): */

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-10T22:12:08Z

Lywyn: /* Beginning of the Quest (as told by Tassa herself): */

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-10T22:11:10Z

Lywyn: /* Attacks and Weapons */

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-10T21:54:59Z

Lywyn: /* Personality */

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-10T21:53:44Z

Lywyn: /* Personality */

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-10T21:47:37Z

Lywyn:

Tassa Brightfox

2023-04-10T21:44:18Z

Lywyn: Created page with "{{Infobox_character|affilliation=affiliation|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=image.jpg|caption=caption|relatives=relatives|languages=languages|alias=alias|marital=marital status|birth..."

Linden Rue

2023-02-02T05:22:08Z

Lywyn: updated history after mega game and townhall

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=Tiny Bunny.jpg|caption=Temp Art by Iro Pagis|languages=Common, Elvish, Draconic, Sylvan, Primordial, Abyssal, Wiki|birthPlace=Feywild|species=Harengon|gender=Female|height=3ft (counting my ears)|weight=30lbs|eyes=Sapphire blue}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is a Harengon of a rather curious nature. She follows where the will of the divine lights her travels, wherever that may be. Her spiritual wanderings have revealed that the divine celestial world is far more connected than it is separate. Seeing these connections, she finds herself wondering how the gods have influenced different times, peoples, and places and spends her free time often studying different peoples and their practices. She is always prepared to help those in need but as a wanderer she rarely plants herself in one spot too long.

==Physical Appearance==
Piercing bright sapphire blue eyes peer out from pure snow-white fur which covers her form from ear tips of to toe tips. Inside the pink of her right ear is a dragon mark that looks like an obsidian dragon nestled in her ear, from time to time it has a rainbow chromatic flash ripple across its surface, when you look away and look back you swear it moved but maybe your eyes are just a little tired... She may be small coming in just at around 3ft (counting her ears), but she makes up for it in her fiercely joyful indomitable spirit.

==Personality==
Linden is an excitable rather happy harengon, who is often one foot in her own world with her musings and pondering. She has survived much in her short time, but her faith has kept her spirit shining bright. She is fascinated and perhaps bit overly excited by new peoples and experiences for her, even ones others may NOT be so excited about. As she always says, "Fear and fascination both start with an 'f' so it can be a bit confusing." She is a bit easily distracted and finds herself drawn in by odd items, strange beings, and shiny items sooome times to her determent (it's a good thing she's tanky). She is loyal to her companions and will do all that she can to avoid ever leaving one of them in trouble. As a staunch lover of life, Linden, will do all she can to stop those inflicting needless cruel suffering upon others.

==Powers and Abilities==
<blockquote> '''God''': [[Dysian]] ''(Feywild God)'' '''Domain:''' Life & Curiosity </blockquote>I am the Life (cleric) of the party, here to bestow much anti-damage to my companions. Many see my diminutive stature and assume me to be fearful, but I am actually quite the opposite. When in danger, I spend a lot of my time keeping an eye on those near me and doing my best to ensure they're alright as battle rages. What can I say? I'm a lover not a fighter but, make no mistake I will be the shield to defend those I care for and any innocents in need to the utmost!

On a side note, I have been told I have two lucky rabbit's feet from past companions, seeming to bring some of them an extra edge in their battles...so long as my feet remain attached to my body, that is.

<nowiki>~~~ In my adventures I have become acquainted with a particularly interesting demi-goddess of death named </nowiki>[[Silent]]. We share a unique kind of connection, unlike her current followers, that will exist after death and maintain the freedom of Linden's soul. This connection was made possible by Dysian's permission and guidance.

== History ==
They say curiosity killed the cat, it's no worry, I'm a harengon. I'm not from this plane, originally, you see I found myself curious and followed a group of strangers I had been quietly studying through a portal and found myself in this place. I feel like the divine put my paws on this path as I was following the light. Sometimes it's golden and shining and other times it sparkles (this time it was the latter). I must say I do rather like it here, the creatures are all much more direct with their concerns and desires. At times I miss my fae friends and family, but I've always been rather independent anyway.

Hopping right along I've spent my time studying many peoples and places of this land but what I am most excited about are the DRAGONS!! It took me some time, some books, and some spying (without becoming a crispy dragon snack) to get the nuances just right but I was able to learn to fluently speak the Draconic language and it's certainly been enlightening in this current climate. I've been asked why I'm not more afraid of the giant beastly dragons for "a rabbit" (I'll excuse them for not understanding my people are not exactly the same as the tiny creatures they call rabbits) but when EVERYTHING tries or wants to eat you (including most of the peoples I've met) I suppose size becomes irrelevant after some point. I'm not unafraid, I'm just not MORE afraid...

I am also so enamored with life that anytime I have been able to aid those who cross my path and seem to have good intent I have done my best to bestow healing and blessings upon them with the the powers granted by my divine. I have always followed wherever my divine lights my path and it has led me to some very curious locations and experiences but, I have the firm belief that I am always exactly where I am supposed to be at exactly the right time.

== Linden's Adventures ==

=== Seglock West Gate (7/15/22) Isonhound - ===
I was enjoying the Gala eating a really particularly delicious slice of carrot cake. It was perfectly spiced, a lovely aroma of nutmeg and cinnamon, with just a hint of sweetness from the icing. Then a beautiful moment of carroty bliss was ruined as loud crashing and screaming from Seglock University crashed our lovely Gala. No time to waste I set off in the direction of the noise, I was closest to the West Gate and so headed that way and found myself with a small group of other adventurers also heading into the chaos. We banded together and waded through the terrified staff and students pouring out of the cafeteria halls. Just as I was thinking that this kind of stampede is no place for a short Harengon a kindly Goliath, Vadath offered me a spot atop his 8ft tall form, and I gladly let him plop me right on his shoulder. The view was AMAZING! I've never been so tall!

We get inside to find these crazy modified goblins with poison bites and a very grey looking orc. My Goliath mount informs us that these are creations of Cheshire a disgraced alchemist that was kicked out of the university. The goblins were closing in on a group of students and a professor with some scrolls of research. So I rode my brave Goliath barbarian into battle and with the the help of Tristram an Eladrin bard of some mighty eloquence holding the orc with his magic, Vadath cleaved it down quickly. I tried to help take down one of the goblins with a Dragonborn bard named Delphi but we were unable to take it down before it slew one of the young students. What was deeply disturbing to me was how the student perished with a single bite wound, and wailed in agony as he crumpled to the ground. No normal goblin could inflict that kind of pain from a simple bite, this was some foul tampering with the natural order of things for sure. With the help of a Sorceress named Omen, paladin named Zen, and a Ranger named Patches we were all able to save rest of the students and the professor, though the professor did receive some injuries during the attack but was able to leave and head out for the infirmary after we gave him some minor healing. We did notice that the goblins seemed awfully interested in the research notes the professor was trying to protect (he had his arms full of scrolls of his notes) which to me seemed a very odd thing for goblins to care for. We questioned the professor and he was very shaken up and didn't seem to know what was going on other than these bests were murdering everyone and creating chaos. He said they seem to be wanting his research but he wasn't going to give it up, he claimed his research was on ointments and such, nothing too impressive. We did not get his name or look at his notes ourselves before we sent him on his way to find safety and healing.

As we continued on fighting our way through the student's quarters in route towards the professor's quarters Omen our Tiefling Sorceress noticed a loud noise coming up behind us in the hall and was the first to see, and warn us of a HUGE golem trudging our way. When I say huge I mean H-U-G-E, it's arms were scraping against the walls of the hall, it barely fit!!! When it reached us it started attacking unprovoked and nearly knocked Patches our ranger flat. Tristham suggested hiding in the rooms and letting it pass by to see if it would kill the orcs (and then following it). Omen used her magic to appear behind it and we could hear her off and on having an argument with someone behind the golem. Vadath, already fully succumbed to his battle rage, after seeing his party member struck by the giant golem could see nothing but red. So in we went my angry Goliath mount and I to defend the stunned ranger and stop the golem. I must say this thing was IMPRESSIVE and it swung these giant chains with huge iron balls at the ends of them ready to smash us to pieces. As it tried to strike Vadath he deftly moved us out of the way, however, this brute literally broke through the floor beneath us! So we began to fall but, the powerful Vadath easily caught himself. I, with all the grace that a Harengon clad in heavy armor can muster, slipped off Vadath entirely and plummeted 10ft into a dark pit...alone. Once my eyes adjusted to the dark I realized I was in a root cellar, normally I would be pretty excited to nose around but, my friends were in danger! So I hopped up out of the hole in one glorious hop back up top standing next to the hole on my own two rabbit feet. I returned just in time to witness the destruction of the golem by Vadath with a little bit of fiery help from Omen our Sorceress.

Once the golem was defeated, and the rest of the hallway cleared of orcs, we all gathered around the professor. I found it very strange that this golem was not harming the professor who Omen had said was following it yet when it saw us it started attacking right away before we did anything at all. I also found it suspicious that the professor was following the golem deeper INTO the fray instead of leaving out the doors we had just cleared and trying to get to safety. He too had research notes, and he also had reagents. When questioned he was being short and defensive, which seeing how Vadath kind of manhandled him because he was trying to sneak off after the golem fell it's hard to tell with absolute certainty if it was because he was guilty or just offended. Since everyone was trying to question him I felt it might be good to ensure he tells us the truth and I cast zone of truth upon him. Even then he was very evasive talking around the answers to the questions he was trying to avoid. He flat out refused to answer if he was going to join Cheshire and when asked about if he was delivering the notes to Cheshire he was evasive saying he was not "a delivery boy." He did say he is NOT working for him (at least not currently we can assume). He did seem very afraid before the golem fell according to Omen so his lack of confidence makes me wonder if Cheshire knew of this professors desire to join him or if he was trying to make this play on his own. We have no idea who made the golem if it was this professor or if it was part of the attack, we did not ask. Vadath decided that the situation was too volatile in the university to keep questioning him there but, did not trust letting him go, he thought of confiscating his research but instead decided to just confiscate the entire professor research and all... an interesting tactic to be sure. Since I had the zone of truth ability and Vadath was planning on further interrogation of the professor I was invited to join him and Dephi back at the Iron Eyrie their guild hall and assist them further. I told them as long as I didn't have to walk I would happily try to help sort things out. After watching that innocent student painfully die to the poisonous bite of the altered goblin, I will do what I can to help put a stop to further cruel abominable creations.

After we got back to the Iron Eyrie and got the professor settled into his "quarters" to await interrogation; Vadath, my strong, brave, barbarian Goliath mount, offered me membership to his guild telling me they seek to aid not only their fellow members but also the people of Isonhound. He also stated they were in need of more help at the field hospital. Seeing that, for now, they seem to be doing good works and are in need of more hands to help those injured in the attack, how could a Life Cleric say no? So I now have begun my newest journey as a member of the [[Band of the Iron Hawk]]. You know, I've never been in a guild before, there shall be many notes...

Updates!!! (02/02/23) - So there have been quite a few happenings. For the curious, the whole guild thing worked out pretty good for me. I was made the Clerical Lt. and settled in quite nicely in the [[Band of the Iron Hawk|Iron Birds...er Hawks]]. After a series of adventures, with the guild leader Vadath acting as my brave goliath steed, it seems he and I had grown quite close. A festival loomed on the horizon (which anyone who spends ANY time in Isonhound quickly learns means death and terror will be flying in on swift wings, though this time it would seem our dark waiter (the one that waits) would be also making an appearance (on swift shadowy wings... with FIRENDS!). On the eve of the "festival" as they call it here Vadath shocked and surprised myself and he entire guild of Iron Hawks by getting on one knee (which still made him taller than me) and presenting me with a lovely golden diamond ring. He asked me if I would resurrect him now and forever! Of course, I said yes, he makes a good mount, so he was definitely worth keeping around. After the momentous events of the "festival" I was nominated to be one of the Council of 7 uniting all of Isonhound and their guilds along with [[Vadath]], [[Delphi]], [[Tristram Caniedydd|Tristram]], [[Feyjin]], [[Silythm Shadeheart|Silythm,]] and [[Violet Lorinda|Violet]]. When we discussed planning a town hall to invite all of Seglock to rally and join with us for the cause of pushing back the darkness (I named us "[[The Lightsworn]]") Feyjin was all a twitter about Vadath and I's engagement and decided she was going to unite us in holy matrimony at the end of the meeting in front of ALL of Seglock. My I must say things escalated quickly. Things were a blur and before I knew it I was saying "heck yea" to Vadath's "I do" and we were husband and wife. It's all pretty surreal, I don't often make permanent relations as i have to be prepared to be called to wander at any moment by my god [[Dysian]] but this all sort of just... happened. I will say though, as Vadath is a loyal steed I think he might be willing to adventure onward with me, if not, I shall enjoy the fond memories of each moment we shared together but I must follow my soul's calling no matter what my heart might want to say about it. I do hope not to be called for a very long time, unless the dark waiter apocalypse is successful (which is already seeming likley), in that case I'm good to wander quite literally anywhere else. We'll see how it goes though, I will put forth all my effort to save this place I've come to love and the people who inhabit it.

=== The Law of Consequences (07-29-22) Isonhound - ===
Professor Galloway, who I’d had a hand in rescuing in the attack on Seglock University a few weeks ago, called me and one of my fellows, who also aided in saving the professor, a bard named Tristram to a tavern named ‘The Trout’s Tow’ for a (free to the bard and I) drink and a discussion about an important matter (the nature of which we did not know until the professor was sharing it with us from across the table). We were handed a writ about these fire gates that only open every so often, it spoke of a dragon sleeper that may awaken and terrorize the coutnryside if left to her own devices. It was odd and unclear, warning not to wake the sleeping dragon saying to go in and get the hoard, yet it also said the hoard was the reward. So why would someone send us to go get it and not wake the dragon? What would they gain? When we pressed the professor for clarity he told us we would be working for someone else who would be arriving shortly and gave us a bit of information about the order they were from.

It appeared that there was some order of elves that called themselves “The Wold Order” who were descendants of an ancient heroic Sylvan order who were onces defenders of the realm. They claim to be picking up where their ancestors left off and standing up to be protectors of this world. The professor had his doubts, they’ve been around for a while and yet the draconic threats are no less, in fact, they’ve perhaps only gotten worse it seems. If they are trying, they clearly are not doing enough (nothing like the order of old). He was dubious and warned the two of us to keep a wary eye. His warnings were cut off as their representative and the adventuring team he had gathered entered the inn and began approaching.

The Wold order representative introduced himself as ‘Aldean’ and he was your typical elf, proud, pointy ears and all. Very serious and what not. They had sent an adventuring team to these fire gates previously and only a few members made it back alive. When we asked for clarity on the writ he just said we were to go and slay the dragon to help protect the realm and that they were uninterested in the dragon’s hoard so anything in it was ours to do with it what we wished. He kept referring to us as “untested” and such which was odd but I didn’t think much of it. Coming from the feywilds I’m pretty used to high elves and their even higher opinion of themselves and it’s amusing to see that even their more distant relatives haven’t lost that braggadocious character. It seems you can take the elf out of the Feywilds but you can’t take the Feywilds out of the elf. Ha. Anyway…

Our bard managed to charm a few potions out of the stuffy Aldean and after everyone took their pick I ended up with a fire breathing potion. A fire breathing bunny?! I find that hilarious and cannot wait for the right moment to greet a very confused enemy. We were given a hastily drawn map and told it would be about 3 days travel to get to the lair of the dragon. Then without a word Aldean just slipped away while we were distracted in conversation. Another odd thing I took note of once we noticed he had departed.

As we were relaxing the bard realized he needed some funds for some last minute preparations and though a bit of drink in him I suggested he go to the stage we were in the table next to and “do what bards do,” a decision that ended more poorly than I would have expected. You see our new Monk friend Volrac decided that he would ‘help’ the Bard by attempting to gather the crowd. Things seem to be going okay at first, nothing too exciting. Then at some point suddenly I saw Volrac and fire and a few seconds later the ENTIRE stage was on fire and not in the ‘turn of the phrase’ kind of a way. At that point I realized that I was pretty sure Volrac was no longer helping because everyone was panicking and running around. Also there was the screaming, lots of it, and I have rather large sensitive ears so it was vastly unpleasant. I suppose I’ll never understand why beings need to make these situations worse by making as much noise as physically possible for absolutely no productive reason at all. We helped grab buckets and put out the fire and then when it was under control we headed out to secure some last minute things we all needed for the upcoming expedition.

As my lucky feet would have it, most of our travel was largely uneventful. The morning we reached near the lair, as we were gathered around our fire, we all noticed a poorly hidden person behind the giant log that was next to us. I asked if anyone was going to invite the guy by the log to join us at the fire and Hugo and Volrac decided to sneak around each side of the log and try to catch him off guard. I sighed. Then we watched our monk friend be thwarted in his stealth by an even stealthier tree root as he took a bit of a graceless tumble. Hugo our warlock friend, however, managed to get around and train his bow on the fellow who appeared to be a human.

There was a bit of huffing from Hugo of “put your weapons down” and such like. To the new guys credit he put down all of his weapons. I realized no one had asked the most important questions yet. This person who clearly could have attacked us didn’t so far. So I hopped up and down talking to the new guy (I am only 3ft tall and the log was giant) and I asked him directly, “Are you bad, evil, gonna hurt or kill us?” He responded with a “no” and I noticed he had a silvery dragon on his shield that looked like Bahamut. I got tired and stopped hopping and told everyone he said he was good. Then Hugo was upset because he picked his shield back up with kinetic magic. So more huffing (this time back and forth between both of them over the shield being defense and blah, blah). I chuckled as he was told not to touch his weapons and such and I shouted over the log, “He IS a weapon!!! Just so you know!”

Eventually cooler heads prevailed and he introduced himself as Sro and suggested we all work together. He stated he heard there was a dragon in this area and that’s what drew him here, he also had heard there was an adventuring party heading out this way to deal with the dragon so he was keeping his eye out to find it and possibly help out. I wasn’t fully sold on the story but let it pass. He took us over to the banks of the river next to us and asked us if something looked different about the water. We noticed a pearlescent sheen across the surface. He then taught us how dragons often affect their environments in varying ways depending on the type of dragon they are, even affecting your emotions and soul in some draconic types. This type, however, he was unfamiliar with (which seemed to excite him). He has been familiar with other dragons associated with waters but this pearlescence was very strange and new.

Hugo wanted to set fire to the water and see if it would burn (perhaps like the sheen of oil on water). Markoth our paladin lit a torch and went to throw it in but, Sro used some magic to hold the torch in midair for a moment and then drop it to the ground away from the water. He explained that whatever elements in the environment the dragons are affecting they are also often intimately connected with and may sense any attack or manipulation of that element. Since we were in NO way ready to face the dragon just yet he suggested not attacking the water in any way, let alone with fire. Hugo had the idea to pull some water out in a small bowl but curiously he found that the further he was getting from the water source (and it was not that far at all) the more of the pearl sheen faded from the water’s surface. So he stopped not far from the banks and cast a bonfire spell. The water seemed unaffected other than boiling away. It did not catch on fire nor on further tests did it feel “thick” or “greasy” or like anything at all different when you touched the water itself.

Sro went over some very old established rules for hunting dragons (which he slipped in that he wrote, my ears perked up at that statement, which with his shield, and kinetic magic, was adding up to more than perhaps, just a slip of the tongue - I kept this suspicion to myself though). One main rule was to never fight a dragon in its lair. Due to this rule we all made a plan to go scout the lair, perhaps get someone to lay eyes on the dragon so we knew what type of dragon we were fighting.

When we got there we saw that there were three entrances. One had a set of four tracks going in but only 3 coming out which must have been the previous group that lost a member. I suggested we avoid that way because it was obviously not successful for the previous group that failed to defeat the dragon. As we were setting up Sro suggested some be back at the river and he volunteered to head back there himself if no one else wanted to go or with someone else. Then the paladin Markoth and I both knew we were not the stealthy types in our heavy armor so we elected to wait outside encase help was needed. As Hugo and Volrac were about to head in I asked them if they were able to see in the dark and they both realized they could not so I warned them that they would likely be eaten if they tried scouting with a torch or other forms of light. Tristram bravely volunteered to go scouting on his own as he could cast invisibility on himself and move quietly (as well as see in the dark). We all agreed then decided that we would all but Sro wait by the river (by this point I was pretty sure Sro was a dragon and figured he would be more than enough help to our bard, if needed, on his own).

Tristram made it back to us and informed us that the sound of draconic (or a large beast) breathing fills the lair inside. He stated there was a huge dragon skull where the pearlescent water was flowing out of. He also warned us of an arrow trap (by showing us some arrows he found in his chest). He then described two elven mages that were having a discussion about a dragon, they were looking for a white one, but found a “not quite white” dragon that would apparently suffice. (This made me think - isn’t the Wold order also an elven order? This seems too similar, I’m keeping a wary eye like the professor warned). Our bard found some scattered gold going up a hallway and the sound of breathing of a huge beast echoed most loudly from that direction but fearing he had already more than overstayed his welcome he went no further and returned to give us his report.

Report received we all took our hiding positions and I proceeded to toss a ball bearing into the water to see if we would get a reaction. Nothing. Then Sro used his magic to toss his shield into the water and again, nothing. As he was splashing the shield in and out with his magic, Markoth lit a torch and tossed it in the water. That’s when we heard draconic roaring, amidst the roars I heard the word “STOP!!!” (I do speak draconic by the way, a rabbit of mysteries I am) What struck me about this was the voice was haggard, almost desperate. It was not the voice of a fearsome dragon that was going to charge out and take us. It felt like a voice that was trapped. Our people, the Haregons value our freedom greatly, almost more than anything. I know that sound. I suggested that either the dragon had somehow grown too large (or portly) to get out of its lair (highly unlikely) OR those mages Tristram had seen were evil and keeping this poor dragon captured! I know in the Feywilds we had all kinds of good dragons, not so friendly ones too but also good ones. My thoughts were interrupted by someone asking if anyone knew how to detect magic, I did so they asked me if I could see if the river was magical. I cast the spell and found that the river was affected by some kind of transmutation magic. I also happened to realize our dear Sro was not what he seemed as he was blanketed in illusion magic but I had suspected as much. I whispered to him playfully, “Someone has a secret.” Then winked. The brief moment of levity faded quickly as I remembered the dragon, the sound of its voice, and I was done playing games trying to decide, my heart hurt for what this beings fate might be if it was good. I marched up to the river bank, scooped up some water and took a drink, to the shock and horror of most of my fellow party members.

I am happy to report that I did not die, it was rather invigorating actually. I will say that the closest I can describe the sensation would be to compare it to eating a goodberry if you’ve ever had the pleasure of devouring one of those beauties! Nourished for the day, a spot of healing, and ready to go! That confirmed it! This MUST be a good dragon. No evil dragon would have nourishing and healing waters! Tristham pointed out that he hadn’t noticed it before but it seemed like the vegetation along the banks of the river was particularly vibrant and lush, perhaps more so than one would usually expect. So this dragon also has healing effects for the land as well! This is my kind of dragon!!! Now I am even more determined to set this poor captive good dragon free! It’s suffering will not be tolerated! Me and my God Dysian (along with my brave adventuring party, and Sro) will not allow evil to triumph!

We head in following Tristram’s direction that leads us to the ‘fire gates’ which are two fiery pillars inside the lair just a bit beyond the middle entrance. The dragon is there hovering just inside the gates. I’ve never seen a dragon like this, serpentine and long in its form with horns that resembled antlers. I spoke first to it in draconic, “I believe you are good and are being held prisoner! We are here to help you! How can we help you? Do you need to be set free?”

The dragon replied in a pained breathy voice, “You are not strong enough to help me.” Little did this dragon know, I too am not what I seem at first glance, he will later find that his words could not be more wrong. Then we heard the sound of footsteps in the distance and he warned, “They are coming,” and he retreated back down the hall and around the corner out of sight.

Two elven mages in robes of the evil draconic order came around the corner and shouted at us. Tristram, our silver tongued bard, to his credit, was able to convince them that we were simply in the wrong place. That we were looking for someone else and not there to attack them. They bought it hook, line, and sinker!!! They said they were waiting on someone else. Tristram apologized for the mix up and then told them he thinks they were out by the water and the mages relaxed and said, “ah, good they’re almost here then!” They then said we were free to go, that we just needed to head on out and all was good. Volrac asked how he could get a set of those robes and said he’d like to join them and they told him, he “doesn’t want these robes” and told him he doesn’t want to be a part of the order, that if he does he must be mentally damaged, they also instructed him to, “ask around Seglock to see how terrible the order is.” Now, they have no way to know we’re from Seglock number one, sure it might be one of the closer settlements but there’s still no way they’d know that, that is where we came from or were going to. This entire exchange was baffling and super suspicious to me. I have fought much evil in my day, being a cleric, and adventurer. Evil doesn’t just let you go when you stumble into their lair. They don’t clear the air because it was just some “confusion” and tell you to just head on home. They are evil, they don’t care who you are, you aren’t one of them, they’ll likely try to murder you or capture you for sacrifice, slavery, or other horrific evil machinations. Also these guys were not very convincing, each time they tried to sound boomy and angry like a real evil cultist they instead sounded like a really bad play actor or a terrible bard who has no idea they’re terrible.

With his ruse a robust success, Tristram was able to hold one of the mages while the other fled, but not before he lit up the rest of us who were standing in a nice tight little group with a hefty fireball. Sro floated? Flew? Over to the held mage and slapped him once which brought him within an inch of his life (coming ever closer to confirming my dragon hypothesis). He then declared that “this one LIVES” and we proceed to pursue the fleeing mage.

There was much fighting and I must say these mages and the traps were rather hard on my party members so they kept me quite busy picking them up off the floor. Markoth in particular decided to hang out in the middle of and become very intimately acquainted with the arrow trap as passing party members littered both themselves and himself with more and more arrows. As we rounded the corner the dragon was in the next room backing towards a different hallway (away from the combat). Sro implored him to stand and fight with us, to end this tyranny and to fight for his own freedom! The dragon stopped backing up but did not reply nor did he do anything else. Our bard asked the dragon if he knew how to speak common, and the dragon replied that he did and so our bard then (saying he had no idea what Sro said as Tristram doesn’t speak draconic) made his own impassioned speech to the dragon urging him to join us to, fight, to aid us! This time the dragon would respond, in action.

Volrac, Hugo, and Kluck (our barbarian) all subdued the fleeing mage and brought him down. They, however, were met by two more wizards and a new battle began. The dragon, convinced at last by the combined efforts of Linden, Sro, and most powerfully Tristram, acted and conjured an ice storm sphere upon the mages. Our heroes fought on bravely, some even stepping boldly in the icy sphere to reach the mages. One of the mages was put down! Then with one powerful icy cone cast by the remaining mage most of our party lay on the floor. Luckily I had enough healing magic to give everyone a little bit of healing all at once and get them all back on their feet again.

Things were starting to get in the neighborhood of a bit dicey, spells on my end were going to start running a bit low. As it was, we still were okay. My most powerful spells were exhausted, I still had a few others left, but if the battles kept raging for much longer it was going to start getting risky as every round my companions were face-planting left and right. Who knew wizards were so dangerous, right? Luckily just in the nick of time I was able to silence the last mage leaving him defenseless as our barbarian Kluck charged in and ended him. Luckily for the group, he was the last of the mages.

Sro pointed out a binding circle in the back of the cavern where the mages were coming from. The dragon stated that he was not powerful enough to dispel it or he would have been gone from this place long ago. He told us he was promised that if he helped them test some adventurers they would let him go but they never did, I assume because they always had more adventurers they wanted to test.

One of our stronger members fetched the unconscious mage Sro saved near the gates, tied him up so he could not use his hands to cast magic, and I gave him some of the water, restoring him (just barely) to consciousness. When he awoke and took stock of all of us standing above him and that he was at the binding circle he gave a weak, “Congratulations, you passed the test!” He then proceeded to argue with Sro how they were training adventurers (Sro maintaining that HE was training them! They just provided lies and death!). When they were done huffing at one another we told him to undo the binding. He said he was not powerful enough. He explained that while he is powerful, a group of mages a lot more powerful than he got together to cast that binding so it would take some similar strength of power to dispel it.

He asked that we give him the bodies of the other mages. I replied “So you can just revive them and do all of this again to more people?” The party and Sro all looked at him and said a resounding NO on returning the bodies.

We then moved on and were talking with the dragon about the skull we passed on our way in that the water flows through and he said they were his daughter’s bones and that adventurers have been taking pieces of her bones and even the teeth from the skull itself. He seemed very sad and stated that if they were able to be gathered back up again and cast into a river she would live again!

I looked at the party and told them that I know it might be near impossible but I would like to try to set the dragon free. No one knows how important freedom is to my people, my God, and my way of life. I cannot leave here without at least trying. I asked if they would let me rest since it was an exhausting battle and they did but not before we of course collected the hoard and divided it out amongst the party. It was ours if we succeeded and the mage told us we passed (a test we didn’t know we were taking).

I awoke the next morning and spent a few moments in prayer asking for guidance from Dysian to help empower me to set free this beautiful captive spirit. The bard played beautiful inspiring music while I meditated. When I was just about ready the dragon said he could offer the blessing of the sea but he didn’t think it would be particularly helpful. I said I would take every help I could get. Turns out the blessing of the sea allows you to breathe underwater so, instead of eating breakfast I just stuck my head into the underground river running all through the cave and breathed in my breakfast. Fully nourished, prepped, and invigorated, I prepared to set a dragon free where many others have failed.

I walked up to the summoning circle fully aware of the party and two expectant dragons waiting in anticipation at my back. I closed my eyes and took a deep breath. Then I began channeling the divine energy through my body with the intent to dispel this binding circle. I felt the energy flowing then it ebbed what felt a bit early but remembering that beautiful uplifting bardic song this morning my will and mind were refocused and certain of success and the energy began surging once again. Then just before it felt like it should be finished the energy dipped once more and I connected back to my God Dysian, to his guidance and I allowed all the energy that he could send to flow through me and into the circle. Then all at once everything stopped as if a candle was just snuffed out in an instant.

I opened my eyes and the circle was inactive, it was no longer glowing. I grinned ear to ear. Everyone doubts the rabbit. I turned around to stunned faces, no one more than the dragon himself. I think it was the first time he actually really saw me. He asked if that was it, if it was over and I shrugged and told him that there was only one way to tell. We gathered ourselves and our things and headed out of the lair.

It should be noted that while we were distracted discussing the bones of the dragon’s daughter there was one person missing, Volrac. It should also be noted that it appears the mage just so happened to have ceased living at some point between the bone discussion and the sorting of the loot. Weird, huh? Though that left Sro without “the one to tell the tale,” I told him, not to worry, I would be sending a strongly worded sending “letter” because I am LIVID.

As we reached the fire gates, the furthest out the dragon has been able to go since they bound him here he paused and let everyone else pass through. We turned to face him. My heart was pounding. I knew the spell was dispelled but I was secretly afraid they had taken some other hidden arcane measures to keep him locked in or worse to hurt him or kill him if he tried to leave without them setting him free and disabling all the known elements. I didn’t let my concern show and just beamed a bright positive smile at him.

It was one of my greatest honors in this life so far to see this magnificent creature step forth and pass beyond the fire gates watching him go from defeated, to afraid to be too hopeful, to watching the color returning to him as he seemed to rise taller and stronger and rushed out of the cavern. He did say thank you but I didn’t release him for that (I just want anyone who may read my writings to know that he was also a polite dragon).

We all stepped outside and Sro thanked us also for doing a great deed. As a sign of appreciation he revealed his stunning and HUGE Great Silver Wyrm handsome self (gotta say I did a solid bunny pat on the back for putting the clues together for that one) and offered to fly us back home to Seglock. That flight was AMAZING!!! Talk about the experience of a lifetime!!!! Though after seeing his form I must say the talk of the mages about the fact that they found a dragon that was not white but sort of white makes me concerned for Sro. I wonder if they meant him. I would think they would know a silver dragon or at least silver as a color but then again they tried to pull off a terrible ruse. Hmm… I might have to send Sro a message as well. <blockquote> '''As it would turn out, yes, Mentztonalcoatl I WAS strong enough'''. ~ Linden Rue </blockquote>''Note: I also want to note that the dragon we freed was named: Mentztonalcoatl but that’s a mouthful to write so I instead called him “the dragon” throughout for ease of my paws.''

=== A Bloody Teatime (09-14-22) Isonhound - ===
I found myself invited to a teatime at the most lovely “secret” headquarters of the ‘Power to the People’ (PotP). You see, it’s an underground cavey sort of place which is much reminiscent of the burrows I’ve not seen since I was a small Harengon, er well young I suppose I’m still quite small to most of you reading this. I must say I was so looking forward to a good tea, it’s been quite some time since I’ve had the pleasure of enjoying a proper tea, since I’ve left the Feywilds as a matter of fact now that I think of it.

A tall impressive treant named Oakey stood ahead of us as we arrived and briefly interrogated us as to our reason for arrival and after our guide informed him of our invitation he let us pass and returned to his leafy watch. A lovely waterfall flowed behind our wooden fellow and as our guide approached, the water was swept aside to reveal the entrance to our teatime extravaganza! It was a fantastic trick! What an entrance! I do appreciate keeping my fur dry.

As we entered what I was sure was going to be an enchanting teatime, I was hoping for crumpets (divine little pastries), or perhaps some carrot cake petit fours? As I dreamed of finger sandwiches (not made of fingers, unless you’ve invited goblins or ogres of course), a human gentleman introduced himself with a wide grin by the name of Archie. He stated that he was acting leader, as Brenna, the Leader of the PotP was out on business along with most of the other members. He asked us to follow him so we could gather for tea. (I shall note that there was a rather dour wizard high elf gentleman among us also named Archie, I shall refer to this elf as Archie 2 if referring by name).

Our party of seven (now eight with Archie) found ourselves squeezing around a table meant comfortably for five. Our tea, as it were, was served in mismatched china, some of which were chipped. It was palatable, even decent. As for food, well, Archie proudly handed out some half stale biscuits he had gotten the day before (it is a bit of a trip to get fresh baked goods and I don’t imagine he’s much for baking but he spent all the copper in his pocket to get the best he could afford). I will say as I sat there, sipping tea from a mismatched chipped cup (occasionally dunking my half day old biscuit), in the cool darkness of the burrow-cave (okay it was just a cave) I was indeed having a FANTASTIC time!!!!

Archie regaled us with tales of a moon dragon (which I won’t bore you with here, of course) but I did find them mightily fascinating! As we were digging into the many possibilities of dragon composition, bratwurst being a personal favorite. We heard an ominous horn sound in the (not far enough away) distance. As a few brave souls rushed past us swords at the ready we heard some mighty fierce treant roars. Oakey was under attack!!!

Oakey was now bellowing out a mix of fierce roars tinged with painful cries which were coming from above the waterfall. Archie was beside himself and ran to the mouth of the cave urging us to go with him to save his friend. In all honesty Tristram was already at the top of the waterfall attempting to scout and I was readying to use my springy rabbit legs to hop up to join him as Archie and the rest of the party arrived.

With one hop I made the top, the others even the reluctant giff (I suppose I can’t blame him, hippos are not built much for climbing) made good time following up behind. What was revealed was a troubling scene. Our treant fellow was surrounded by three vicious Drakkoths who were savagely attacking him. Oakey seemed like he was holding his own but as we approached the attackers really seemed to tear into him and it was clear we needed to act fast or the treant would soon fall.

I was the most armored of all in our teatime party so I engaged first. All fought fiercely, save our reluctant giff rogue friend who fought rather timidly from a rather safe very far, far distance. As we started to make some headway and me, Tristram, and the Owlin moved in closer to engage another ominous horn sounded this time behind us down beyond the waterfall.

A few moments later two more drakkoths appeared along with one large bone golem dragon all too close for comfort. Our owlin bravely faced down the dragon golem taking a noxious breath before my spirit guardians and I were able to grab it’s full attention. All 3 ft of me was the most able bodied defensively armored personage there and while I typically devote my efforts to supporting others and doing healing work I will stand and be a defensive shield when needed.

I must say I do not much prefer the life of a shield. They get battered and many dents. I held my own a bit until this insane golem dragon creature was able to pull out some of its bones and pin me to the ground. I couldn’t defend myself while pinned and the beast gave me a good rending, it nearly took me out in one one go. Tristram put himself in harm’s way to use some of his special abilities to teleport me out of the dragon’s bony trap. Luckily my divine grants me some amazing healing powers so I was able to restore myself to fighting shape instantly once I got my bearings after the teleport.

Archie, brave Archie, seeing me arrive after the teleport, came and stood by my side, even putting himself between me and the one spell slinging drakkoth. He held his sword firm and said he would do whatever was required to help! This would be a fateful choice but not due to the drakkoth. Oakey had come to stand next to Archie hurling rocks towards the beast of a dragon golem.

Apparently, the dragon golem had become quite enamored with me (it had nothing to do with the large treant tossing boulders I assure you) because it turned and quite easily loped over to me like a giant vicious boney puppy dog returning happily to eat its master. It was at this point, however, that it would become apparent that the dragon golem had a few more boney tricks up his sleeve. All at once he sent out overgrown bony protrusions in three directions, one that nearly dropped me back to my knees as it pierced into me, one nearly flatlining the already badly beaten but determined Oakey, and tragically one expertly piercing the very big heart of courageous Archie felling him instantly.

There was no time to mourn and as Oakey and I steadied ourselves trying to ready ourselves to attack once more. Tristram flew between Oakey and the magical drakkoth (the last one of them standing) and used his magic to send it fleeing away in terror. Still we had one large golem problem standing right in front of us.

Archie 2 stepped up and though cold and dour he may be, he was able to weave a spell sending an icy knife into the golem that exploded and was the last bit of damage needed to finally cause the dragon golem to collapse into a bone pile.

Some of our party chased after the fleeing drakkoth, completionists I suppose. My only concern was our fallen friend. Archie had not only bravely run forth into danger to defend his friend Oakey but he had stood next to me in battle, more than that he purposely put himself between me and danger and we had only met really a few minutes before the battle. He was a good man, and if this guild were to do real good it would need people like him. Without hesitation I pulled out a diamond I had been saving encase one of my friends died while we were out aiding others on a quest. I performed the necessary rites and called Archie’s kind spirit back to his body.

I realized shortly after I should have done some quick healing work on myself prior to the revivify spell because while I appreciated Archie’s enthusiasm for being back with the living once more, I also found it rather painful. It was all worth it in the end. Our owiln friend gave Oakey a quick patch up while I was tending to Archie so all of us were starting to get back on our feet.

We met the rest of the party at the bottom of the falls where the fleeing drakkoth mage was enjoying a nice nap thanks to the quick thinking of our gnome sorcerer. As Oakey had taken so much pain from the three drakkoths that had attacked him we all found it fitting he should have the liberty of dispatching this last foe. He picked it up by its tail and gave its head a quick smack on a rock before tossing its unconscious form into the water. Certainly efficient.

We headed back into the cave to find a very somber scene, the quartermaster Frank along with the other man who had stayed back with him were both slain and everything was tossed. I immediately ran to his side as I had another diamond but, when I was checking him over as I was preparing the ritual I realized that his spirit was too far for my revivify ritual to reach him. Sadly there was nothing I could do for him, or the other man who had perished alongside him defending the cave.

It looked like the drakkoths had been looking for something the way things were tossed. Their tracks led all over the cave and we could see that the one place they could not seem to get into was the quarters of Brenna the leader. Though I must say it was not for a lack of trying, the stalwart wooden door took a good chipping and presented many claw marks. I did wonder what might be in that office, and what they might be after. I suppose the “secret” part of the ‘secret hideout’ as the PotP members kept calling it is rather out of the bag with this recent attack.

One thing I can say for sure is that this attack was planned, I am certain we were meant to be baited up top to get us out of the way. Had they wanted to get rid of Oakey easily they would have used the full force all at once as he never could have taken the three Drakkoths, the dragon golem, and the additional two drakkoths (especially with one that could steal your lifeforce with magic!). They would have made quick work of him. It seems odd though, it’s as if they knew most of the PotP would be out. They obviously had a secondary force (we have no idea how many) that went into the cave and overtook at least the two men in there. They could have just come in with all of their forces and likely taken us down. Someone was working with strategy, planning, and intelligence. This was more than just a few thugs or a revenge strike.

Before we left I asked Archie to let Brenna know that I would be more than willing to come back and use my magic to help their deceased friends speak once more if they had any questions for them. I asked him to let her know that I had tried to bring Frank back and would have also tried for the other gentleman but they had both been gone too long for the magic to work. I told him that I would be willing to help in any way I could, all they needed to do is ask.

Archie tried to give me some gold as compensation for helping defend but I pressed it back into his hand and asked him to see that it did some good. None of my efforts were done for any gain. I saw people in trouble, good people, and I did what I always would have done. I helped them. I can only hope that the goodness and light that I could see in Archie’s spirit exists truly in the heart and the intention of the PotP.
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Into the Greedy Green]]

Linden Rue

2023-01-17T02:14:02Z

Lywyn: /* Powers and Abilities */

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=Tiny Bunny.jpg|caption=Temp Art by Iro Pagis|languages=Common, Elvish, Draconic, Sylvan, Primordial, Abyssal, Wiki|birthPlace=Feywild|species=Harengon|gender=Female|height=3ft (counting my ears)|weight=30lbs|eyes=Sapphire blue}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is a Harengon of a rather curious nature. She follows where the will of the divine lights her travels, wherever that may be. Her spiritual wanderings have revealed that the divine celestial world is far more connected than it is separate. Seeing these connections, she finds herself wondering how the gods have influenced different times, peoples, and places and spends her free time often studying different peoples and their practices. She is always prepared to help those in need but as a wanderer she rarely plants herself in one spot too long.

==Physical Appearance==
Piercing bright sapphire blue eyes peer out from pure snow-white fur which covers her form from ear tips of to toe tips. Inside the pink of her right ear is a dragon mark that looks like an obsidian dragon nestled in her ear, from time to time it has a rainbow chromatic flash ripple across its surface, when you look away and look back you swear it moved but maybe your eyes are just a little tired... She may be small coming in just at around 3ft (counting her ears), but she makes up for it in her fiercely joyful indomitable spirit.

==Personality==
Linden is an excitable rather happy harengon, who is often one foot in her own world with her musings and pondering. She has survived much in her short time, but her faith has kept her spirit shining bright. She is fascinated and perhaps bit overly excited by new peoples and experiences for her, even ones others may NOT be so excited about. As she always says, "Fear and fascination both start with an 'f' so it can be a bit confusing." She is a bit easily distracted and finds herself drawn in by odd items, strange beings, and shiny items sooome times to her determent (it's a good thing she's tanky). She is loyal to her companions and will do all that she can to avoid ever leaving one of them in trouble. As a staunch lover of life, Linden, will do all she can to stop those inflicting needless cruel suffering upon others.

==Powers and Abilities==
<blockquote> '''God''': [[Dysian]] ''(Feywild God)'' '''Domain:''' Life & Curiosity </blockquote>I am the Life (cleric) of the party, here to bestow much anti-damage to my companions. Many see my diminutive stature and assume me to be fearful, but I am actually quite the opposite. When in danger, I spend a lot of my time keeping an eye on those near me and doing my best to ensure they're alright as battle rages. What can I say? I'm a lover not a fighter but, make no mistake I will be the shield to defend those I care for and any innocents in need to the utmost!

On a side note, I have been told I have two lucky rabbit's feet from past companions, seeming to bring some of them an extra edge in their battles...so long as my feet remain attached to my body, that is.

<nowiki>~~~ In my adventures I have become acquainted with a particularly interesting demi-goddess of death named </nowiki>[[Silent]]. We share a unique kind of connection, unlike her current followers, that will exist after death and maintain the freedom of Linden's soul. This connection was made possible by Dysian's permission and guidance.

== History ==
They say curiosity killed the cat, it's no worry, I'm a harengon. I'm not from this plane, originally, you see I found myself curious and followed a group of strangers I had been quietly studying through a portal and found myself in this place. I feel like the divine put my paws on this path as I was following the light. Sometimes it's golden and shining and other times it sparkles (this time it was the latter). I must say I do rather like it here, the creatures are all much more direct with their concerns and desires. At times I miss my fae friends and family but I've always been rather independent anyway.

Hopping right along I've spent my time studying many peoples and places of this land but what I am most excited about are the DRAGONS!! It took me some time, some books, and some spying (without becoming a crispy dragon snack) to get the nuances just right but I was able to learn to fluently speak the Draconic language and it's certainly been enlightening in this current climate. I've been asked why I'm not more afraid of the giant beastly dragons for "a rabbit" (I'll excuse them for not understanding my people are not exactly the same as the tiny creatures they call rabbits) but when EVERYTHING tries, or wants to eat you (including most of the peoples I've met) I suppose size becomes irrelevant after some point. I'm not unafraid, I'm just not MORE afraid...

I am also so enamored with life that anytime I have been able to aid those who cross my path and seem to have good intent I have done my best to bestow healing and blessings upon them with the the powers granted by my divine. I have always followed wherever my divine lights my path and it has led me to some very curious locations and experiences but, I have the firm belief that I am always exactly where I am supposed to be at exactly the right time.

== Linden's Adventures ==

=== Seglock West Gate (7/15/22) Isonhound - ===
I was enjoying the Gala eating a really particularly delicious slice of carrot cake. It was perfectly spiced, a lovely aroma of nutmeg and cinnamon, with just a hint of sweetness from the icing. Then a beautiful moment of carroty bliss was ruined as loud crashing and screaming from Seglock University crashed our lovely Gala. No time to waste I set off in the direction of the noise, I was closest to the West Gate and so headed that way and found myself with a small group of other adventurers also heading into the chaos. We banded together and waded through the terrified staff and students pouring out of the cafeteria halls. Just as I was thinking that this kind of stampede is no place for a short Harengon a kindly Goliath, Vadath offered me a spot atop his 8ft tall form, and I gladly let him plop me right on his shoulder. The view was AMAZING! I've never been so tall!

We get inside to find these crazy modified goblins with poison bites and a very grey looking orc. My Goliath mount informs us that these are creations of Cheshire a disgraced alchemist that was kicked out of the university. The goblins were closing in on a group of students and a professor with some scrolls of research. So I rode my brave Goliath barbarian into battle and with the the help of Tristram an Eladrin bard of some mighty eloquence holding the orc with his magic, Vadath cleaved it down quickly. I tried to help take down one of the goblins with a Dragonborn bard named Delphi but we were unable to take it down before it slew one of the young students. What was deeply disturbing to me was how the student perished with a single bite wound, and wailed in agony as he crumpled to the ground. No normal goblin could inflict that kind of pain from a simple bite, this was some foul tampering with the natural order of things for sure. With the help of a Sorceress named Omen, paladin named Zen, and a Ranger named Patches we were all able to save rest of the students and the professor, though the professor did receive some injuries during the attack but was able to leave and head out for the infirmary after we gave him some minor healing. We did notice that the goblins seemed awfully interested in the research notes the professor was trying to protect (he had his arms full of scrolls of his notes) which to me seemed a very odd thing for goblins to care for. We questioned the professor and he was very shaken up and didn't seem to know what was going on other than these bests were murdering everyone and creating chaos. He said they seem to be wanting his research but he wasn't going to give it up, he claimed his research was on ointments and such, nothing too impressive. We did not get his name or look at his notes ourselves before we sent him on his way to find safety and healing.

As we continued on fighting our way through the student's quarters in route towards the professor's quarters Omen our Tiefling Sorceress noticed a loud noise coming up behind us in the hall and was the first to see, and warn us of a HUGE golem trudging our way. When I say huge I mean H-U-G-E, it's arms were scraping against the walls of the hall, it barely fit!!! When it reached us it started attacking unprovoked and nearly knocked Patches our ranger flat. Tristham suggested hiding in the rooms and letting it pass by to see if it would kill the orcs (and then following it). Omen used her magic to appear behind it and we could hear her off and on having an argument with someone behind the golem. Vadath, already fully succumbed to his battle rage, after seeing his party member struck by the giant golem could see nothing but red. So in we went my angry Goliath mount and I to defend the stunned ranger and stop the golem. I must say this thing was IMPRESSIVE and it swung these giant chains with huge iron balls at the ends of them ready to smash us to pieces. As it tried to strike Vadath he deftly moved us out of the way, however, this brute literally broke through the floor beneath us! So we began to fall but, the powerful Vadath easily caught himself. I, with all the grace that a Harengon clad in heavy armor can muster, slipped off Vadath entirely and plummeted 10ft into a dark pit...alone. Once my eyes adjusted to the dark I realized I was in a root cellar, normally I would be pretty excited to nose around but, my friends were in danger! So I hopped up out of the hole in one glorious hop back up top standing next to the hole on my own two rabbit feet. I returned just in time to witness the destruction of the golem by Vadath with a little bit of fiery help from Omen our Sorceress.

Once the golem was defeated, and the rest of the hallway cleared of orcs, we all gathered around the professor. I found it very strange that this golem was not harming the professor who Omen had said was following it yet when it saw us it started attacking right away before we did anything at all. I also found it suspicious that the professor was following the golem deeper INTO the fray instead of leaving out the doors we had just cleared and trying to get to safety. He too had research notes, and he also had reagents. When questioned he was being short and defensive, which seeing how Vadath kind of manhandled him because he was trying to sneak off after the golem fell it's hard to tell with absolute certainty if it was because he was guilty or just offended. Since everyone was trying to question him I felt it might be good to ensure he tells us the truth and I cast zone of truth upon him. Even then he was very evasive talking around the answers to the questions he was trying to avoid. He flat out refused to answer if he was going to join Cheshire and when asked about if he was delivering the notes to Cheshire he was evasive saying he was not "a delivery boy." He did say he is NOT working for him (at least not currently we can assume). He did seem very afraid before the golem fell according to Omen so his lack of confidence makes me wonder if Cheshire knew of this professors desire to join him or if he was trying to make this play on his own. We have no idea who made the golem if it was this professor or if it was part of the attack, we did not ask. Vadath decided that the situation was too volatile in the university to keep questioning him there but, did not trust letting him go, he thought of confiscating his research but instead decided to just confiscate the entire professor research and all... an interesting tactic to be sure. Since I had the zone of truth ability and Vadath was planning on further interrogation of the professor I was invited to join him and Dephi back at the Iron Eyrie their guild hall and assist them further. I told them as long as I didn't have to walk I would happily try to help sort things out. After watching that innocent student painfully die to the poisonous bite of the altered goblin, I will do what I can to help put a stop to further cruel abominable creations.

After we got back to the Iron Eyrie and got the professor settled into his "quarters" to await interrogation; Vadath, my strong, brave, barbarian Goliath mount, offered me membership to his guild telling me they seek to aid not only their fellow members but also the people of Isonhound. He also stated they were in need of more help at the field hospital. Seeing that, for now, they seem to be doing good works and are in need of more hands to help those injured in the attack, how could a Life Cleric say no? So I now have begun my newest journey as a member of the [[Band of the Iron Hawk]]. You know, I've never been in a guild before, there shall be many notes...

=== The Law of Consequences (07-29-22) Isonhound - ===
Professor Galloway, who I’d had a hand in rescuing in the attack on Seglock University a few weeks ago, called me and one of my fellows, who also aided in saving the professor, a bard named Tristram to a tavern named ‘The Trout’s Tow’ for a (free to the bard and I) drink and a discussion about an important matter (the nature of which we did not know until the professor was sharing it with us from across the table). We were handed a writ about these fire gates that only open every so often, it spoke of a dragon sleeper that may awaken and terrorize the coutnryside if left to her own devices. It was odd and unclear, warning not to wake the sleeping dragon saying to go in and get the hoard, yet it also said the hoard was the reward. So why would someone send us to go get it and not wake the dragon? What would they gain? When we pressed the professor for clarity he told us we would be working for someone else who would be arriving shortly and gave us a bit of information about the order they were from.

It appeared that there was some order of elves that called themselves “The Wold Order” who were descendants of an ancient heroic Sylvan order who were onces defenders of the realm. They claim to be picking up where their ancestors left off and standing up to be protectors of this world. The professor had his doubts, they’ve been around for a while and yet the draconic threats are no less, in fact, they’ve perhaps only gotten worse it seems. If they are trying, they clearly are not doing enough (nothing like the order of old). He was dubious and warned the two of us to keep a wary eye. His warnings were cut off as their representative and the adventuring team he had gathered entered the inn and began approaching.

The Wold order representative introduced himself as ‘Aldean’ and he was your typical elf, proud, pointy ears and all. Very serious and what not. They had sent an adventuring team to these fire gates previously and only a few members made it back alive. When we asked for clarity on the writ he just said we were to go and slay the dragon to help protect the realm and that they were uninterested in the dragon’s hoard so anything in it was ours to do with it what we wished. He kept referring to us as “untested” and such which was odd but I didn’t think much of it. Coming from the feywilds I’m pretty used to high elves and their even higher opinion of themselves and it’s amusing to see that even their more distant relatives haven’t lost that braggadocious character. It seems you can take the elf out of the Feywilds but you can’t take the Feywilds out of the elf. Ha. Anyway…

Our bard managed to charm a few potions out of the stuffy Aldean and after everyone took their pick I ended up with a fire breathing potion. A fire breathing bunny?! I find that hilarious and cannot wait for the right moment to greet a very confused enemy. We were given a hastily drawn map and told it would be about 3 days travel to get to the lair of the dragon. Then without a word Aldean just slipped away while we were distracted in conversation. Another odd thing I took note of once we noticed he had departed.

As we were relaxing the bard realized he needed some funds for some last minute preparations and though a bit of drink in him I suggested he go to the stage we were in the table next to and “do what bards do,” a decision that ended more poorly than I would have expected. You see our new Monk friend Volrac decided that he would ‘help’ the Bard by attempting to gather the crowd. Things seem to be going okay at first, nothing too exciting. Then at some point suddenly I saw Volrac and fire and a few seconds later the ENTIRE stage was on fire and not in the ‘turn of the phrase’ kind of a way. At that point I realized that I was pretty sure Volrac was no longer helping because everyone was panicking and running around. Also there was the screaming, lots of it, and I have rather large sensitive ears so it was vastly unpleasant. I suppose I’ll never understand why beings need to make these situations worse by making as much noise as physically possible for absolutely no productive reason at all. We helped grab buckets and put out the fire and then when it was under control we headed out to secure some last minute things we all needed for the upcoming expedition.

As my lucky feet would have it, most of our travel was largely uneventful. The morning we reached near the lair, as we were gathered around our fire, we all noticed a poorly hidden person behind the giant log that was next to us. I asked if anyone was going to invite the guy by the log to join us at the fire and Hugo and Volrac decided to sneak around each side of the log and try to catch him off guard. I sighed. Then we watched our monk friend be thwarted in his stealth by an even stealthier tree root as he took a bit of a graceless tumble. Hugo our warlock friend, however, managed to get around and train his bow on the fellow who appeared to be a human.

There was a bit of huffing from Hugo of “put your weapons down” and such like. To the new guys credit he put down all of his weapons. I realized no one had asked the most important questions yet. This person who clearly could have attacked us didn’t so far. So I hopped up and down talking to the new guy (I am only 3ft tall and the log was giant) and I asked him directly, “Are you bad, evil, gonna hurt or kill us?” He responded with a “no” and I noticed he had a silvery dragon on his shield that looked like Bahamut. I got tired and stopped hopping and told everyone he said he was good. Then Hugo was upset because he picked his shield back up with kinetic magic. So more huffing (this time back and forth between both of them over the shield being defense and blah, blah). I chuckled as he was told not to touch his weapons and such and I shouted over the log, “He IS a weapon!!! Just so you know!”

Eventually cooler heads prevailed and he introduced himself as Sro and suggested we all work together. He stated he heard there was a dragon in this area and that’s what drew him here, he also had heard there was an adventuring party heading out this way to deal with the dragon so he was keeping his eye out to find it and possibly help out. I wasn’t fully sold on the story but let it pass. He took us over to the banks of the river next to us and asked us if something looked different about the water. We noticed a pearlescent sheen across the surface. He then taught us how dragons often affect their environments in varying ways depending on the type of dragon they are, even affecting your emotions and soul in some draconic types. This type, however, he was unfamiliar with (which seemed to excite him). He has been familiar with other dragons associated with waters but this pearlescence was very strange and new.

Hugo wanted to set fire to the water and see if it would burn (perhaps like the sheen of oil on water). Markoth our paladin lit a torch and went to throw it in but, Sro used some magic to hold the torch in midair for a moment and then drop it to the ground away from the water. He explained that whatever elements in the environment the dragons are affecting they are also often intimately connected with and may sense any attack or manipulation of that element. Since we were in NO way ready to face the dragon just yet he suggested not attacking the water in any way, let alone with fire. Hugo had the idea to pull some water out in a small bowl but curiously he found that the further he was getting from the water source (and it was not that far at all) the more of the pearl sheen faded from the water’s surface. So he stopped not far from the banks and cast a bonfire spell. The water seemed unaffected other than boiling away. It did not catch on fire nor on further tests did it feel “thick” or “greasy” or like anything at all different when you touched the water itself.

Sro went over some very old established rules for hunting dragons (which he slipped in that he wrote, my ears perked up at that statement, which with his shield, and kinetic magic, was adding up to more than perhaps, just a slip of the tongue - I kept this suspicion to myself though). One main rule was to never fight a dragon in its lair. Due to this rule we all made a plan to go scout the lair, perhaps get someone to lay eyes on the dragon so we knew what type of dragon we were fighting.

When we got there we saw that there were three entrances. One had a set of four tracks going in but only 3 coming out which must have been the previous group that lost a member. I suggested we avoid that way because it was obviously not successful for the previous group that failed to defeat the dragon. As we were setting up Sro suggested some be back at the river and he volunteered to head back there himself if no one else wanted to go or with someone else. Then the paladin Markoth and I both knew we were not the stealthy types in our heavy armor so we elected to wait outside encase help was needed. As Hugo and Volrac were about to head in I asked them if they were able to see in the dark and they both realized they could not so I warned them that they would likely be eaten if they tried scouting with a torch or other forms of light. Tristram bravely volunteered to go scouting on his own as he could cast invisibility on himself and move quietly (as well as see in the dark). We all agreed then decided that we would all but Sro wait by the river (by this point I was pretty sure Sro was a dragon and figured he would be more than enough help to our bard, if needed, on his own).

Tristram made it back to us and informed us that the sound of draconic (or a large beast) breathing fills the lair inside. He stated there was a huge dragon skull where the pearlescent water was flowing out of. He also warned us of an arrow trap (by showing us some arrows he found in his chest). He then described two elven mages that were having a discussion about a dragon, they were looking for a white one, but found a “not quite white” dragon that would apparently suffice. (This made me think - isn’t the Wold order also an elven order? This seems too similar, I’m keeping a wary eye like the professor warned). Our bard found some scattered gold going up a hallway and the sound of breathing of a huge beast echoed most loudly from that direction but fearing he had already more than overstayed his welcome he went no further and returned to give us his report.

Report received we all took our hiding positions and I proceeded to toss a ball bearing into the water to see if we would get a reaction. Nothing. Then Sro used his magic to toss his shield into the water and again, nothing. As he was splashing the shield in and out with his magic, Markoth lit a torch and tossed it in the water. That’s when we heard draconic roaring, amidst the roars I heard the word “STOP!!!” (I do speak draconic by the way, a rabbit of mysteries I am) What struck me about this was the voice was haggard, almost desperate. It was not the voice of a fearsome dragon that was going to charge out and take us. It felt like a voice that was trapped. Our people, the Haregons value our freedom greatly, almost more than anything. I know that sound. I suggested that either the dragon had somehow grown too large (or portly) to get out of its lair (highly unlikely) OR those mages Tristram had seen were evil and keeping this poor dragon captured! I know in the Feywilds we had all kinds of good dragons, not so friendly ones too but also good ones. My thoughts were interrupted by someone asking if anyone knew how to detect magic, I did so they asked me if I could see if the river was magical. I cast the spell and found that the river was affected by some kind of transmutation magic. I also happened to realize our dear Sro was not what he seemed as he was blanketed in illusion magic but I had suspected as much. I whispered to him playfully, “Someone has a secret.” Then winked. The brief moment of levity faded quickly as I remembered the dragon, the sound of its voice, and I was done playing games trying to decide, my heart hurt for what this beings fate might be if it was good. I marched up to the river bank, scooped up some water and took a drink, to the shock and horror of most of my fellow party members.

I am happy to report that I did not die, it was rather invigorating actually. I will say that the closest I can describe the sensation would be to compare it to eating a goodberry if you’ve ever had the pleasure of devouring one of those beauties! Nourished for the day, a spot of healing, and ready to go! That confirmed it! This MUST be a good dragon. No evil dragon would have nourishing and healing waters! Tristham pointed out that he hadn’t noticed it before but it seemed like the vegetation along the banks of the river was particularly vibrant and lush, perhaps more so than one would usually expect. So this dragon also has healing effects for the land as well! This is my kind of dragon!!! Now I am even more determined to set this poor captive good dragon free! It’s suffering will not be tolerated! Me and my God Dysian (along with my brave adventuring party, and Sro) will not allow evil to triumph!

We head in following Tristram’s direction that leads us to the ‘fire gates’ which are two fiery pillars inside the lair just a bit beyond the middle entrance. The dragon is there hovering just inside the gates. I’ve never seen a dragon like this, serpentine and long in its form with horns that resembled antlers. I spoke first to it in draconic, “I believe you are good and are being held prisoner! We are here to help you! How can we help you? Do you need to be set free?”

The dragon replied in a pained breathy voice, “You are not strong enough to help me.” Little did this dragon know, I too am not what I seem at first glance, he will later find that his words could not be more wrong. Then we heard the sound of footsteps in the distance and he warned, “They are coming,” and he retreated back down the hall and around the corner out of sight.

Two elven mages in robes of the evil draconic order came around the corner and shouted at us. Tristram, our silver tongued bard, to his credit, was able to convince them that we were simply in the wrong place. That we were looking for someone else and not there to attack them. They bought it hook, line, and sinker!!! They said they were waiting on someone else. Tristram apologized for the mix up and then told them he thinks they were out by the water and the mages relaxed and said, “ah, good they’re almost here then!” They then said we were free to go, that we just needed to head on out and all was good. Volrac asked how he could get a set of those robes and said he’d like to join them and they told him, he “doesn’t want these robes” and told him he doesn’t want to be a part of the order, that if he does he must be mentally damaged, they also instructed him to, “ask around Seglock to see how terrible the order is.” Now, they have no way to know we’re from Seglock number one, sure it might be one of the closer settlements but there’s still no way they’d know that, that is where we came from or were going to. This entire exchange was baffling and super suspicious to me. I have fought much evil in my day, being a cleric, and adventurer. Evil doesn’t just let you go when you stumble into their lair. They don’t clear the air because it was just some “confusion” and tell you to just head on home. They are evil, they don’t care who you are, you aren’t one of them, they’ll likely try to murder you or capture you for sacrifice, slavery, or other horrific evil machinations. Also these guys were not very convincing, each time they tried to sound boomy and angry like a real evil cultist they instead sounded like a really bad play actor or a terrible bard who has no idea they’re terrible.

With his ruse a robust success, Tristram was able to hold one of the mages while the other fled, but not before he lit up the rest of us who were standing in a nice tight little group with a hefty fireball. Sro floated? Flew? Over to the held mage and slapped him once which brought him within an inch of his life (coming ever closer to confirming my dragon hypothesis). He then declared that “this one LIVES” and we proceed to pursue the fleeing mage.

There was much fighting and I must say these mages and the traps were rather hard on my party members so they kept me quite busy picking them up off the floor. Markoth in particular decided to hang out in the middle of and become very intimately acquainted with the arrow trap as passing party members littered both themselves and himself with more and more arrows. As we rounded the corner the dragon was in the next room backing towards a different hallway (away from the combat). Sro implored him to stand and fight with us, to end this tyranny and to fight for his own freedom! The dragon stopped backing up but did not reply nor did he do anything else. Our bard asked the dragon if he knew how to speak common, and the dragon replied that he did and so our bard then (saying he had no idea what Sro said as Tristram doesn’t speak draconic) made his own impassioned speech to the dragon urging him to join us to, fight, to aid us! This time the dragon would respond, in action.

Volrac, Hugo, and Kluck (our barbarian) all subdued the fleeing mage and brought him down. They, however, were met by two more wizards and a new battle began. The dragon, convinced at last by the combined efforts of Linden, Sro, and most powerfully Tristram, acted and conjured an ice storm sphere upon the mages. Our heroes fought on bravely, some even stepping boldly in the icy sphere to reach the mages. One of the mages was put down! Then with one powerful icy cone cast by the remaining mage most of our party lay on the floor. Luckily I had enough healing magic to give everyone a little bit of healing all at once and get them all back on their feet again.

Things were starting to get in the neighborhood of a bit dicey, spells on my end were going to start running a bit low. As it was, we still were okay. My most powerful spells were exhausted, I still had a few others left, but if the battles kept raging for much longer it was going to start getting risky as every round my companions were face-planting left and right. Who knew wizards were so dangerous, right? Luckily just in the nick of time I was able to silence the last mage leaving him defenseless as our barbarian Kluck charged in and ended him. Luckily for the group, he was the last of the mages.

Sro pointed out a binding circle in the back of the cavern where the mages were coming from. The dragon stated that he was not powerful enough to dispel it or he would have been gone from this place long ago. He told us he was promised that if he helped them test some adventurers they would let him go but they never did, I assume because they always had more adventurers they wanted to test.

One of our stronger members fetched the unconscious mage Sro saved near the gates, tied him up so he could not use his hands to cast magic, and I gave him some of the water, restoring him (just barely) to consciousness. When he awoke and took stock of all of us standing above him and that he was at the binding circle he gave a weak, “Congratulations, you passed the test!” He then proceeded to argue with Sro how they were training adventurers (Sro maintaining that HE was training them! They just provided lies and death!). When they were done huffing at one another we told him to undo the binding. He said he was not powerful enough. He explained that while he is powerful, a group of mages a lot more powerful than he got together to cast that binding so it would take some similar strength of power to dispel it.

He asked that we give him the bodies of the other mages. I replied “So you can just revive them and do all of this again to more people?” The party and Sro all looked at him and said a resounding NO on returning the bodies.

We then moved on and were talking with the dragon about the skull we passed on our way in that the water flows through and he said they were his daughter’s bones and that adventurers have been taking pieces of her bones and even the teeth from the skull itself. He seemed very sad and stated that if they were able to be gathered back up again and cast into a river she would live again!

I looked at the party and told them that I know it might be near impossible but I would like to try to set the dragon free. No one knows how important freedom is to my people, my God, and my way of life. I cannot leave here without at least trying. I asked if they would let me rest since it was an exhausting battle and they did but not before we of course collected the hoard and divided it out amongst the party. It was ours if we succeeded and the mage told us we passed (a test we didn’t know we were taking).

I awoke the next morning and spent a few moments in prayer asking for guidance from Dysian to help empower me to set free this beautiful captive spirit. The bard played beautiful inspiring music while I meditated. When I was just about ready the dragon said he could offer the blessing of the sea but he didn’t think it would be particularly helpful. I said I would take every help I could get. Turns out the blessing of the sea allows you to breathe underwater so, instead of eating breakfast I just stuck my head into the underground river running all through the cave and breathed in my breakfast. Fully nourished, prepped, and invigorated, I prepared to set a dragon free where many others have failed.

I walked up to the summoning circle fully aware of the party and two expectant dragons waiting in anticipation at my back. I closed my eyes and took a deep breath. Then I began channeling the divine energy through my body with the intent to dispel this binding circle. I felt the energy flowing then it ebbed what felt a bit early but remembering that beautiful uplifting bardic song this morning my will and mind were refocused and certain of success and the energy began surging once again. Then just before it felt like it should be finished the energy dipped once more and I connected back to my God Dysian, to his guidance and I allowed all the energy that he could send to flow through me and into the circle. Then all at once everything stopped as if a candle was just snuffed out in an instant.

I opened my eyes and the circle was inactive, it was no longer glowing. I grinned ear to ear. Everyone doubts the rabbit. I turned around to stunned faces, no one more than the dragon himself. I think it was the first time he actually really saw me. He asked if that was it, if it was over and I shrugged and told him that there was only one way to tell. We gathered ourselves and our things and headed out of the lair.

It should be noted that while we were distracted discussing the bones of the dragon’s daughter there was one person missing, Volrac. It should also be noted that it appears the mage just so happened to have ceased living at some point between the bone discussion and the sorting of the loot. Weird, huh? Though that left Sro without “the one to tell the tale,” I told him, not to worry, I would be sending a strongly worded sending “letter” because I am LIVID.

As we reached the fire gates, the furthest out the dragon has been able to go since they bound him here he paused and let everyone else pass through. We turned to face him. My heart was pounding. I knew the spell was dispelled but I was secretly afraid they had taken some other hidden arcane measures to keep him locked in or worse to hurt him or kill him if he tried to leave without them setting him free and disabling all the known elements. I didn’t let my concern show and just beamed a bright positive smile at him.

It was one of my greatest honors in this life so far to see this magnificent creature step forth and pass beyond the fire gates watching him go from defeated, to afraid to be too hopeful, to watching the color returning to him as he seemed to rise taller and stronger and rushed out of the cavern. He did say thank you but I didn’t release him for that (I just want anyone who may read my writings to know that he was also a polite dragon).

We all stepped outside and Sro thanked us also for doing a great deed. As a sign of appreciation he revealed his stunning and HUGE Great Silver Wyrm handsome self (gotta say I did a solid bunny pat on the back for putting the clues together for that one) and offered to fly us back home to Seglock. That flight was AMAZING!!! Talk about the experience of a lifetime!!!! Though after seeing his form I must say the talk of the mages about the fact that they found a dragon that was not white but sort of white makes me concerned for Sro. I wonder if they meant him. I would think they would know a silver dragon or at least silver as a color but then again they tried to pull off a terrible ruse. Hmm… I might have to send Sro a message as well. <blockquote> '''As it would turn out, yes, Mentztonalcoatl I WAS strong enough'''. ~ Linden Rue </blockquote>''Note: I also want to note that the dragon we freed was named: Mentztonalcoatl but that’s a mouthful to write so I instead called him “the dragon” throughout for ease of my paws.''

=== A Bloody Teatime (09-14-22) Isonhound - ===
I found myself invited to a teatime at the most lovely “secret” headquarters of the ‘Power to the People’ (PotP). You see, it’s an underground cavey sort of place which is much reminiscent of the burrows I’ve not seen since I was a small Harengon, er well young I suppose I’m still quite small to most of you reading this. I must say I was so looking forward to a good tea, it’s been quite some time since I’ve had the pleasure of enjoying a proper tea, since I’ve left the Feywilds as a matter of fact now that I think of it.

A tall impressive treant named Oakey stood ahead of us as we arrived and briefly interrogated us as to our reason for arrival and after our guide informed him of our invitation he let us pass and returned to his leafy watch. A lovely waterfall flowed behind our wooden fellow and as our guide approached, the water was swept aside to reveal the entrance to our teatime extravaganza! It was a fantastic trick! What an entrance! I do appreciate keeping my fur dry.

As we entered what I was sure was going to be an enchanting teatime, I was hoping for crumpets (divine little pastries), or perhaps some carrot cake petit fours? As I dreamed of finger sandwiches (not made of fingers, unless you’ve invited goblins or ogres of course), a human gentleman introduced himself with a wide grin by the name of Archie. He stated that he was acting leader, as Brenna, the Leader of the PotP was out on business along with most of the other members. He asked us to follow him so we could gather for tea. (I shall note that there was a rather dour wizard high elf gentleman among us also named Archie, I shall refer to this elf as Archie 2 if referring by name).

Our party of seven (now eight with Archie) found ourselves squeezing around a table meant comfortably for five. Our tea, as it were, was served in mismatched china, some of which were chipped. It was palatable, even decent. As for food, well, Archie proudly handed out some half stale biscuits he had gotten the day before (it is a bit of a trip to get fresh baked goods and I don’t imagine he’s much for baking but he spent all the copper in his pocket to get the best he could afford). I will say as I sat there, sipping tea from a mismatched chipped cup (occasionally dunking my half day old biscuit), in the cool darkness of the burrow-cave (okay it was just a cave) I was indeed having a FANTASTIC time!!!!

Archie regaled us with tales of a moon dragon (which I won’t bore you with here, of course) but I did find them mightily fascinating! As we were digging into the many possibilities of dragon composition, bratwurst being a personal favorite. We heard an ominous horn sound in the (not far enough away) distance. As a few brave souls rushed past us swords at the ready we heard some mighty fierce treant roars. Oakey was under attack!!!

Oakey was now bellowing out a mix of fierce roars tinged with painful cries which were coming from above the waterfall. Archie was beside himself and ran to the mouth of the cave urging us to go with him to save his friend. In all honesty Tristram was already at the top of the waterfall attempting to scout and I was readying to use my springy rabbit legs to hop up to join him as Archie and the rest of the party arrived.

With one hop I made the top, the others even the reluctant giff (I suppose I can’t blame him, hippos are not built much for climbing) made good time following up behind. What was revealed was a troubling scene. Our treant fellow was surrounded by three vicious Drakkoths who were savagely attacking him. Oakey seemed like he was holding his own but as we approached the attackers really seemed to tear into him and it was clear we needed to act fast or the treant would soon fall.

I was the most armored of all in our teatime party so I engaged first. All fought fiercely, save our reluctant giff rogue friend who fought rather timidly from a rather safe very far, far distance. As we started to make some headway and me, Tristram, and the Owlin moved in closer to engage another ominous horn sounded this time behind us down beyond the waterfall.

A few moments later two more drakkoths appeared along with one large bone golem dragon all too close for comfort. Our owlin bravely faced down the dragon golem taking a noxious breath before my spirit guardians and I were able to grab it’s full attention. All 3 ft of me was the most able bodied defensively armored personage there and while I typically devote my efforts to supporting others and doing healing work I will stand and be a defensive shield when needed.

I must say I do not much prefer the life of a shield. They get battered and many dents. I held my own a bit until this insane golem dragon creature was able to pull out some of its bones and pin me to the ground. I couldn’t defend myself while pinned and the beast gave me a good rending, it nearly took me out in one one go. Tristram put himself in harm’s way to use some of his special abilities to teleport me out of the dragon’s bony trap. Luckily my divine grants me some amazing healing powers so I was able to restore myself to fighting shape instantly once I got my bearings after the teleport.

Archie, brave Archie, seeing me arrive after the teleport, came and stood by my side, even putting himself between me and the one spell slinging drakkoth. He held his sword firm and said he would do whatever was required to help! This would be a fateful choice but not due to the drakkoth. Oakey had come to stand next to Archie hurling rocks towards the beast of a dragon golem.

Apparently, the dragon golem had become quite enamored with me (it had nothing to do with the large treant tossing boulders I assure you) because it turned and quite easily loped over to me like a giant vicious boney puppy dog returning happily to eat its master. It was at this point, however, that it would become apparent that the dragon golem had a few more boney tricks up his sleeve. All at once he sent out overgrown bony protrusions in three directions, one that nearly dropped me back to my knees as it pierced into me, one nearly flatlining the already badly beaten but determined Oakey, and tragically one expertly piercing the very big heart of courageous Archie felling him instantly.

There was no time to mourn and as Oakey and I steadied ourselves trying to ready ourselves to attack once more. Tristram flew between Oakey and the magical drakkoth (the last one of them standing) and used his magic to send it fleeing away in terror. Still we had one large golem problem standing right in front of us.

Archie 2 stepped up and though cold and dour he may be, he was able to weave a spell sending an icy knife into the golem that exploded and was the last bit of damage needed to finally cause the dragon golem to collapse into a bone pile.

Some of our party chased after the fleeing drakkoth, completionists I suppose. My only concern was our fallen friend. Archie had not only bravely run forth into danger to defend his friend Oakey but he had stood next to me in battle, more than that he purposely put himself between me and danger and we had only met really a few minutes before the battle. He was a good man, and if this guild were to do real good it would need people like him. Without hesitation I pulled out a diamond I had been saving encase one of my friends died while we were out aiding others on a quest. I performed the necessary rites and called Archie’s kind spirit back to his body.

I realized shortly after I should have done some quick healing work on myself prior to the revivify spell because while I appreciated Archie’s enthusiasm for being back with the living once more, I also found it rather painful. It was all worth it in the end. Our owiln friend gave Oakey a quick patch up while I was tending to Archie so all of us were starting to get back on our feet.

We met the rest of the party at the bottom of the falls where the fleeing drakkoth mage was enjoying a nice nap thanks to the quick thinking of our gnome sorcerer. As Oakey had taken so much pain from the three drakkoths that had attacked him we all found it fitting he should have the liberty of dispatching this last foe. He picked it up by its tail and gave its head a quick smack on a rock before tossing its unconscious form into the water. Certainly efficient.

We headed back into the cave to find a very somber scene, the quartermaster Frank along with the other man who had stayed back with him were both slain and everything was tossed. I immediately ran to his side as I had another diamond but, when I was checking him over as I was preparing the ritual I realized that his spirit was too far for my revivify ritual to reach him. Sadly there was nothing I could do for him, or the other man who had perished alongside him defending the cave.

It looked like the drakkoths had been looking for something the way things were tossed. Their tracks led all over the cave and we could see that the one place they could not seem to get into was the quarters of Brenna the leader. Though I must say it was not for a lack of trying, the stalwart wooden door took a good chipping and presented many claw marks. I did wonder what might be in that office, and what they might be after. I suppose the “secret” part of the ‘secret hideout’ as the PotP members kept calling it is rather out of the bag with this recent attack.

One thing I can say for sure is that this attack was planned, I am certain we were meant to be baited up top to get us out of the way. Had they wanted to get rid of Oakey easily they would have used the full force all at once as he never could have taken the three Drakkoths, the dragon golem, and the additional two drakkoths (especially with one that could steal your lifeforce with magic!). They would have made quick work of him. It seems odd though, it’s as if they knew most of the PotP would be out. They obviously had a secondary force (we have no idea how many) that went into the cave and overtook at least the two men in there. They could have just come in with all of their forces and likely taken us down. Someone was working with strategy, planning, and intelligence. This was more than just a few thugs or a revenge strike.

Before we left I asked Archie to let Brenna know that I would be more than willing to come back and use my magic to help their deceased friends speak once more if they had any questions for them. I asked him to let her know that I had tried to bring Frank back and would have also tried for the other gentleman but they had both been gone too long for the magic to work. I told him that I would be willing to help in any way I could, all they needed to do is ask.

Archie tried to give me some gold as compensation for helping defend but I pressed it back into his hand and asked him to see that it did some good. None of my efforts were done for any gain. I saw people in trouble, good people, and I did what I always would have done. I helped them. I can only hope that the goodness and light that I could see in Archie’s spirit exists truly in the heart and the intention of the PotP.
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Into the Greedy Green]]

Silent

2023-01-17T01:27:52Z

Lywyn: added Linden's insights and connection

'''Silent''' is a divine Arbiter of Death rising to prominence in the continent of [[Isonhound]]. They possess great power over souls and assist souls moving on after death.

<blockquote>"Good. Not because I had to be, but because it helped the people. I ensured a good dragon lived, I ensured a body was brought properly to their final resting place, not because I had to, but because it was mercy to their souls."</blockquote>

<div class="infobox"><div class="infobox-title">{{PAGENAME}}</div>
<div class="infobox-image">[[File:Silent.Beta.png|center|thumb|You see a God looking down at you. They offer you a small deck of cards, and ask if you'd like to play a game.]]</div>

{{{caption1|}}}

<table>{{#if:{{{domain|}}}|<tr>
<th>Domain</th>
<td>Death</td>
</tr>|<tr>
<th>Domain</th>
<td>Death</td>
</tr>}}{{#if:{{{aliases|}}}|<tr>
<th>Aliases</th>
<td>Minor God of Death</td>
<td>Silent</td>
<td>Nin</td>
</tr>|<tr>
<th>Aliases</th>
<td>Minor God of Death, </td>
<td>Silent, </td>
<td>Nin, </td>
</tr>}}{{#if:{{{alignment|}}}|<tr>
<th>Alignment</th>
<td>Neutral Evil</td>
</tr>|<tr>
<th>Alignment</th>
<td>Neutral Evil</td>
</tr>}}{{#if:{{{epithets|}}}|<tr>
<th>Epithets</th>
<td>The Twilight Angel, The Hand of Mercy, Fate Reader</td>
</tr>|<tr>
<th>Epithets</th>
<td>The Twilight Angel, The Hand of Mercy, Fate Reader, The Quiet One</td>
</tr>}}</table>
</div>

== Background ==
There are many gods in this realm, however, death is far too vast to be overseen by only one. Silent has hundreds of kin, each with their own followers and personal beliefs of how death should be used. Once powerful, Silent has lost many of her personal believers after being bound to [[Yggwilv's Hut|Yggwilvs' Hut]] for years as nothing more than a pet and trophy. Yggwilv had been cruel, keeping Silent on the brink of starvation for centuries before deciding it best to keep the god alive with as little to feast upon as possible. Many of the souls she had reaped of men whom died on the battlefield that Isonhound had been built upon have been forgotten because of this starvation, and she holds almost no memory of the days before her capture.

After years of this, finally a group- some of whom had defeated [[The Green Stag]] in exchange for three wishes- had wandered into the dancing hut, and had been able to hear Silents voice. Once they had invoked their name, Silent was once again able to materialize into this realm. As they spoke over the course of three days, [[Delphi]] had eventually decided to use their final wish to free Silent from the witches control, and now sees Silent as their Patron, setting a very hungry God into the realm of Quelmar.

== Physical Appearance ==
Silent is a tall, hooved being with a near white streak in their bangs. They have sparse, feathered wings and a skeletal ribcage, and two sets of horns that form a crown and halo-like appearance. They wear a covering over their lower face, and are often seen shuffling a deck of 22 tarot cards, the rest of which have been misplaced and re-found multiple times, as well as inviting unassuming mortals into a dice rolling game of sorts. They have been seen to conjure an ornate, carved scythe out of seemingly thin air in order to attack as needed. They seem to travel in between the planes of existence, and when they choose to manifest, they will tear a skeletal hand into the realm, with black shadows typically bleeding into the normal realm. They have been seen leaving their black to white ombred feathers behind as they slip back into the fold, and often this is the only thing left to prove that they had made an appearance.

==Worshipers==
As Silent has returned to Quelmar, so has their worship. After recovering from their time in Yggwilv's Hut they were once again able to bestow blessings and divine power unto their most dedicated of worshipers. Around [[Isonhound]] small alters have begun to spring up, carved by those whom she has reached out to across the land. Two of the most prominent alters can be located in [[Seglock]] as well as [[Musso]] where the residents converted to the worship of Silent after surviving an attack by the Crimson Terror, [[Flame]]. Even with contention rising regarding their return, Silent has still been successful in beginning to once again establish their faith. There has been other groups alluded to have been devoted followers of Silent, such as The Whispered Reapers, however these cults had dispersed and shifted their views greatly after Silent's sudden disappearance from the realm.

Notable followers of Silent include: [[Delphi]], [[Hugo Clarion]], and [[D'Kacilius Venrai]].
[[File:Symbol Silent.png|thumb|Silent's Religious Symbol]]

===Tenets of Worship===
'''I believe in freedom. Shackles should not be forced upon others. '''

'''I believe that death is what allows others to grow. '''

'''I believe in not wasting those desecrated. I will take care of what others cannot.'''

'''I believe death is natural, and constant.'''

== Personality ==
Silent is an almost playful being, although often will show annoyance with having to take care of things their self. They are incredibly sarcastic, though enjoy giving card readings to those who will listen to them. They lived quite some time being cared for by the witch in the dancing hut, scolded for talking and often left to sing for larvae that Yggwilv had kept.

To those who follow, worship, and/or are recipients of Silents power often see a particular facade of Silent. Though they are not necessarily a deceitful god, nor puts on a particularly strong mask, they do present themselves in a particular way to their followers. They seems to a bit more sarcastic and teasing, often goading adventurers with their lack of knowledge about various situations. They seem to try and separate the group out, to instead talk to each person individually. By doing this, they can get a read on everyone and determine how to speak to them and convince them in a more tailored and individualized way. They are fairly manipulative, but never in a distinctly evil or malicious way. They know how to read people and use that to their advantage in conversations. They also often use allegories, allusions, and veiled references to help people see hidden truths within themselves. Silent also enjoys playing games, especially tarot, to help reveal these truths within people.

Silent has spoken of many ways in which they've kept the souls reaped, often likening the process to consuming the essence of a person. After much pushback of the people, the god finally elaborated on the process in which they consume and store souls within their bones, and in turn, within their realm. Few beings have witnessed the majesty of her realm, however an assumed alter of the Whispered Reapers has been depicted within D'Kascilius' Soul-Scape. Adorned with both food and bone, four podiums had stood around the carved depiction of a skeletal hand gripping their scythe. The Whispered Reapers have branched out into many groups over the course of the thousand years she had been missing, although the stories that have survived often depict a shadowed realm, where the only light emanates into a cemetery, where collected memories and trinkets may be displayed.

Silent has gone out of their way to make promises to certain followers to imbue their souls into objects of importance to the individual, and even has promised those who do not worship them, that Silent will be the one to guide them to their rightful god. They do show favoritism to those who maintain banter with them, often enjoying the back and forth, however will become annoyed with those who act as though they are higher than death itself. Because of this, they are quite fond of the Fae, even showing that they enjoy the company of other god's presence. Silent has made it clear that they would happily work in conjunction to other gods, although will back down quickly if a divine custody battle were to take place. Currently, they seem to be in good standing with the God of Curiosity, [[Dysian]] as per [[Linden Rue|Linden]]'s good word, however they have been tied to other Gods of Quelmar, Including Nerull, The Raven Queen, Ellistree, and Lolth, with varying reputation between them. Currently, Silent seems to do their best to simply keep their head down and name unknown amongst larger gods.

== Abilities ==
Silent, as a god of death, has a wide variety of divine (and anti-divine) abilities. However, being Tasha's pet for such a prolonged period of time along with losing most of their followers, has severely weakened their powers. However, they are slowly working on regaining followers and having more people in Quelmar invoke their name. Since the five who traveled to [[Yggwilv's Hut]] came and invoked Silent, they have regained the ability to physically manifest in the material plane, along with simply willing creatures to just die. They also possess the ability to aid or prevent adventurers from making and/or failing their death saves and continue to mention the heed of the Dragon Flame that they've claimed. Silent has been shown inflicting and making others weak to necrotic damage on numerous occasions, as well as shown the ability to phase through physical objects with ease. When prayed to for a minute, a follower will often feel closer to their god, allowing Silent themself to become more attuned to the waking world and able to better interact with it.

== Those who've Invoked Silent ==
Silent currently has fifteen beings that have directly invoked their name, and one who had been reaped by Silent.

The first of eight, being [[Delphi]], [[Durian]], [[Ensign]], [[Herneldo]], and [[Cynthia]]- These five traveled to [[Yggwilv's Hut]] to receive the reward from slaying the Green Stag. When they first arrived, said witch was no where around. Silent took this as an opportunity to talk to these five unfortunate souls first, and convince them to invoke their name. During their stay in the Hut, a few of them took the opportunity to play a tarot game with Silent. During these games, they were given chances to speak with Silent in a more free manner. Because of this, they grew closer to the god, especially Delphi. At the end of the three night stay, Delphi decided to use her third wish opportunity to request Silents' freedom, which was granted by the witch.

After the main headquarters of the Greedy Green had been built in Seglock, Delphi was quick to build an altar to their new patron. Five others, including [[Cynthia]], had decided to interact with this before their quest to the fiery gates, allowing for Silent to aide in the unfortunate path they had taken. Karl Anders had unknowingly offered a sacrifice of wine, pouring one out to Silent while Aesir had played a song for them. [[Joshua&sa=D&source=editors&ust=1655665259202324&usg=AOvVaw3VW4fhIy2BR9Cpre-G0XJF|Joshua]], after refusing to take sides until the very end, had finally asked for mercy and invoked their name. [[Cyan&sa=D&source=editors&ust=1655665259226523&usg=AOvVaw3TkVgm0bmjjK87E7tH7-lu|Cyan]] had been offered a deal multiple times, yet refused to invoke Silent, insisting that "A god who needs a contract to save someone is not a god worth worshipping." Instead, they had learned that whether you worship them or not, Silent will only profit from ones death.

[EDIT: @blaise and @cheezydank's characters]

== Silent Connections ==
Through a unique arrangement, a curious feywild god named [[Dysian]] allowed a curious harengon Life Cleric named, [[Linden Rue]] to form a special divine connection to this mysterious death demi-goddess without surrendering her soul. This connection will remain in the afterlife (for more details read Linden's insights below).

== Delphi's Insights ==
[[Delphi]] was one of the first five adventurers to invoke Silent's name after staying in [[Yggwilv's Hut]] and delivering the Green Stag head. During these events, Delphi and Silent often played the god's 22 Tarot Card game. Because of this, Delphi grew closer to Silent, and Silent in turn pointed out some things in Delphi that the dragonborn didn't want to admit within herself. Mainly, it was pointed out that Delphi had more power in herself than she cared to admit, and that she was allowed to make selfish decisions to benefit herself rather than always thinking about others. During the three-night stay, Delphi found herself reflecting on their conversations. When the time came to make the final wish, she caved, and wished for Silent's freedom. In return for this wish, Silent agreed to be bound to Delphi in a patron relationship, and help Delphi hone her arcane abilities.

[[Karl Anders]] has heard of this Silent. After using a fancy looking table to hold his drink, he started hearing a voice in his head calling herself Silent. She seems to think he signed a contract, but Karl doesn't even know how to spell his own name. She seems well enough as a person. Although she did encourage him to break a big alter and it exploded on him so he's not so sure.

== Hugo Clarions's Insights ==
Silent came to [[Hugo Clarion]] on the field of battle against the great Red [[Dragon]] [[Flame]]. What Silent made to him was a promise, that all are equal in death. It was much the same belief that Hugo found in the flame. With the signing of a name the deal was struck. He saw that the death arbiter could be aloof sometimes and permitted the actions of others that some may consider unsavory, but still beyond it all he could see what Silent represented. All death is inevitable. No man, dragon or titan is beyond such universal truths. From this death is what can be made new life. This is what Hugo stands for in Silent's name. An ideal a value, a promise, in their name.

== Linden Rue - "A Life Cleric's Insights on Death" ==
Silent courted [[Linden Rue]] for some time, tempting her to 'come play' and become her "pet Life Cleric," and as much as our little harengon life cleric loves a good romp with Death, Linden, however, found herself skeptical at first. Silent was described to her (by her own followers and later her own admission) as a Demi-God who "eats" souls. In Linden's understanding "eating" souls is done by beings who seek to consume their essence to increase their own power thusly annihilating the soul from existence by using up its energy. Most death god/desses Linden encountered prior were shepherds or save havens for souls and would abhor the destruction of one of Life's gifts. Linden also noticed how Silent's followers were excessively eager to kill and deliver souls to the hungry Demi-Goddess of death as if compelled to do so to reap some rewards from their patron. All of this seemed dark and smacked of evil intent. Her first introduction to Silent's existence was when witnessed one follower deliver the soul of a child innocent that was killed by a poison from an altered goblin during the Seglock battle. Shortly after some of her followers were prowling around the makeshift hospital her and her guild [[Band of the Iron Hawk|The Iron Hawks]] put up and were maintaining after an attack on Seglock and "delivering souls." Linden posited that the dead ones had no choice, and even if they gave a choice to the dying, how many would refuse? Surely this was manipulation or at the very least taking advantage of these poor souls in their time of need. Consent is of the utmost importance, and it seemed these souls were not being given a choice. All of this seemed bad *very* bad...

Linden though has never been one to rush to judgement, for the moment, she was keeping a cautious distance by refusing to say the deity's name and instead gifting her the moniker of "The Quiet One" to avoid accidently invoking the demi-goddess. It was during this time she heard [[Tristram Caniedydd|Tristram]] in debate with the goddess and decided to ask her some questions of her own and get some straight answers since the followers didn't really seem to be good at providing them. Here the first glimpse of the real truth of this divine being was revealed. Silent explained to her that she does not annihilate souls, she keeps them, they become a part of her. Furthermore, Silent shared with Linden that she began this when she witnessed death occurring with no one to remember the lost souls and took it upon herself to save them and remember them. Furthermore, she was, at least for a time, willing and able to give the gift of allowing living people to visit these souls and gain closure. Linden then learned that if Silent is ever destroyed all the souls within her will also be put to an end which is the only true way they'll be annihilated. Hearing this newer compassionate side of the supposedly dark and evil Demi-Goddess made our life cleric pause and began to give consideration that there may be more to this being than she seems.

Linden's opinion was further changed when she witnessed the Goddess being directly involved in the search for two lost sheep of hers. There was an air of genuine concern emanating from this powerful being. That seemed very strange and moving as she had witnessed no other deity be so deeply involved and concerned. There is usually an air of aloofness in deities with some never responding to their followers at all. Linden did take into account that the Silent had mentioned she didn't feel the souls when they first fell down the rabbit hole (as it were). So, it could still have been her concern was that someone took food from her mouth. Linden warmed more to Silent preferring to focus on the positive, however, still kept herself reserved due to the chance that she was just concerned her dinner went missing.

Linden and the goddess had some conversation, but much stayed the same for a while until Linden was called in by a fellow guild member to assist one of Silent's followers with a spiritual dilemma. This ended up being a wild adventure of trapsing through the follower's brain or soul... or whatever you call it (soul scape she believes). She did her best to help and witnessed Silent stepping in to assist albeit in a mysterious kind of way. Silent contractually ensured her followers and Linden were protected from the dark beings roaming the gem dragon's noodle. Again, Linden took into account that Silent was possibly gaining a demon, devil, draconic soul, along with her follower's soul so there was something to gain by helping, though, she did not have to grant Linden protection. At the end of this, the follower was still mentally broken and fled into the night. Silent once more offered a place for Linden provided the life cleric promised her soul the death goddess but Linden told Silent she could never give her, her soul as its already dedicated to her curious feywild god [[Dysian]].

Linden opened a therapy stand with the slogan, "feelings are hard, talk to the wise white rabbit," and sure enough the aforementioned addled gem dragonborn Silent follower returned, slipping her a letter to meet him outside of town as he was still in quite a bad way. Linden is always one to help, even if this crazy fellow threatened to stab her with a soul stealing sword (that would deliver her soul to silent provided he actually successfully killed Linden - again consent is an issue here) at their first meeting. She realized quickly that the not so gentle dragonborn man's condition was dire and that some divine help might be required, so, she called upon Silent to aid her follower in his time of need and the demi-goddess appeared. During the initial conversation (after Linden poked the demon bear and angered him) Silent teased the demon stating that she'd "be honored to escort Linden's soul to her god" and this really struck Linden. The goddess wanted Linden to join her, though Linden still refused, Silent was going to ensure her safe passage to her god. This really changed everything and allowed Linden to see her with new eyes. The goddess was not saying this to woo Linden, it was merely to tease the beastly one. Through much back-and-forth progress was slow to end the follower's madness until both Silent and Linden found themselves swept up into his soul scape once more. Here a great battle was taking place with the devil and demon standing among a field of bloody and torn corpses. Being a bit nervous Linden stepped closer to the divine being accompanying her and in her kindness Silent protectively placed a wing behind the shaken rabbit to ensure she shielded her from any harm. This impressed Linden a great deal because there was no reason for Silent to protect her, Linden is not a follower of this divine being (and had refused her many times) and so was owed nothing from her. Throughout the harrowing ordeal, to save the follower Silent ensured Linden felt safe and protected. Once all seemed resolved and they found themselves back on the material plane once more and as this divine being had physically manifested to aid this process Linden did not miss the chance to wrap the dark terrifying death goddess in a warm love filled hug of appreciation (much to Silent's surprise). Linden feels everyone deserves love, no matter how fiercely terrifying their countenance may be.

Linden later presented to goddess with a gift, to aid a lost soul, because "all souls should be remembered" and there was no other way for Linden to set the soul, or at least it's memory, if that's all that was left, free. After sitting with her positive kind interactions with this goddess Linden sought council from her god Dysian and in his curiosity he was intrigued at his little life cleric's new divine friend and though he would not deliver Linden's soul he allowed her to pursue the "dance of life and death" being satisfied in the poetic beauty of their connection. He instead allowed Linden to offer Silent the ability to have a connection to Linden in the afterlife, where Linden can enjoy a presence in both places being free to travel from one to the other as she wishes. Silent could also call upon her to visit should she desire such if Linden is away, but Dysian would not allow Linden's freewill to be taken from her by binding her to this deity and so gifted the allowance for a connection instead.

Linden reached out to Silent and as deities always seem be one step ahead, she teasingly quired Linden about Dysian being willing to share Linden with her. With a grin Linden shared the offer her god had given and Silent happily agreed to the arrangement. Silent then graciously gifted Linden with more strength and power as an exchange for the memory Linden had previously offered her freely in kindness. The two had a heartwarming conversation and Linden brought unconditional love, warmth, and joy into the chilled darkness that has surrounded this compassionate being for so long. A rabbit light in a dark place.

And so, a new journey begins, Linden with two deities connecting with her and Silent with her new "pet rabbit Life Cleric" happily hopping at her side.
[[Category:Into the Greedy Green]]
[[Category:Deities]]

Linden Rue

2022-12-15T22:43:45Z

Lywyn:

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=Tiny Bunny.jpg|caption=Temp Art by Iro Pagis|languages=Common, Elvish, Draconic, Sylvan, Primordial, Abyssal, Wiki|birthPlace=Feywild|species=Harengon|gender=Female|height=3ft (counting my ears)|weight=30lbs|eyes=Sapphire blue}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is a Harengon of a rather curious nature. She follows where the will of the divine lights her travels, wherever that may be. Her spiritual wanderings have revealed that the divine celestial world is far more connected than it is separate. Seeing these connections, she finds herself wondering how the gods have influenced different times, peoples, and places and spends her free time often studying different peoples and their practices. She is always prepared to help those in need but as a wanderer she rarely plants herself in one spot too long.

==Physical Appearance==
Piercing bright sapphire blue eyes peer out from pure snow-white fur which covers her form from ear tips of to toe tips. Inside the pink of her right ear is a dragon mark that looks like an obsidian dragon nestled in her ear, from time to time it has a rainbow chromatic flash ripple across its surface, when you look away and look back you swear it moved but maybe your eyes are just a little tired... She may be small coming in just at around 3ft (counting her ears), but she makes up for it in her fiercely joyful indomitable spirit.

==Personality==
Linden is an excitable rather happy harengon, who is often one foot in her own world with her musings and pondering. She has survived much in her short time, but her faith has kept her spirit shining bright. She is fascinated and perhaps bit overly excited by new peoples and experiences for her, even ones others may NOT be so excited about. As she always says, "Fear and fascination both start with an 'f' so it can be a bit confusing." She is a bit easily distracted and finds herself drawn in by odd items, strange beings, and shiny items sooome times to her determent (it's a good thing she's tanky). She is loyal to her companions and will do all that she can to avoid ever leaving one of them in trouble. As a staunch lover of life, Linden, will do all she can to stop those inflicting needless cruel suffering upon others.

==Powers and Abilities==
<blockquote> '''God''': [[Dysian]] ''(Feywild God)'' '''Domain:''' Life & Curiosity </blockquote>I am the Life (cleric) of the party, here to bestow much anti-damage to my companions. Many see my diminutive stature and assume me to be fearful, but I am actually quite the opposite. When in danger, I spend a lot of my time keeping an eye on those near me and doing my best to ensure they're alright as battle rages. What can I say? I'm a lover not a fighter but, make no mistake I will be the shield to defend those I care for and any innocents in need to the utmost!

On a side note, I have been told I have two lucky rabbits feet from past companions, seeming to bring some of them an extra edge in their battles...so long as my feet remain attached to my body, that is.

== History ==
They say curiosity killed the cat, it's no worry, I'm a harengon. I'm not from this plane, originally, you see I found myself curious and followed a group of strangers I had been quietly studying through a portal and found myself in this place. I feel like the divine put my paws on this path as I was following the light. Sometimes it's golden and shining and other times it sparkles (this time it was the latter). I must say I do rather like it here, the creatures are all much more direct with their concerns and desires. At times I miss my fae friends and family but I've always been rather independent anyway.

Hopping right along I've spent my time studying many peoples and places of this land but what I am most excited about are the DRAGONS!! It took me some time, some books, and some spying (without becoming a crispy dragon snack) to get the nuances just right but I was able to learn to fluently speak the Draconic language and it's certainly been enlightening in this current climate. I've been asked why I'm not more afraid of the giant beastly dragons for "a rabbit" (I'll excuse them for not understanding my people are not exactly the same as the tiny creatures they call rabbits) but when EVERYTHING tries, or wants to eat you (including most of the peoples I've met) I suppose size becomes irrelevant after some point. I'm not unafraid, I'm just not MORE afraid...

I am also so enamored with life that anytime I have been able to aid those who cross my path and seem to have good intent I have done my best to bestow healing and blessings upon them with the the powers granted by my divine. I have always followed wherever my divine lights my path and it has led me to some very curious locations and experiences but, I have the firm belief that I am always exactly where I am supposed to be at exactly the right time.

== Linden's Adventures ==

=== Seglock West Gate (7/15/22) Isonhound - ===
I was enjoying the Gala eating a really particularly delicious slice of carrot cake. It was perfectly spiced, a lovely aroma of nutmeg and cinnamon, with just a hint of sweetness from the icing. Then a beautiful moment of carroty bliss was ruined as loud crashing and screaming from Seglock University crashed our lovely Gala. No time to waste I set off in the direction of the noise, I was closest to the West Gate and so headed that way and found myself with a small group of other adventurers also heading into the chaos. We banded together and waded through the terrified staff and students pouring out of the cafeteria halls. Just as I was thinking that this kind of stampede is no place for a short Harengon a kindly Goliath, Vadath offered me a spot atop his 8ft tall form, and I gladly let him plop me right on his shoulder. The view was AMAZING! I've never been so tall!

We get inside to find these crazy modified goblins with poison bites and a very grey looking orc. My Goliath mount informs us that these are creations of Cheshire a disgraced alchemist that was kicked out of the university. The goblins were closing in on a group of students and a professor with some scrolls of research. So I rode my brave Goliath barbarian into battle and with the the help of Tristram an Eladrin bard of some mighty eloquence holding the orc with his magic, Vadath cleaved it down quickly. I tried to help take down one of the goblins with a Dragonborn bard named Delphi but we were unable to take it down before it slew one of the young students. What was deeply disturbing to me was how the student perished with a single bite wound, and wailed in agony as he crumpled to the ground. No normal goblin could inflict that kind of pain from a simple bite, this was some foul tampering with the natural order of things for sure. With the help of a Sorceress named Omen, paladin named Zen, and a Ranger named Patches we were all able to save rest of the students and the professor, though the professor did receive some injuries during the attack but was able to leave and head out for the infirmary after we gave him some minor healing. We did notice that the goblins seemed awfully interested in the research notes the professor was trying to protect (he had his arms full of scrolls of his notes) which to me seemed a very odd thing for goblins to care for. We questioned the professor and he was very shaken up and didn't seem to know what was going on other than these bests were murdering everyone and creating chaos. He said they seem to be wanting his research but he wasn't going to give it up, he claimed his research was on ointments and such, nothing too impressive. We did not get his name or look at his notes ourselves before we sent him on his way to find safety and healing.

As we continued on fighting our way through the student's quarters in route towards the professor's quarters Omen our Tiefling Sorceress noticed a loud noise coming up behind us in the hall and was the first to see, and warn us of a HUGE golem trudging our way. When I say huge I mean H-U-G-E, it's arms were scraping against the walls of the hall, it barely fit!!! When it reached us it started attacking unprovoked and nearly knocked Patches our ranger flat. Tristham suggested hiding in the rooms and letting it pass by to see if it would kill the orcs (and then following it). Omen used her magic to appear behind it and we could hear her off and on having an argument with someone behind the golem. Vadath, already fully succumbed to his battle rage, after seeing his party member struck by the giant golem could see nothing but red. So in we went my angry Goliath mount and I to defend the stunned ranger and stop the golem. I must say this thing was IMPRESSIVE and it swung these giant chains with huge iron balls at the ends of them ready to smash us to pieces. As it tried to strike Vadath he deftly moved us out of the way, however, this brute literally broke through the floor beneath us! So we began to fall but, the powerful Vadath easily caught himself. I, with all the grace that a Harengon clad in heavy armor can muster, slipped off Vadath entirely and plummeted 10ft into a dark pit...alone. Once my eyes adjusted to the dark I realized I was in a root cellar, normally I would be pretty excited to nose around but, my friends were in danger! So I hopped up out of the hole in one glorious hop back up top standing next to the hole on my own two rabbit feet. I returned just in time to witness the destruction of the golem by Vadath with a little bit of fiery help from Omen our Sorceress.

Once the golem was defeated, and the rest of the hallway cleared of orcs, we all gathered around the professor. I found it very strange that this golem was not harming the professor who Omen had said was following it yet when it saw us it started attacking right away before we did anything at all. I also found it suspicious that the professor was following the golem deeper INTO the fray instead of leaving out the doors we had just cleared and trying to get to safety. He too had research notes, and he also had reagents. When questioned he was being short and defensive, which seeing how Vadath kind of manhandled him because he was trying to sneak off after the golem fell it's hard to tell with absolute certainty if it was because he was guilty or just offended. Since everyone was trying to question him I felt it might be good to ensure he tells us the truth and I cast zone of truth upon him. Even then he was very evasive talking around the answers to the questions he was trying to avoid. He flat out refused to answer if he was going to join Cheshire and when asked about if he was delivering the notes to Cheshire he was evasive saying he was not "a delivery boy." He did say he is NOT working for him (at least not currently we can assume). He did seem very afraid before the golem fell according to Omen so his lack of confidence makes me wonder if Cheshire knew of this professors desire to join him or if he was trying to make this play on his own. We have no idea who made the golem if it was this professor or if it was part of the attack, we did not ask. Vadath decided that the situation was too volatile in the university to keep questioning him there but, did not trust letting him go, he thought of confiscating his research but instead decided to just confiscate the entire professor research and all... an interesting tactic to be sure. Since I had the zone of truth ability and Vadath was planning on further interrogation of the professor I was invited to join him and Dephi back at the Iron Eyrie their guild hall and assist them further. I told them as long as I didn't have to walk I would happily try to help sort things out. After watching that innocent student painfully die to the poisonous bite of the altered goblin, I will do what I can to help put a stop to further cruel abominable creations.

After we got back to the Iron Eyrie and got the professor settled into his "quarters" to await interrogation; Vadath, my strong, brave, barbarian Goliath mount, offered me membership to his guild telling me they seek to aid not only their fellow members but also the people of Isonhound. He also stated they were in need of more help at the field hospital. Seeing that, for now, they seem to be doing good works and are in need of more hands to help those injured in the attack, how could a Life Cleric say no? So I now have begun my newest journey as a member of the [[Band of the Iron Hawk]]. You know, I've never been in a guild before, there shall be many notes...

=== The Law of Consequences (07-29-22) Isonhound - ===
Professor Galloway, who I’d had a hand in rescuing in the attack on Seglock University a few weeks ago, called me and one of my fellows, who also aided in saving the professor, a bard named Tristram to a tavern named ‘The Trout’s Tow’ for a (free to the bard and I) drink and a discussion about an important matter (the nature of which we did not know until the professor was sharing it with us from across the table). We were handed a writ about these fire gates that only open every so often, it spoke of a dragon sleeper that may awaken and terrorize the coutnryside if left to her own devices. It was odd and unclear, warning not to wake the sleeping dragon saying to go in and get the hoard, yet it also said the hoard was the reward. So why would someone send us to go get it and not wake the dragon? What would they gain? When we pressed the professor for clarity he told us we would be working for someone else who would be arriving shortly and gave us a bit of information about the order they were from.

It appeared that there was some order of elves that called themselves “The Wold Order” who were descendants of an ancient heroic Sylvan order who were onces defenders of the realm. They claim to be picking up where their ancestors left off and standing up to be protectors of this world. The professor had his doubts, they’ve been around for a while and yet the draconic threats are no less, in fact, they’ve perhaps only gotten worse it seems. If they are trying, they clearly are not doing enough (nothing like the order of old). He was dubious and warned the two of us to keep a wary eye. His warnings were cut off as their representative and the adventuring team he had gathered entered the inn and began approaching.

The Wold order representative introduced himself as ‘Aldean’ and he was your typical elf, proud, pointy ears and all. Very serious and what not. They had sent an adventuring team to these fire gates previously and only a few members made it back alive. When we asked for clarity on the writ he just said we were to go and slay the dragon to help protect the realm and that they were uninterested in the dragon’s hoard so anything in it was ours to do with it what we wished. He kept referring to us as “untested” and such which was odd but I didn’t think much of it. Coming from the feywilds I’m pretty used to high elves and their even higher opinion of themselves and it’s amusing to see that even their more distant relatives haven’t lost that braggadocious character. It seems you can take the elf out of the Feywilds but you can’t take the Feywilds out of the elf. Ha. Anyway…

Our bard managed to charm a few potions out of the stuffy Aldean and after everyone took their pick I ended up with a fire breathing potion. A fire breathing bunny?! I find that hilarious and cannot wait for the right moment to greet a very confused enemy. We were given a hastily drawn map and told it would be about 3 days travel to get to the lair of the dragon. Then without a word Aldean just slipped away while we were distracted in conversation. Another odd thing I took note of once we noticed he had departed.

As we were relaxing the bard realized he needed some funds for some last minute preparations and though a bit of drink in him I suggested he go to the stage we were in the table next to and “do what bards do,” a decision that ended more poorly than I would have expected. You see our new Monk friend Volrac decided that he would ‘help’ the Bard by attempting to gather the crowd. Things seem to be going okay at first, nothing too exciting. Then at some point suddenly I saw Volrac and fire and a few seconds later the ENTIRE stage was on fire and not in the ‘turn of the phrase’ kind of a way. At that point I realized that I was pretty sure Volrac was no longer helping because everyone was panicking and running around. Also there was the screaming, lots of it, and I have rather large sensitive ears so it was vastly unpleasant. I suppose I’ll never understand why beings need to make these situations worse by making as much noise as physically possible for absolutely no productive reason at all. We helped grab buckets and put out the fire and then when it was under control we headed out to secure some last minute things we all needed for the upcoming expedition.

As my lucky feet would have it, most of our travel was largely uneventful. The morning we reached near the lair, as we were gathered around our fire, we all noticed a poorly hidden person behind the giant log that was next to us. I asked if anyone was going to invite the guy by the log to join us at the fire and Hugo and Volrac decided to sneak around each side of the log and try to catch him off guard. I sighed. Then we watched our monk friend be thwarted in his stealth by an even stealthier tree root as he took a bit of a graceless tumble. Hugo our warlock friend, however, managed to get around and train his bow on the fellow who appeared to be a human.

There was a bit of huffing from Hugo of “put your weapons down” and such like. To the new guys credit he put down all of his weapons. I realized no one had asked the most important questions yet. This person who clearly could have attacked us didn’t so far. So I hopped up and down talking to the new guy (I am only 3ft tall and the log was giant) and I asked him directly, “Are you bad, evil, gonna hurt or kill us?” He responded with a “no” and I noticed he had a silvery dragon on his shield that looked like Bahamut. I got tired and stopped hopping and told everyone he said he was good. Then Hugo was upset because he picked his shield back up with kinetic magic. So more huffing (this time back and forth between both of them over the shield being defense and blah, blah). I chuckled as he was told not to touch his weapons and such and I shouted over the log, “He IS a weapon!!! Just so you know!”

Eventually cooler heads prevailed and he introduced himself as Sro and suggested we all work together. He stated he heard there was a dragon in this area and that’s what drew him here, he also had heard there was an adventuring party heading out this way to deal with the dragon so he was keeping his eye out to find it and possibly help out. I wasn’t fully sold on the story but let it pass. He took us over to the banks of the river next to us and asked us if something looked different about the water. We noticed a pearlescent sheen across the surface. He then taught us how dragons often affect their environments in varying ways depending on the type of dragon they are, even affecting your emotions and soul in some draconic types. This type, however, he was unfamiliar with (which seemed to excite him). He has been familiar with other dragons associated with waters but this pearlescence was very strange and new.

Hugo wanted to set fire to the water and see if it would burn (perhaps like the sheen of oil on water). Markoth our paladin lit a torch and went to throw it in but, Sro used some magic to hold the torch in midair for a moment and then drop it to the ground away from the water. He explained that whatever elements in the environment the dragons are affecting they are also often intimately connected with and may sense any attack or manipulation of that element. Since we were in NO way ready to face the dragon just yet he suggested not attacking the water in any way, let alone with fire. Hugo had the idea to pull some water out in a small bowl but curiously he found that the further he was getting from the water source (and it was not that far at all) the more of the pearl sheen faded from the water’s surface. So he stopped not far from the banks and cast a bonfire spell. The water seemed unaffected other than boiling away. It did not catch on fire nor on further tests did it feel “thick” or “greasy” or like anything at all different when you touched the water itself.

Sro went over some very old established rules for hunting dragons (which he slipped in that he wrote, my ears perked up at that statement, which with his shield, and kinetic magic, was adding up to more than perhaps, just a slip of the tongue - I kept this suspicion to myself though). One main rule was to never fight a dragon in its lair. Due to this rule we all made a plan to go scout the lair, perhaps get someone to lay eyes on the dragon so we knew what type of dragon we were fighting.

When we got there we saw that there were three entrances. One had a set of four tracks going in but only 3 coming out which must have been the previous group that lost a member. I suggested we avoid that way because it was obviously not successful for the previous group that failed to defeat the dragon. As we were setting up Sro suggested some be back at the river and he volunteered to head back there himself if no one else wanted to go or with someone else. Then the paladin Markoth and I both knew we were not the stealthy types in our heavy armor so we elected to wait outside encase help was needed. As Hugo and Volrac were about to head in I asked them if they were able to see in the dark and they both realized they could not so I warned them that they would likely be eaten if they tried scouting with a torch or other forms of light. Tristram bravely volunteered to go scouting on his own as he could cast invisibility on himself and move quietly (as well as see in the dark). We all agreed then decided that we would all but Sro wait by the river (by this point I was pretty sure Sro was a dragon and figured he would be more than enough help to our bard, if needed, on his own).

Tristram made it back to us and informed us that the sound of draconic (or a large beast) breathing fills the lair inside. He stated there was a huge dragon skull where the pearlescent water was flowing out of. He also warned us of an arrow trap (by showing us some arrows he found in his chest). He then described two elven mages that were having a discussion about a dragon, they were looking for a white one, but found a “not quite white” dragon that would apparently suffice. (This made me think - isn’t the Wold order also an elven order? This seems too similar, I’m keeping a wary eye like the professor warned). Our bard found some scattered gold going up a hallway and the sound of breathing of a huge beast echoed most loudly from that direction but fearing he had already more than overstayed his welcome he went no further and returned to give us his report.

Report received we all took our hiding positions and I proceeded to toss a ball bearing into the water to see if we would get a reaction. Nothing. Then Sro used his magic to toss his shield into the water and again, nothing. As he was splashing the shield in and out with his magic, Markoth lit a torch and tossed it in the water. That’s when we heard draconic roaring, amidst the roars I heard the word “STOP!!!” (I do speak draconic by the way, a rabbit of mysteries I am) What struck me about this was the voice was haggard, almost desperate. It was not the voice of a fearsome dragon that was going to charge out and take us. It felt like a voice that was trapped. Our people, the Haregons value our freedom greatly, almost more than anything. I know that sound. I suggested that either the dragon had somehow grown too large (or portly) to get out of its lair (highly unlikely) OR those mages Tristram had seen were evil and keeping this poor dragon captured! I know in the Feywilds we had all kinds of good dragons, not so friendly ones too but also good ones. My thoughts were interrupted by someone asking if anyone knew how to detect magic, I did so they asked me if I could see if the river was magical. I cast the spell and found that the river was affected by some kind of transmutation magic. I also happened to realize our dear Sro was not what he seemed as he was blanketed in illusion magic but I had suspected as much. I whispered to him playfully, “Someone has a secret.” Then winked. The brief moment of levity faded quickly as I remembered the dragon, the sound of its voice, and I was done playing games trying to decide, my heart hurt for what this beings fate might be if it was good. I marched up to the river bank, scooped up some water and took a drink, to the shock and horror of most of my fellow party members.

I am happy to report that I did not die, it was rather invigorating actually. I will say that the closest I can describe the sensation would be to compare it to eating a goodberry if you’ve ever had the pleasure of devouring one of those beauties! Nourished for the day, a spot of healing, and ready to go! That confirmed it! This MUST be a good dragon. No evil dragon would have nourishing and healing waters! Tristham pointed out that he hadn’t noticed it before but it seemed like the vegetation along the banks of the river was particularly vibrant and lush, perhaps more so than one would usually expect. So this dragon also has healing effects for the land as well! This is my kind of dragon!!! Now I am even more determined to set this poor captive good dragon free! It’s suffering will not be tolerated! Me and my God Dysian (along with my brave adventuring party, and Sro) will not allow evil to triumph!

We head in following Tristram’s direction that leads us to the ‘fire gates’ which are two fiery pillars inside the lair just a bit beyond the middle entrance. The dragon is there hovering just inside the gates. I’ve never seen a dragon like this, serpentine and long in its form with horns that resembled antlers. I spoke first to it in draconic, “I believe you are good and are being held prisoner! We are here to help you! How can we help you? Do you need to be set free?”

The dragon replied in a pained breathy voice, “You are not strong enough to help me.” Little did this dragon know, I too am not what I seem at first glance, he will later find that his words could not be more wrong. Then we heard the sound of footsteps in the distance and he warned, “They are coming,” and he retreated back down the hall and around the corner out of sight.

Two elven mages in robes of the evil draconic order came around the corner and shouted at us. Tristram, our silver tongued bard, to his credit, was able to convince them that we were simply in the wrong place. That we were looking for someone else and not there to attack them. They bought it hook, line, and sinker!!! They said they were waiting on someone else. Tristram apologized for the mix up and then told them he thinks they were out by the water and the mages relaxed and said, “ah, good they’re almost here then!” They then said we were free to go, that we just needed to head on out and all was good. Volrac asked how he could get a set of those robes and said he’d like to join them and they told him, he “doesn’t want these robes” and told him he doesn’t want to be a part of the order, that if he does he must be mentally damaged, they also instructed him to, “ask around Seglock to see how terrible the order is.” Now, they have no way to know we’re from Seglock number one, sure it might be one of the closer settlements but there’s still no way they’d know that, that is where we came from or were going to. This entire exchange was baffling and super suspicious to me. I have fought much evil in my day, being a cleric, and adventurer. Evil doesn’t just let you go when you stumble into their lair. They don’t clear the air because it was just some “confusion” and tell you to just head on home. They are evil, they don’t care who you are, you aren’t one of them, they’ll likely try to murder you or capture you for sacrifice, slavery, or other horrific evil machinations. Also these guys were not very convincing, each time they tried to sound boomy and angry like a real evil cultist they instead sounded like a really bad play actor or a terrible bard who has no idea they’re terrible.

With his ruse a robust success, Tristram was able to hold one of the mages while the other fled, but not before he lit up the rest of us who were standing in a nice tight little group with a hefty fireball. Sro floated? Flew? Over to the held mage and slapped him once which brought him within an inch of his life (coming ever closer to confirming my dragon hypothesis). He then declared that “this one LIVES” and we proceed to pursue the fleeing mage.

There was much fighting and I must say these mages and the traps were rather hard on my party members so they kept me quite busy picking them up off the floor. Markoth in particular decided to hang out in the middle of and become very intimately acquainted with the arrow trap as passing party members littered both themselves and himself with more and more arrows. As we rounded the corner the dragon was in the next room backing towards a different hallway (away from the combat). Sro implored him to stand and fight with us, to end this tyranny and to fight for his own freedom! The dragon stopped backing up but did not reply nor did he do anything else. Our bard asked the dragon if he knew how to speak common, and the dragon replied that he did and so our bard then (saying he had no idea what Sro said as Tristram doesn’t speak draconic) made his own impassioned speech to the dragon urging him to join us to, fight, to aid us! This time the dragon would respond, in action.

Volrac, Hugo, and Kluck (our barbarian) all subdued the fleeing mage and brought him down. They, however, were met by two more wizards and a new battle began. The dragon, convinced at last by the combined efforts of Linden, Sro, and most powerfully Tristram, acted and conjured an ice storm sphere upon the mages. Our heroes fought on bravely, some even stepping boldly in the icy sphere to reach the mages. One of the mages was put down! Then with one powerful icy cone cast by the remaining mage most of our party lay on the floor. Luckily I had enough healing magic to give everyone a little bit of healing all at once and get them all back on their feet again.

Things were starting to get in the neighborhood of a bit dicey, spells on my end were going to start running a bit low. As it was, we still were okay. My most powerful spells were exhausted, I still had a few others left, but if the battles kept raging for much longer it was going to start getting risky as every round my companions were face-planting left and right. Who knew wizards were so dangerous, right? Luckily just in the nick of time I was able to silence the last mage leaving him defenseless as our barbarian Kluck charged in and ended him. Luckily for the group, he was the last of the mages.

Sro pointed out a binding circle in the back of the cavern where the mages were coming from. The dragon stated that he was not powerful enough to dispel it or he would have been gone from this place long ago. He told us he was promised that if he helped them test some adventurers they would let him go but they never did, I assume because they always had more adventurers they wanted to test.

One of our stronger members fetched the unconscious mage Sro saved near the gates, tied him up so he could not use his hands to cast magic, and I gave him some of the water, restoring him (just barely) to consciousness. When he awoke and took stock of all of us standing above him and that he was at the binding circle he gave a weak, “Congratulations, you passed the test!” He then proceeded to argue with Sro how they were training adventurers (Sro maintaining that HE was training them! They just provided lies and death!). When they were done huffing at one another we told him to undo the binding. He said he was not powerful enough. He explained that while he is powerful, a group of mages a lot more powerful than he got together to cast that binding so it would take some similar strength of power to dispel it.

He asked that we give him the bodies of the other mages. I replied “So you can just revive them and do all of this again to more people?” The party and Sro all looked at him and said a resounding NO on returning the bodies.

We then moved on and were talking with the dragon about the skull we passed on our way in that the water flows through and he said they were his daughter’s bones and that adventurers have been taking pieces of her bones and even the teeth from the skull itself. He seemed very sad and stated that if they were able to be gathered back up again and cast into a river she would live again!

I looked at the party and told them that I know it might be near impossible but I would like to try to set the dragon free. No one knows how important freedom is to my people, my God, and my way of life. I cannot leave here without at least trying. I asked if they would let me rest since it was an exhausting battle and they did but not before we of course collected the hoard and divided it out amongst the party. It was ours if we succeeded and the mage told us we passed (a test we didn’t know we were taking).

I awoke the next morning and spent a few moments in prayer asking for guidance from Dysian to help empower me to set free this beautiful captive spirit. The bard played beautiful inspiring music while I meditated. When I was just about ready the dragon said he could offer the blessing of the sea but he didn’t think it would be particularly helpful. I said I would take every help I could get. Turns out the blessing of the sea allows you to breathe underwater so, instead of eating breakfast I just stuck my head into the underground river running all through the cave and breathed in my breakfast. Fully nourished, prepped, and invigorated, I prepared to set a dragon free where many others have failed.

I walked up to the summoning circle fully aware of the party and two expectant dragons waiting in anticipation at my back. I closed my eyes and took a deep breath. Then I began channeling the divine energy through my body with the intent to dispel this binding circle. I felt the energy flowing then it ebbed what felt a bit early but remembering that beautiful uplifting bardic song this morning my will and mind were refocused and certain of success and the energy began surging once again. Then just before it felt like it should be finished the energy dipped once more and I connected back to my God Dysian, to his guidance and I allowed all the energy that he could send to flow through me and into the circle. Then all at once everything stopped as if a candle was just snuffed out in an instant.

I opened my eyes and the circle was inactive, it was no longer glowing. I grinned ear to ear. Everyone doubts the rabbit. I turned around to stunned faces, no one more than the dragon himself. I think it was the first time he actually really saw me. He asked if that was it, if it was over and I shrugged and told him that there was only one way to tell. We gathered ourselves and our things and headed out of the lair.

It should be noted that while we were distracted discussing the bones of the dragon’s daughter there was one person missing, Volrac. It should also be noted that it appears the mage just so happened to have ceased living at some point between the bone discussion and the sorting of the loot. Weird, huh? Though that left Sro without “the one to tell the tale,” I told him, not to worry, I would be sending a strongly worded sending “letter” because I am LIVID.

As we reached the fire gates, the furthest out the dragon has been able to go since they bound him here he paused and let everyone else pass through. We turned to face him. My heart was pounding. I knew the spell was dispelled but I was secretly afraid they had taken some other hidden arcane measures to keep him locked in or worse to hurt him or kill him if he tried to leave without them setting him free and disabling all the known elements. I didn’t let my concern show and just beamed a bright positive smile at him.

It was one of my greatest honors in this life so far to see this magnificent creature step forth and pass beyond the fire gates watching him go from defeated, to afraid to be too hopeful, to watching the color returning to him as he seemed to rise taller and stronger and rushed out of the cavern. He did say thank you but I didn’t release him for that (I just want anyone who may read my writings to know that he was also a polite dragon).

We all stepped outside and Sro thanked us also for doing a great deed. As a sign of appreciation he revealed his stunning and HUGE Great Silver Wyrm handsome self (gotta say I did a solid bunny pat on the back for putting the clues together for that one) and offered to fly us back home to Seglock. That flight was AMAZING!!! Talk about the experience of a lifetime!!!! Though after seeing his form I must say the talk of the mages about the fact that they found a dragon that was not white but sort of white makes me concerned for Sro. I wonder if they meant him. I would think they would know a silver dragon or at least silver as a color but then again they tried to pull off a terrible ruse. Hmm… I might have to send Sro a message as well. <blockquote> '''As it would turn out, yes, Mentztonalcoatl I WAS strong enough'''. ~ Linden Rue </blockquote>''Note: I also want to note that the dragon we freed was named: Mentztonalcoatl but that’s a mouthful to write so I instead called him “the dragon” throughout for ease of my paws.''

=== A Bloody Teatime (09-14-22) Isonhound - ===
I found myself invited to a teatime at the most lovely “secret” headquarters of the ‘Power to the People’ (PotP). You see, it’s an underground cavey sort of place which is much reminiscent of the burrows I’ve not seen since I was a small Harengon, er well young I suppose I’m still quite small to most of you reading this. I must say I was so looking forward to a good tea, it’s been quite some time since I’ve had the pleasure of enjoying a proper tea, since I’ve left the Feywilds as a matter of fact now that I think of it.

A tall impressive treant named Oakey stood ahead of us as we arrived and briefly interrogated us as to our reason for arrival and after our guide informed him of our invitation he let us pass and returned to his leafy watch. A lovely waterfall flowed behind our wooden fellow and as our guide approached, the water was swept aside to reveal the entrance to our teatime extravaganza! It was a fantastic trick! What an entrance! I do appreciate keeping my fur dry.

As we entered what I was sure was going to be an enchanting teatime, I was hoping for crumpets (divine little pastries), or perhaps some carrot cake petit fours? As I dreamed of finger sandwiches (not made of fingers, unless you’ve invited goblins or ogres of course), a human gentleman introduced himself with a wide grin by the name of Archie. He stated that he was acting leader, as Brenna, the Leader of the PotP was out on business along with most of the other members. He asked us to follow him so we could gather for tea. (I shall note that there was a rather dour wizard high elf gentleman among us also named Archie, I shall refer to this elf as Archie 2 if referring by name).

Our party of seven (now eight with Archie) found ourselves squeezing around a table meant comfortably for five. Our tea, as it were, was served in mismatched china, some of which were chipped. It was palatable, even decent. As for food, well, Archie proudly handed out some half stale biscuits he had gotten the day before (it is a bit of a trip to get fresh baked goods and I don’t imagine he’s much for baking but he spent all the copper in his pocket to get the best he could afford). I will say as I sat there, sipping tea from a mismatched chipped cup (occasionally dunking my half day old biscuit), in the cool darkness of the burrow-cave (okay it was just a cave) I was indeed having a FANTASTIC time!!!!

Archie regaled us with tales of a moon dragon (which I won’t bore you with here, of course) but I did find them mightily fascinating! As we were digging into the many possibilities of dragon composition, bratwurst being a personal favorite. We heard an ominous horn sound in the (not far enough away) distance. As a few brave souls rushed past us swords at the ready we heard some mighty fierce treant roars. Oakey was under attack!!!

Oakey was now bellowing out a mix of fierce roars tinged with painful cries which were coming from above the waterfall. Archie was beside himself and ran to the mouth of the cave urging us to go with him to save his friend. In all honesty Tristram was already at the top of the waterfall attempting to scout and I was readying to use my springy rabbit legs to hop up to join him as Archie and the rest of the party arrived.

With one hop I made the top, the others even the reluctant giff (I suppose I can’t blame him, hippos are not built much for climbing) made good time following up behind. What was revealed was a troubling scene. Our treant fellow was surrounded by three vicious Drakkoths who were savagely attacking him. Oakey seemed like he was holding his own but as we approached the attackers really seemed to tear into him and it was clear we needed to act fast or the treant would soon fall.

I was the most armored of all in our teatime party so I engaged first. All fought fiercely, save our reluctant giff rogue friend who fought rather timidly from a rather safe very far, far distance. As we started to make some headway and me, Tristram, and the Owlin moved in closer to engage another ominous horn sounded this time behind us down beyond the waterfall.

A few moments later two more drakkoths appeared along with one large bone golem dragon all too close for comfort. Our owlin bravely faced down the dragon golem taking a noxious breath before my spirit guardians and I were able to grab it’s full attention. All 3 ft of me was the most able bodied defensively armored personage there and while I typically devote my efforts to supporting others and doing healing work I will stand and be a defensive shield when needed.

I must say I do not much prefer the life of a shield. They get battered and many dents. I held my own a bit until this insane golem dragon creature was able to pull out some of its bones and pin me to the ground. I couldn’t defend myself while pinned and the beast gave me a good rending, it nearly took me out in one one go. Tristram put himself in harm’s way to use some of his special abilities to teleport me out of the dragon’s bony trap. Luckily my divine grants me some amazing healing powers so I was able to restore myself to fighting shape instantly once I got my bearings after the teleport.

Archie, brave Archie, seeing me arrive after the teleport, came and stood by my side, even putting himself between me and the one spell slinging drakkoth. He held his sword firm and said he would do whatever was required to help! This would be a fateful choice but not due to the drakkoth. Oakey had come to stand next to Archie hurling rocks towards the beast of a dragon golem.

Apparently, the dragon golem had become quite enamored with me (it had nothing to do with the large treant tossing boulders I assure you) because it turned and quite easily loped over to me like a giant vicious boney puppy dog returning happily to eat its master. It was at this point, however, that it would become apparent that the dragon golem had a few more boney tricks up his sleeve. All at once he sent out overgrown bony protrusions in three directions, one that nearly dropped me back to my knees as it pierced into me, one nearly flatlining the already badly beaten but determined Oakey, and tragically one expertly piercing the very big heart of courageous Archie felling him instantly.

There was no time to mourn and as Oakey and I steadied ourselves trying to ready ourselves to attack once more. Tristram flew between Oakey and the magical drakkoth (the last one of them standing) and used his magic to send it fleeing away in terror. Still we had one large golem problem standing right in front of us.

Archie 2 stepped up and though cold and dour he may be, he was able to weave a spell sending an icy knife into the golem that exploded and was the last bit of damage needed to finally cause the dragon golem to collapse into a bone pile.

Some of our party chased after the fleeing drakkoth, completionists I suppose. My only concern was our fallen friend. Archie had not only bravely run forth into danger to defend his friend Oakey but he had stood next to me in battle, more than that he purposely put himself between me and danger and we had only met really a few minutes before the battle. He was a good man, and if this guild were to do real good it would need people like him. Without hesitation I pulled out a diamond I had been saving encase one of my friends died while we were out aiding others on a quest. I performed the necessary rites and called Archie’s kind spirit back to his body.

I realized shortly after I should have done some quick healing work on myself prior to the revivify spell because while I appreciated Archie’s enthusiasm for being back with the living once more, I also found it rather painful. It was all worth it in the end. Our owiln friend gave Oakey a quick patch up while I was tending to Archie so all of us were starting to get back on our feet.

We met the rest of the party at the bottom of the falls where the fleeing drakkoth mage was enjoying a nice nap thanks to the quick thinking of our gnome sorcerer. As Oakey had taken so much pain from the three drakkoths that had attacked him we all found it fitting he should have the liberty of dispatching this last foe. He picked it up by its tail and gave its head a quick smack on a rock before tossing its unconscious form into the water. Certainly efficient.

We headed back into the cave to find a very somber scene, the quartermaster Frank along with the other man who had stayed back with him were both slain and everything was tossed. I immediately ran to his side as I had another diamond but, when I was checking him over as I was preparing the ritual I realized that his spirit was too far for my revivify ritual to reach him. Sadly there was nothing I could do for him, or the other man who had perished alongside him defending the cave.

It looked like the drakkoths had been looking for something the way things were tossed. Their tracks led all over the cave and we could see that the one place they could not seem to get into was the quarters of Brenna the leader. Though I must say it was not for a lack of trying, the stalwart wooden door took a good chipping and presented many claw marks. I did wonder what might be in that office, and what they might be after. I suppose the “secret” part of the ‘secret hideout’ as the PotP members kept calling it is rather out of the bag with this recent attack.

One thing I can say for sure is that this attack was planned, I am certain we were meant to be baited up top to get us out of the way. Had they wanted to get rid of Oakey easily they would have used the full force all at once as he never could have taken the three Drakkoths, the dragon golem, and the additional two drakkoths (especially with one that could steal your lifeforce with magic!). They would have made quick work of him. It seems odd though, it’s as if they knew most of the PotP would be out. They obviously had a secondary force (we have no idea how many) that went into the cave and overtook at least the two men in there. They could have just come in with all of their forces and likely taken us down. Someone was working with strategy, planning, and intelligence. This was more than just a few thugs or a revenge strike.

Before we left I asked Archie to let Brenna know that I would be more than willing to come back and use my magic to help their deceased friends speak once more if they had any questions for them. I asked him to let her know that I had tried to bring Frank back and would have also tried for the other gentleman but they had both been gone too long for the magic to work. I told him that I would be willing to help in any way I could, all they needed to do is ask.

Archie tried to give me some gold as compensation for helping defend but I pressed it back into his hand and asked him to see that it did some good. None of my efforts were done for any gain. I saw people in trouble, good people, and I did what I always would have done. I helped them. I can only hope that the goodness and light that I could see in Archie’s spirit exists truly in the heart and the intention of the PotP.
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Into the Greedy Green]]

Quelmar Deities

2022-11-15T04:26:39Z

Lywyn:

'''The Quelmar Deities''' are a pantheon of divine powers that create, patrol, and manipulate the various planes of the [[Quelmar Universe]].

== Overview ==
Quelmar, as a project of the gods, is watched over the council of Greater Gods who helped create it, as well as a handful of lesser gods who later became attached to the Quelmar project during the [[The Plane Wars|Plane Wars]] or otherwise, followed by nearly countless Demi-gods: creatures recognized by the gods for their significant impact on Quelmar, and granted divine immortality and spectating capabilities over the realm.

A singular god might go under different names and appearances in different times and places. For example, in [[Ta-Shedet]], the greater gods were often [[Gods of Ta-Shedet|depicted with the heads of animals.]]

While individuals in Quelmar may find themselves attached to many powerful beings, the following lists encapsulates the most popular and well-known deities in the realm.

{{GreaterGods|About=This list of gods is LOCKED. The creator gods are SET IN STONE. Add your god to a lower tier.}}

Through recent years peoples have come from other planes and a few have brought some of their own powerful gods along with them. These gods stand among the ranks of the Greater Gods in their strength and power but are new to the world of Quelmar and may be as yet unknown to all but a select few.
{| class="wikitable"
|+Greater Gods (From other Planes)
!God
!
!Domain(s)
!Home Plane
|-
|[[Dysian]]
|
|Life & Curiosity
|Feywilds
|-
|
|
|
|
|-
|
|
|
|
|}

== The Tied: Lesser Gods ==
''This list is incomplete. Perhaps your god needs to be added to it?''

'''Lesser Gods''' would be offended to be called Demi-Gods, but unlike the creator deities, they often involve themselves with mortals. They are concerned with their worshipers, usually. In the very least they care for their worshipers for their own existence for without them they would lose their power. At most, however, they are sympathetic and may directly involve themselves in the happenstances of the mortal world. Usually, though, this involvement is indirect.
{| class="wikitable article-table"
|+
List of Lesser Gods
!God
!Domain(s)
|-
|[[Torog]]
|Death
|-
|[[Raven Queen]]
|Death, Life
|-
|[[Asmodeus]]
|Knowledge, War
|-
|[[Oghma]]
|Knowledge
|-
|[[Isis]]
|Knowledge, Life
|-
|[[Sehanine Moonbow]]
|Knowledge
|-
|[[Yondalla]]
|Nature
|-
|[[Olidammara]]
|Trickery
|-
|[[Sharess]]
|Trickery
|-
|[[Lolth]]
|Trickery
|-
|[[Bane]]
|War
|-
|[[Stuckies]]
|Trickery
|-
|[[Titania|Queen Titania]] of the Seelie Court
|Nature
|-
|[[Sardior]]
|Knowledge, Trickery
|}
== The Granted: Demi-Gods ==
''This list is incomplete. Perhaps your god needs to be added to it?''

'''Demi-Gods''' are the lowest of the true gods. These are aspiring gods who may have few worshipers but desire greatness. These gods are the most likely to be granting spells to mortals, interfering in their affairs, or even just observing the mortal realms. Often, lesser deities are so new in their divinity that they cannot help but shake their interests in mortality. It may take several centuries of divinity to feel beyond it.

Demi-Gods are sometimes created from greater deities, as avatars or extensions of their divine will. Iyachtu, the son of [[Bane]] and Pelor's aspect [[Lathander]] are two examples of this extension.

Death: [[Azazel]], [[Silent]]

Knowledge: [["Hat"|Hat]], [[Waukeen]], [[Ioun]]

Life: [[Chronepsis]], '''[[Helm]], [[Elemental Demi-Gods|Kossuth]]'''

Light: [[Lathander]], ''[[Selûne]]''

Nature: [[Elemental Demi-Gods|Grumbar]], [[Reesec]]

Tempest: [[Elemental Demi-Gods|Istishia]], [[Kragnux (Deity)|Kragnux]], [[Iakhovas]]

Trickery: [[Elemental Demi-Gods|Akadi]], '''''Kurtulmak'''''

War: [[Vanitthu]], [[Odin]], [[Sargonnas]]

== The Servants: Exarchs ==
''This list is incomplete. Exarchs are quite numerous and hard to keep track of. If one comes up, or is your patron or your god, add it below!''

'''Exarchs '''are not true gods, but rather servants of any number of greater and lesser deities. These can thought of as "gods with a lowercase g". Usually, the exarchs are immortal on their home plane, but are as mortal on Quelmar as the native inhabitants. For more information on who the exarchs serve, see their pages.

''Note: With the exception of Odin (see above), the Nordic inspired gods of [[Ysgard]] are considered Exarchs''

Death: [[Iyachtu]]

Knowledge: [[Ye'Cind]]

Life: [[Dionysus]], [[Eve]]

Light: [[Apollo]]

Nature: [[Oran]], [[Aegir]]

Tempest:

Trickery: [[Loki]]

War: [[Tyr]]

== See Also: ==
* [[Underdark Old Ones]]
* [[Lost God]]
*[[Elemental Demi-Gods]]
{{Quelmar}}
[[Category:Deities]]

Dysian

2022-11-15T04:16:46Z

Lywyn: /* Description */

== Godly Details ==
'''Domain:''' God of Life & Curiosity

'''Alignment:''' Chaotic Good

'''Age:''' Ancient (Major Creator God - Feywilds)

'''Holy Symbol:''' A Linden Leaf that has an 'Eye with Butterfly Wings' on top of it

'''Home Plane:''' Feywilds

'''Gender:''' Masculine

'''Spell Power Domain:''' Healing spells, Knowledge spells, Illusion spells, Nature spells

== Appearance ==
This gentle healing yet curious god has a form befitting both his natures. He often shows himself as an impressive bull elephant with brilliantly colored butterfly wings as the elephant’s ears. The wing colors seem to shift and shimmer, and legend says the colors shown reflect his current disposition. He has beautiful writings and symbols that flow from the center of his forehead down his trunk but what they mean has been long forgotten, or perhaps, was never known by the mortals of the feywilds or beyond. He is rumored to take other, smaller, forms when he wants to take a wander through the mortal lands. There are many myths and tales of strange encounters that may have been a chance or perhaps fated meeting with this wandering God. One thing they all have in common is the butterfly. If you think you’ve met him, look for the butterfly, he always hides it somewhere on himself, and if you find one, you may have just been blessed by this most curious God yourself!

== Description ==
A lunar god, Dysian maintains dual roles as healer of sickness and injuries, as well as a curious gatherer of knowledge of all kinds. His divine inspiration guides his followers to seek out his current curious whim. He seeks compassionate followers who are also inquisitive in their nature, willing to leave on a spiritual quest at a moment's notice. Many of his followers will soon find that the paths he directs them down, most often, will lead them to be of great aid while also sating Dysian’s own curious desires. He has a sense of goodness and justice, but he also has a playful spirit that would typically rather find more interesting ways than dull simple brute force to meet out justice. He encourages his followers to do the same, but he does not forbid them to use violence so long as they are using it in balance and on the side of defense of self and good. Dysian’s nature is gentle and calm, and he is slow to anger. As an ancient god and collector of wisdom he is wise and so is not one to rush to conclusions and would rather pause to reflect before brash action. That being said woe to the ones who invoke his wrath. Few times has he fully shown his rage, in those times, lands trembled, and worlds were reshaped anew by the battles fought.

== Dogma ==
<blockquote>"Be ever curious about the multiverse and its inhabitants and follow my divine light where it leads you. Take the time to see, to watch, and learn. Collect the bits and pieces of knowledge that sparkle and share them back to me. Remember as you wander to protect the peoples and the lands of the feywild forests. Defend them fiercely from marauders, and act as champions for those who cannot defend themselves but always remember that there are many ways to disable and bring justice to an enemy that do not involve brute force. Do your best to show compassion and mercy and take the time to tend to the sick and injured whenever possible. Remain unattached to the peoples and the places you visit and be ready to heed my word should I call you to wander. Should I choose to lead you far from the feywilds in your curious wanderings I charge you still to act as my champions bringing my light, aid, and influence to those strange new lands. "</blockquote>

== Followers ==
Followers of Dysian (called ‘The Wandering Ones’) are often seen as benevolent spiritual wanderers. Some may root themselves in a place for a time only to one day, seemingly out of the blue, be called to a new spiritual quest and leave without ceremony. They tend to be lighthearted and inquisitive. Marked for their bravery, they will not hesitate to stand up for those who cannot stand for themselves but would rather choose other more creative solutions before base violence if given the option. They are caring and compassionate and are always willing to help when they are able but as they have come to understand how important balance can be, they understand that they must keep to their path where they can do the most good and not be distracted by the greater sufferings of the worlds where their efforts would be squandered.

== The Enclaves ==
'''The Arch Enclave'''

The seat of power for 'The Wandering Ones' is located in a hidden place within the Feywilds referred to as the Arch Enclave. There is no mark on a map showing the location of the Arch Enclave rather one seems to find it just exactly when they need it. Does it come to you or were you led to it? Such is the way with spiritual things.

Think you're going to just teleport in? It might not be as easy as you believe. Sure, you will teleport, but unless you have permission or count yourself among 'The Wandering Ones' you'll find you just happened to miss the Enclave before it wandered off again and now you sit in the depths of the Feywilds far off the maps. Those who come searching with ill intent be it towards the Arch Enclave itself, a single member, or coveting an item (or knowledge) they believe is held in 'The Wandering Ones' care will find themselves set to wander, lost in the dangerous feywilds, going ever deeper, and deeper. A brave few have attempted to 'trick' the 'Wandering Enclave' by ensnaring a member or associate of 'The Wandering Ones' but have found in the blink of an eye their captives disappear or other unfortunate consequences mayhap occur until said captive is freely loosed from their bindings and released. It is true that 'The Wandering Ones' use brute force as a last resort, but some say that's only because they know more creative and agonizing ways of 'teaching' others to keep their hands and magics to themselves when it comes to the Arch Enclave and those under its god Dysian's protection.

For those who are lucky enough to enter the 'Wandering Enclave' many wonders are said to await! Tales of a treasure trove of knowledge in a vast library connected to all the minor enclaves allows new information to be added at a moment's notice from any enclave in the multiverse. The subjects are not only clerical in nature but arcane, historical, all the sciences, and so much more! They have a unique "think it and it finds you" way of summoning the precise tomes needed either by subject or specific titles or authors! If reading isn't your thing there is a menagerie of creatures from the multiverse in their own nature preserves, and while they are studied, they are also treated with the utmost care, compassion, and concern. Beyond those there is even a small population of dragons who have been raised by the Wandering Ones or have chosen to work with them from many different planes of existence. There are many more wonders that are mere whispers to those outside the wanderers and the Arch Enclave is always growing and changing.

'''Minor Enclaves'''

There are many other enclaves across the multiverse, and they mirror the Arch Enclave on a much smaller scale. As the Wanderers wander, they may be called to cease their wandering to set up a new enclave where Dysian has found suitable and willed it to be. Each enclave is connected to the Arch Enclave and can easily communicate and teleport between each other. Many of the minor enclaves are also connected to allow for some easier travel between them. While these enclaves are also hidden, few of them wander, though some do, and some that didn't will just suddenly begin wandering for seemingly no reason at all.
[[Category:Into the Greedy Green]]

Dysian

2022-11-15T04:12:24Z

Lywyn:

== Godly Details ==
'''Domain:''' God of Life & Curiosity

'''Alignment:''' Chaotic Good

'''Holy Symbol:''' A Linden Leaf that has an 'Eye with Butterfly Wings' on top of it

'''Home Plane:''' Feywild

'''Gender:''' Masculine

'''Spell Power Domain:''' Healing spells, Knowledge spells, Illusion spells, Nature spells

== Appearance ==
This gentle healing yet curious god has a form befitting both his natures. He often shows himself as an impressive bull elephant with brilliantly colored butterfly wings as the elephant’s ears. The wing colors seem to shift and shimmer, and legend says the colors shown reflect his current disposition. He has beautiful writings and symbols that flow from the center of his forehead down his trunk but what they mean has been long forgotten, or perhaps, was never known by the mortals of the feywilds or beyond. He is rumored to take other, smaller, forms when he wants to take a wander through the mortal lands. There are many myths and tales of strange encounters that may have been a chance or perhaps fated meeting with this wandering God. One thing they all have in common is the butterfly. If you think you’ve met him, look for the butterfly, he always hides it somewhere on himself, and if you find one, you may have just been blessed by this most curious God yourself!

== Description ==
A lunar god, Dysian maintains dual roles as healer of sickness and injuries, as well as a curious gatherer of knowledge of all kinds. His divine inspiration guides his followers to seek out his current curious whim. He seeks compassionate followers who are also inquisitive in their nature, willing to leave on a spiritual quest at a moment's notice. Many of his followers will soon find that the paths he directs them down, most often, will lead them to be of great aid while also sating Dysian’s own curious desires. He has a sense of goodness and justice, but he also has a playful spirit that would typically rather find more interesting ways than dull simple brute force to meet out justice. He encourages his followers to do the same, but he does not forbid them to use violence so long as they are using it in balance and on the side of defense of self and good. Dysian’s nature is gentle and calm, and he is slow to anger. As an ancient god and collector of wisdom he is wise and so is not one to rush to conclusions and would rather pause to reflect before brash action. That being said woe to the ones who invoke his wrath. Few times has he fully shown his rage, in those times, lands trembled, and worlds were reshaped anew by the battles fought.

== Dogma ==
<blockquote>"Be ever curious about the multiverse and its inhabitants and follow my divine light where it leads you. Take the time to see, to watch, and learn. Collect the bits and pieces of knowledge that sparkle and share them back to me. Remember as you wander to protect the peoples and the lands of the feywild forests. Defend them fiercely from marauders, and act as champions for those who cannot defend themselves but always remember that there are many ways to disable and bring justice to an enemy that do not involve brute force. Do your best to show compassion and mercy and take the time to tend to the sick and injured whenever possible. Remain unattached to the peoples and the places you visit and be ready to heed my word should I call you to wander. Should I choose to lead you far from the feywilds in your curious wanderings I charge you still to act as my champions bringing my light, aid, and influence to those strange new lands. "</blockquote>

== Followers ==
Followers of Dysian (called ‘The Wandering Ones’) are often seen as benevolent spiritual wanderers. Some may root themselves in a place for a time only to one day, seemingly out of the blue, be called to a new spiritual quest and leave without ceremony. They tend to be lighthearted and inquisitive. Marked for their bravery, they will not hesitate to stand up for those who cannot stand for themselves but would rather choose other more creative solutions before base violence if given the option. They are caring and compassionate and are always willing to help when they are able but as they have come to understand how important balance can be, they understand that they must keep to their path where they can do the most good and not be distracted by the greater sufferings of the worlds where their efforts would be squandered.

== The Enclaves ==
'''The Arch Enclave'''

The seat of power for 'The Wandering Ones' is located in a hidden place within the Feywilds referred to as the Arch Enclave. There is no mark on a map showing the location of the Arch Enclave rather one seems to find it just exactly when they need it. Does it come to you or were you led to it? Such is the way with spiritual things.

Think you're going to just teleport in? It might not be as easy as you believe. Sure, you will teleport, but unless you have permission or count yourself among 'The Wandering Ones' you'll find you just happened to miss the Enclave before it wandered off again and now you sit in the depths of the Feywilds far off the maps. Those who come searching with ill intent be it towards the Arch Enclave itself, a single member, or coveting an item (or knowledge) they believe is held in 'The Wandering Ones' care will find themselves set to wander, lost in the dangerous feywilds, going ever deeper, and deeper. A brave few have attempted to 'trick' the 'Wandering Enclave' by ensnaring a member or associate of 'The Wandering Ones' but have found in the blink of an eye their captives disappear or other unfortunate consequences mayhap occur until said captive is freely loosed from their bindings and released. It is true that 'The Wandering Ones' use brute force as a last resort, but some say that's only because they know more creative and agonizing ways of 'teaching' others to keep their hands and magics to themselves when it comes to the Arch Enclave and those under its god Dysian's protection.

For those who are lucky enough to enter the 'Wandering Enclave' many wonders are said to await! Tales of a treasure trove of knowledge in a vast library connected to all the minor enclaves allows new information to be added at a moment's notice from any enclave in the multiverse. The subjects are not only clerical in nature but arcane, historical, all the sciences, and so much more! They have a unique "think it and it finds you" way of summoning the precise tomes needed either by subject or specific titles or authors! If reading isn't your thing there is a menagerie of creatures from the multiverse in their own nature preserves, and while they are studied, they are also treated with the utmost care, compassion, and concern. Beyond those there is even a small population of dragons who have been raised by the Wandering Ones or have chosen to work with them from many different planes of existence. There are many more wonders that are mere whispers to those outside the wanderers and the Arch Enclave is always growing and changing.

'''Minor Enclaves'''

There are many other enclaves across the multiverse, and they mirror the Arch Enclave on a much smaller scale. As the Wanderers wander, they may be called to cease their wandering to set up a new enclave where Dysian has found suitable and willed it to be. Each enclave is connected to the Arch Enclave and can easily communicate and teleport between each other. Many of the minor enclaves are also connected to allow for some easier travel between them. While these enclaves are also hidden, few of them wander, though some do, and some that didn't will just suddenly begin wandering for seemingly no reason at all.
[[Category:Into the Greedy Green]]

Linden Rue

2022-09-19T01:55:09Z

Lywyn: Added teatime siege story

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=Tiny Bunny.jpg|caption=Temp Art by Iro Pagis|languages=Common, Elvish, Draconic, Sylvan|birthPlace=Feywild|species=Harengon|gender=Female|height=3ft (counting my ears)|weight=30lbs|eyes=Sapphire blue}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is a Harengon of a rather curious nature. She follows where the will of the divine lights her travels, wherever that may be. Her spiritual wanderings have revealed that the divine celestial world is far more connected than it is separate. Seeing these connections, she finds herself wondering how the gods have influenced different times, peoples, and places and spends her free time often studying different peoples and their practices. She is always prepared to help those in need but as a wanderer she rarely plants herself in one spot too long.

==Physical Appearance==
Piercing bright sapphire blue eyes peer out from pure snow white fur which covers her form with just the tips of her ears dipped in deep obsidian black. She may be small coming in just at around 3ft (counting her ears) but she makes up for it in her fiercely joyful indomitable spirit.

==Personality==
Linden is an excitable rather happy harengon, who is often one foot in her own world with her musings and pondering. She has survived much in her short time but her faith has kept her spirit shining bright. She is fascinated and perhaps bit overly excited by new peoples and experiences for her, even ones others may NOT be so excited about. As she always says, "Fear and fascination both start with an 'f' so it can be a bit confusing." She is a bit easily distracted and finds herself drawn in by odd items, strange beings, and shiny items sooome times to her determent (it's a good thing she's tanky). She is loyal to her companions and will do all that she can to avoid ever leaving one of them in trouble. As a staunch lover of life, Linden, will do all she can to stop those inflicting needless cruel suffering upon others.

==Powers and Abilities==
<blockquote> '''God''': [[Dysian]] ''(Feywild God)'' '''Domain:''' Life & Curiosity </blockquote>I am the Life (cleric) of the party, here to bestow much anti-damage to my companions. Many see my diminutive stature and assume me to be fearful, but I am actually quite the opposite. When in danger, I spend a lot of my time keeping an eye on those near me and doing my best to ensure they're alright as battle rages. What can I say? I'm a lover not a fighter but, make no mistake I will be the shield to defend those I care for and any innocents in need to the utmost!

On a side note, I have been told I have two lucky rabbits feet from past companions, seeming to bring some of them an extra edge in their battles...so long as my feet remain attached to my body, that is.

== History ==
They say curiosity killed the cat, it's no worry, I'm a harengon. I'm not from this plane, originally, you see I found myself curious and followed a group of strangers I had been quietly studying through a portal and found myself in this place. I feel like the divine put my paws on this path as I was following the light. Sometimes it's golden and shining and other times it sparkles (this time it was the latter). I must say I do rather like it here, the creatures are all much more direct with their concerns and desires. At times I miss my fae friends and family but I've always been rather independent anyway.

Hopping right along I've spent my time studying many peoples and places of this land but what I am most excited about are the DRAGONS!! It took me some time, some books, and some spying (without becoming a crispy dragon snack) to get the nuances just right but I was able to learn to fluently speak the Draconic language and it's certainly been enlightening in this current climate. I've been asked why I'm not more afraid of the giant beastly dragons for "a rabbit" (I'll excuse them for not understanding my people are not exactly the same as the tiny creatures they call rabbits) but when EVERYTHING tries, or wants to eat you (including most of the peoples I've met) I suppose size becomes irrelevant after some point. I'm not unafraid, I'm just not MORE afraid...

I am also so enamored with life that anytime I have been able to aid those who cross my path and seem to have good intent I have done my best to bestow healing and blessings upon them with the the powers granted by my divine. I have always followed wherever my divine lights my path and it has led me to some very curious locations and experiences but, I have the firm belief that I am always exactly where I am supposed to be at exactly the right time.

== Linden's Adventures ==

=== Seglock West Gate (7/15/22) Isonhound - ===
I was enjoying the Gala eating a really particularly delicious slice of carrot cake. It was perfectly spiced, a lovely aroma of nutmeg and cinnamon, with just a hint of sweetness from the icing. Then a beautiful moment of carroty bliss was ruined as loud crashing and screaming from Seglock University crashed our lovely Gala. No time to waste I set off in the direction of the noise, I was closest to the West Gate and so headed that way and found myself with a small group of other adventurers also heading into the chaos. We banded together and waded through the terrified staff and students pouring out of the cafeteria halls. Just as I was thinking that this kind of stampede is no place for a short Harengon a kindly Goliath, Vadath offered me a spot atop his 8ft tall form, and I gladly let him plop me right on his shoulder. The view was AMAZING! I've never been so tall!

We get inside to find these crazy modified goblins with poison bites and a very grey looking orc. My Goliath mount informs us that these are creations of Cheshire a disgraced alchemist that was kicked out of the university. The goblins were closing in on a group of students and a professor with some scrolls of research. So I rode my brave Goliath barbarian into battle and with the the help of Tristram an Eladrin bard of some mighty eloquence holding the orc with his magic, Vadath cleaved it down quickly. I tried to help take down one of the goblins with a Dragonborn bard named Delphi but we were unable to take it down before it slew one of the young students. What was deeply disturbing to me was how the student perished with a single bite wound, and wailed in agony as he crumpled to the ground. No normal goblin could inflict that kind of pain from a simple bite, this was some foul tampering with the natural order of things for sure. With the help of a Sorceress named Omen, paladin named Zen, and a Ranger named Patches we were all able to save rest of the students and the professor, though the professor did receive some injuries during the attack but was able to leave and head out for the infirmary after we gave him some minor healing. We did notice that the goblins seemed awfully interested in the research notes the professor was trying to protect (he had his arms full of scrolls of his notes) which to me seemed a very odd thing for goblins to care for. We questioned the professor and he was very shaken up and didn't seem to know what was going on other than these bests were murdering everyone and creating chaos. He said they seem to be wanting his research but he wasn't going to give it up, he claimed his research was on ointments and such, nothing too impressive. We did not get his name or look at his notes ourselves before we sent him on his way to find safety and healing.

As we continued on fighting our way through the student's quarters in route towards the professor's quarters Omen our Tiefling Sorceress noticed a loud noise coming up behind us in the hall and was the first to see, and warn us of a HUGE golem trudging our way. When I say huge I mean H-U-G-E, it's arms were scraping against the walls of the hall, it barely fit!!! When it reached us it started attacking unprovoked and nearly knocked Patches our ranger flat. Tristham suggested hiding in the rooms and letting it pass by to see if it would kill the orcs (and then following it). Omen used her magic to appear behind it and we could hear her off and on having an argument with someone behind the golem. Vadath, already fully succumbed to his battle rage, after seeing his party member struck by the giant golem could see nothing but red. So in we went my angry Goliath mount and I to defend the stunned ranger and stop the golem. I must say this thing was IMPRESSIVE and it swung these giant chains with huge iron balls at the ends of them ready to smash us to pieces. As it tried to strike Vadath he deftly moved us out of the way, however, this brute literally broke through the floor beneath us! So we began to fall but, the powerful Vadath easily caught himself. I, with all the grace that a Harengon clad in heavy armor can muster, slipped off Vadath entirely and plummeted 10ft into a dark pit...alone. Once my eyes adjusted to the dark I realized I was in a root cellar, normally I would be pretty excited to nose around but, my friends were in danger! So I hopped up out of the hole in one glorious hop back up top standing next to the hole on my own two rabbit feet. I returned just in time to witness the destruction of the golem by Vadath with a little bit of fiery help from Omen our Sorceress.

Once the golem was defeated, and the rest of the hallway cleared of orcs, we all gathered around the professor. I found it very strange that this golem was not harming the professor who Omen had said was following it yet when it saw us it started attacking right away before we did anything at all. I also found it suspicious that the professor was following the golem deeper INTO the fray instead of leaving out the doors we had just cleared and trying to get to safety. He too had research notes, and he also had reagents. When questioned he was being short and defensive, which seeing how Vadath kind of manhandled him because he was trying to sneak off after the golem fell it's hard to tell with absolute certainty if it was because he was guilty or just offended. Since everyone was trying to question him I felt it might be good to ensure he tells us the truth and I cast zone of truth upon him. Even then he was very evasive talking around the answers to the questions he was trying to avoid. He flat out refused to answer if he was going to join Cheshire and when asked about if he was delivering the notes to Cheshire he was evasive saying he was not "a delivery boy." He did say he is NOT working for him (at least not currently we can assume). He did seem very afraid before the golem fell according to Omen so his lack of confidence makes me wonder if Cheshire knew of this professors desire to join him or if he was trying to make this play on his own. We have no idea who made the golem if it was this professor or if it was part of the attack, we did not ask. Vadath decided that the situation was too volatile in the university to keep questioning him there but, did not trust letting him go, he thought of confiscating his research but instead decided to just confiscate the entire professor research and all... an interesting tactic to be sure. Since I had the zone of truth ability and Vadath was planning on further interrogation of the professor I was invited to join him and Dephi back at the Iron Eyrie their guild hall and assist them further. I told them as long as I didn't have to walk I would happily try to help sort things out. After watching that innocent student painfully die to the poisonous bite of the altered goblin, I will do what I can to help put a stop to further cruel abominable creations.

After we got back to the Iron Eyrie and got the professor settled into his "quarters" to await interrogation; Vadath, my strong, brave, barbarian Goliath mount, offered me membership to his guild telling me they seek to aid not only their fellow members but also the people of Isonhound. He also stated they were in need of more help at the field hospital. Seeing that, for now, they seem to be doing good works and are in need of more hands to help those injured in the attack, how could a Life Cleric say no? So I now have begun my newest journey as a member of the [[Band of the Iron Hawk]]. You know, I've never been in a guild before, there shall be many notes...

=== The Law of Consequences (07-29-22) Isonhound - ===
Professor Galloway, who I’d had a hand in rescuing in the attack on Seglock University a few weeks ago, called me and one of my fellows, who also aided in saving the professor, a bard named Tristram to a tavern named ‘The Trout’s Tow’ for a (free to the bard and I) drink and a discussion about an important matter (the nature of which we did not know until the professor was sharing it with us from across the table). We were handed a writ about these fire gates that only open every so often, it spoke of a dragon sleeper that may awaken and terrorize the coutnryside if left to her own devices. It was odd and unclear, warning not to wake the sleeping dragon saying to go in and get the hoard, yet it also said the hoard was the reward. So why would someone send us to go get it and not wake the dragon? What would they gain? When we pressed the professor for clarity he told us we would be working for someone else who would be arriving shortly and gave us a bit of information about the order they were from.

It appeared that there was some order of elves that called themselves “The Wold Order” who were descendants of an ancient heroic Sylvan order who were onces defenders of the realm. They claim to be picking up where their ancestors left off and standing up to be protectors of this world. The professor had his doubts, they’ve been around for a while and yet the draconic threats are no less, in fact, they’ve perhaps only gotten worse it seems. If they are trying, they clearly are not doing enough (nothing like the order of old). He was dubious and warned the two of us to keep a wary eye. His warnings were cut off as their representative and the adventuring team he had gathered entered the inn and began approaching.

The Wold order representative introduced himself as ‘Aldean’ and he was your typical elf, proud, pointy ears and all. Very serious and what not. They had sent an adventuring team to these fire gates previously and only a few members made it back alive. When we asked for clarity on the writ he just said we were to go and slay the dragon to help protect the realm and that they were uninterested in the dragon’s hoard so anything in it was ours to do with it what we wished. He kept referring to us as “untested” and such which was odd but I didn’t think much of it. Coming from the feywilds I’m pretty used to high elves and their even higher opinion of themselves and it’s amusing to see that even their more distant relatives haven’t lost that braggadocious character. It seems you can take the elf out of the Feywilds but you can’t take the Feywilds out of the elf. Ha. Anyway…

Our bard managed to charm a few potions out of the stuffy Aldean and after everyone took their pick I ended up with a fire breathing potion. A fire breathing bunny?! I find that hilarious and cannot wait for the right moment to greet a very confused enemy. We were given a hastily drawn map and told it would be about 3 days travel to get to the lair of the dragon. Then without a word Aldean just slipped away while we were distracted in conversation. Another odd thing I took note of once we noticed he had departed.

As we were relaxing the bard realized he needed some funds for some last minute preparations and though a bit of drink in him I suggested he go to the stage we were in the table next to and “do what bards do,” a decision that ended more poorly than I would have expected. You see our new Monk friend Volrac decided that he would ‘help’ the Bard by attempting to gather the crowd. Things seem to be going okay at first, nothing too exciting. Then at some point suddenly I saw Volrac and fire and a few seconds later the ENTIRE stage was on fire and not in the ‘turn of the phrase’ kind of a way. At that point I realized that I was pretty sure Volrac was no longer helping because everyone was panicking and running around. Also there was the screaming, lots of it, and I have rather large sensitive ears so it was vastly unpleasant. I suppose I’ll never understand why beings need to make these situations worse by making as much noise as physically possible for absolutely no productive reason at all. We helped grab buckets and put out the fire and then when it was under control we headed out to secure some last minute things we all needed for the upcoming expedition.

As my lucky feet would have it, most of our travel was largely uneventful. The morning we reached near the lair, as we were gathered around our fire, we all noticed a poorly hidden person behind the giant log that was next to us. I asked if anyone was going to invite the guy by the log to join us at the fire and Hugo and Volrac decided to sneak around each side of the log and try to catch him off guard. I sighed. Then we watched our monk friend be thwarted in his stealth by an even stealthier tree root as he took a bit of a graceless tumble. Hugo our warlock friend, however, managed to get around and train his bow on the fellow who appeared to be a human.

There was a bit of huffing from Hugo of “put your weapons down” and such like. To the new guys credit he put down all of his weapons. I realized no one had asked the most important questions yet. This person who clearly could have attacked us didn’t so far. So I hopped up and down talking to the new guy (I am only 3ft tall and the log was giant) and I asked him directly, “Are you bad, evil, gonna hurt or kill us?” He responded with a “no” and I noticed he had a silvery dragon on his shield that looked like Bahamut. I got tired and stopped hopping and told everyone he said he was good. Then Hugo was upset because he picked his shield back up with kinetic magic. So more huffing (this time back and forth between both of them over the shield being defense and blah, blah). I chuckled as he was told not to touch his weapons and such and I shouted over the log, “He IS a weapon!!! Just so you know!”

Eventually cooler heads prevailed and he introduced himself as Sro and suggested we all work together. He stated he heard there was a dragon in this area and that’s what drew him here, he also had heard there was an adventuring party heading out this way to deal with the dragon so he was keeping his eye out to find it and possibly help out. I wasn’t fully sold on the story but let it pass. He took us over to the banks of the river next to us and asked us if something looked different about the water. We noticed a pearlescent sheen across the surface. He then taught us how dragons often affect their environments in varying ways depending on the type of dragon they are, even affecting your emotions and soul in some draconic types. This type, however, he was unfamiliar with (which seemed to excite him). He has been familiar with other dragons associated with waters but this pearlescence was very strange and new.

Hugo wanted to set fire to the water and see if it would burn (perhaps like the sheen of oil on water). Markoth our paladin lit a torch and went to throw it in but, Sro used some magic to hold the torch in midair for a moment and then drop it to the ground away from the water. He explained that whatever elements in the environment the dragons are affecting they are also often intimately connected with and may sense any attack or manipulation of that element. Since we were in NO way ready to face the dragon just yet he suggested not attacking the water in any way, let alone with fire. Hugo had the idea to pull some water out in a small bowl but curiously he found that the further he was getting from the water source (and it was not that far at all) the more of the pearl sheen faded from the water’s surface. So he stopped not far from the banks and cast a bonfire spell. The water seemed unaffected other than boiling away. It did not catch on fire nor on further tests did it feel “thick” or “greasy” or like anything at all different when you touched the water itself.

Sro went over some very old established rules for hunting dragons (which he slipped in that he wrote, my ears perked up at that statement, which with his shield, and kinetic magic, was adding up to more than perhaps, just a slip of the tongue - I kept this suspicion to myself though). One main rule was to never fight a dragon in its lair. Due to this rule we all made a plan to go scout the lair, perhaps get someone to lay eyes on the dragon so we knew what type of dragon we were fighting.

When we got there we saw that there were three entrances. One had a set of four tracks going in but only 3 coming out which must have been the previous group that lost a member. I suggested we avoid that way because it was obviously not successful for the previous group that failed to defeat the dragon. As we were setting up Sro suggested some be back at the river and he volunteered to head back there himself if no one else wanted to go or with someone else. Then the paladin Markoth and I both knew we were not the stealthy types in our heavy armor so we elected to wait outside encase help was needed. As Hugo and Volrac were about to head in I asked them if they were able to see in the dark and they both realized they could not so I warned them that they would likely be eaten if they tried scouting with a torch or other forms of light. Tristram bravely volunteered to go scouting on his own as he could cast invisibility on himself and move quietly (as well as see in the dark). We all agreed then decided that we would all but Sro wait by the river (by this point I was pretty sure Sro was a dragon and figured he would be more than enough help to our bard, if needed, on his own).

Tristram made it back to us and informed us that the sound of draconic (or a large beast) breathing fills the lair inside. He stated there was a huge dragon skull where the pearlescent water was flowing out of. He also warned us of an arrow trap (by showing us some arrows he found in his chest). He then described two elven mages that were having a discussion about a dragon, they were looking for a white one, but found a “not quite white” dragon that would apparently suffice. (This made me think - isn’t the Wold order also an elven order? This seems too similar, I’m keeping a wary eye like the professor warned). Our bard found some scattered gold going up a hallway and the sound of breathing of a huge beast echoed most loudly from that direction but fearing he had already more than overstayed his welcome he went no further and returned to give us his report.

Report received we all took our hiding positions and I proceeded to toss a ball bearing into the water to see if we would get a reaction. Nothing. Then Sro used his magic to toss his shield into the water and again, nothing. As he was splashing the shield in and out with his magic, Markoth lit a torch and tossed it in the water. That’s when we heard draconic roaring, amidst the roars I heard the word “STOP!!!” (I do speak draconic by the way, a rabbit of mysteries I am) What struck me about this was the voice was haggard, almost desperate. It was not the voice of a fearsome dragon that was going to charge out and take us. It felt like a voice that was trapped. Our people, the Haregons value our freedom greatly, almost more than anything. I know that sound. I suggested that either the dragon had somehow grown too large (or portly) to get out of its lair (highly unlikely) OR those mages Tristram had seen were evil and keeping this poor dragon captured! I know in the Feywilds we had all kinds of good dragons, not so friendly ones too but also good ones. My thoughts were interrupted by someone asking if anyone knew how to detect magic, I did so they asked me if I could see if the river was magical. I cast the spell and found that the river was affected by some kind of transmutation magic. I also happened to realize our dear Sro was not what he seemed as he was blanketed in illusion magic but I had suspected as much. I whispered to him playfully, “Someone has a secret.” Then winked. The brief moment of levity faded quickly as I remembered the dragon, the sound of its voice, and I was done playing games trying to decide, my heart hurt for what this beings fate might be if it was good. I marched up to the river bank, scooped up some water and took a drink, to the shock and horror of most of my fellow party members.

I am happy to report that I did not die, it was rather invigorating actually. I will say that the closest I can describe the sensation would be to compare it to eating a goodberry if you’ve ever had the pleasure of devouring one of those beauties! Nourished for the day, a spot of healing, and ready to go! That confirmed it! This MUST be a good dragon. No evil dragon would have nourishing and healing waters! Tristham pointed out that he hadn’t noticed it before but it seemed like the vegetation along the banks of the river was particularly vibrant and lush, perhaps more so than one would usually expect. So this dragon also has healing effects for the land as well! This is my kind of dragon!!! Now I am even more determined to set this poor captive good dragon free! It’s suffering will not be tolerated! Me and my God Dysian (along with my brave adventuring party, and Sro) will not allow evil to triumph!

We head in following Tristram’s direction that leads us to the ‘fire gates’ which are two fiery pillars inside the lair just a bit beyond the middle entrance. The dragon is there hovering just inside the gates. I’ve never seen a dragon like this, serpentine and long in its form with horns that resembled antlers. I spoke first to it in draconic, “I believe you are good and are being held prisoner! We are here to help you! How can we help you? Do you need to be set free?”

The dragon replied in a pained breathy voice, “You are not strong enough to help me.” Little did this dragon know, I too am not what I seem at first glance, he will later find that his words could not be more wrong. Then we heard the sound of footsteps in the distance and he warned, “They are coming,” and he retreated back down the hall and around the corner out of sight.

Two elven mages in robes of the evil draconic order came around the corner and shouted at us. Tristram, our silver tongued bard, to his credit, was able to convince them that we were simply in the wrong place. That we were looking for someone else and not there to attack them. They bought it hook, line, and sinker!!! They said they were waiting on someone else. Tristram apologized for the mix up and then told them he thinks they were out by the water and the mages relaxed and said, “ah, good they’re almost here then!” They then said we were free to go, that we just needed to head on out and all was good. Volrac asked how he could get a set of those robes and said he’d like to join them and they told him, he “doesn’t want these robes” and told him he doesn’t want to be a part of the order, that if he does he must be mentally damaged, they also instructed him to, “ask around Seglock to see how terrible the order is.” Now, they have no way to know we’re from Seglock number one, sure it might be one of the closer settlements but there’s still no way they’d know that, that is where we came from or were going to. This entire exchange was baffling and super suspicious to me. I have fought much evil in my day, being a cleric, and adventurer. Evil doesn’t just let you go when you stumble into their lair. They don’t clear the air because it was just some “confusion” and tell you to just head on home. They are evil, they don’t care who you are, you aren’t one of them, they’ll likely try to murder you or capture you for sacrifice, slavery, or other horrific evil machinations. Also these guys were not very convincing, each time they tried to sound boomy and angry like a real evil cultist they instead sounded like a really bad play actor or a terrible bard who has no idea they’re terrible.

With his ruse a robust success, Tristram was able to hold one of the mages while the other fled, but not before he lit up the rest of us who were standing in a nice tight little group with a hefty fireball. Sro floated? Flew? Over to the held mage and slapped him once which brought him within an inch of his life (coming ever closer to confirming my dragon hypothesis). He then declared that “this one LIVES” and we proceed to pursue the fleeing mage.

There was much fighting and I must say these mages and the traps were rather hard on my party members so they kept me quite busy picking them up off the floor. Markoth in particular decided to hang out in the middle of and become very intimately acquainted with the arrow trap as passing party members littered both themselves and himself with more and more arrows. As we rounded the corner the dragon was in the next room backing towards a different hallway (away from the combat). Sro implored him to stand and fight with us, to end this tyranny and to fight for his own freedom! The dragon stopped backing up but did not reply nor did he do anything else. Our bard asked the dragon if he knew how to speak common, and the dragon replied that he did and so our bard then (saying he had no idea what Sro said as Tristram doesn’t speak draconic) made his own impassioned speech to the dragon urging him to join us to, fight, to aid us! This time the dragon would respond, in action.

Volrac, Hugo, and Kluck (our barbarian) all subdued the fleeing mage and brought him down. They, however, were met by two more wizards and a new battle began. The dragon, convinced at last by the combined efforts of Linden, Sro, and most powerfully Tristram, acted and conjured an ice storm sphere upon the mages. Our heroes fought on bravely, some even stepping boldly in the icy sphere to reach the mages. One of the mages was put down! Then with one powerful icy cone cast by the remaining mage most of our party lay on the floor. Luckily I had enough healing magic to give everyone a little bit of healing all at once and get them all back on their feet again.

Things were starting to get in the neighborhood of a bit dicey, spells on my end were going to start running a bit low. As it was, we still were okay. My most powerful spells were exhausted, I still had a few others left, but if the battles kept raging for much longer it was going to start getting risky as every round my companions were face-planting left and right. Who knew wizards were so dangerous, right? Luckily just in the nick of time I was able to silence the last mage leaving him defenseless as our barbarian Kluck charged in and ended him. Luckily for the group, he was the last of the mages.

Sro pointed out a binding circle in the back of the cavern where the mages were coming from. The dragon stated that he was not powerful enough to dispel it or he would have been gone from this place long ago. He told us he was promised that if he helped them test some adventurers they would let him go but they never did, I assume because they always had more adventurers they wanted to test.

One of our stronger members fetched the unconscious mage Sro saved near the gates, tied him up so he could not use his hands to cast magic, and I gave him some of the water, restoring him (just barely) to consciousness. When he awoke and took stock of all of us standing above him and that he was at the binding circle he gave a weak, “Congratulations, you passed the test!” He then proceeded to argue with Sro how they were training adventurers (Sro maintaining that HE was training them! They just provided lies and death!). When they were done huffing at one another we told him to undo the binding. He said he was not powerful enough. He explained that while he is powerful, a group of mages a lot more powerful than he got together to cast that binding so it would take some similar strength of power to dispel it.

He asked that we give him the bodies of the other mages. I replied “So you can just revive them and do all of this again to more people?” The party and Sro all looked at him and said a resounding NO on returning the bodies.

We then moved on and were talking with the dragon about the skull we passed on our way in that the water flows through and he said they were his daughter’s bones and that adventurers have been taking pieces of her bones and even the teeth from the skull itself. He seemed very sad and stated that if they were able to be gathered back up again and cast into a river she would live again!

I looked at the party and told them that I know it might be near impossible but I would like to try to set the dragon free. No one knows how important freedom is to my people, my God, and my way of life. I cannot leave here without at least trying. I asked if they would let me rest since it was an exhausting battle and they did but not before we of course collected the hoard and divided it out amongst the party. It was ours if we succeeded and the mage told us we passed (a test we didn’t know we were taking).

I awoke the next morning and spent a few moments in prayer asking for guidance from Dysian to help empower me to set free this beautiful captive spirit. The bard played beautiful inspiring music while I meditated. When I was just about ready the dragon said he could offer the blessing of the sea but he didn’t think it would be particularly helpful. I said I would take every help I could get. Turns out the blessing of the sea allows you to breathe underwater so, instead of eating breakfast I just stuck my head into the underground river running all through the cave and breathed in my breakfast. Fully nourished, prepped, and invigorated, I prepared to set a dragon free where many others have failed.

I walked up to the summoning circle fully aware of the party and two expectant dragons waiting in anticipation at my back. I closed my eyes and took a deep breath. Then I began channeling the divine energy through my body with the intent to dispel this binding circle. I felt the energy flowing then it ebbed what felt a bit early but remembering that beautiful uplifting bardic song this morning my will and mind were refocused and certain of success and the energy began surging once again. Then just before it felt like it should be finished the energy dipped once more and I connected back to my God Dysian, to his guidance and I allowed all the energy that he could send to flow through me and into the circle. Then all at once everything stopped as if a candle was just snuffed out in an instant.

I opened my eyes and the circle was inactive, it was no longer glowing. I grinned ear to ear. Everyone doubts the rabbit. I turned around to stunned faces, no one more than the dragon himself. I think it was the first time he actually really saw me. He asked if that was it, if it was over and I shrugged and told him that there was only one way to tell. We gathered ourselves and our things and headed out of the lair.

It should be noted that while we were distracted discussing the bones of the dragon’s daughter there was one person missing, Volrac. It should also be noted that it appears the mage just so happened to have ceased living at some point between the bone discussion and the sorting of the loot. Weird, huh? Though that left Sro without “the one to tell the tale,” I told him, not to worry, I would be sending a strongly worded sending “letter” because I am LIVID.

As we reached the fire gates, the furthest out the dragon has been able to go since they bound him here he paused and let everyone else pass through. We turned to face him. My heart was pounding. I knew the spell was dispelled but I was secretly afraid they had taken some other hidden arcane measures to keep him locked in or worse to hurt him or kill him if he tried to leave without them setting him free and disabling all the known elements. I didn’t let my concern show and just beamed a bright positive smile at him.

It was one of my greatest honors in this life so far to see this magnificent creature step forth and pass beyond the fire gates watching him go from defeated, to afraid to be too hopeful, to watching the color returning to him as he seemed to rise taller and stronger and rushed out of the cavern. He did say thank you but I didn’t release him for that (I just want anyone who may read my writings to know that he was also a polite dragon).

We all stepped outside and Sro thanked us also for doing a great deed. As a sign of appreciation he revealed his stunning and HUGE Great Silver Wyrm handsome self (gotta say I did a solid bunny pat on the back for putting the clues together for that one) and offered to fly us back home to Seglock. That flight was AMAZING!!! Talk about the experience of a lifetime!!!! Though after seeing his form I must say the talk of the mages about the fact that they found a dragon that was not white but sort of white makes me concerned for Sro. I wonder if they meant him. I would think they would know a silver dragon or at least silver as a color but then again they tried to pull off a terrible ruse. Hmm… I might have to send Sro a message as well. <blockquote> '''As it would turn out, yes, Mentztonalcoatl I WAS strong enough'''. ~ Linden Rue </blockquote>''Note: I also want to note that the dragon we freed was named: Mentztonalcoatl but that’s a mouthful to write so I instead called him “the dragon” throughout for ease of my paws.''

=== A Bloody Teatime (09-14-22) Isonhound - ===
I found myself invited to a teatime at the most lovely “secret” headquarters of the ‘Power to the People’ (PotP). You see, it’s an underground cavey sort of place which is much reminiscent of the burrows I’ve not seen since I was a small Harengon, er well young I suppose I’m still quite small to most of you reading this. I must say I was so looking forward to a good tea, it’s been quite some time since I’ve had the pleasure of enjoying a proper tea, since I’ve left the Feywilds as a matter of fact now that I think of it.

A tall impressive treant named Oakey stood ahead of us as we arrived and briefly interrogated us as to our reason for arrival and after our guide informed him of our invitation he let us pass and returned to his leafy watch. A lovely waterfall flowed behind our wooden fellow and as our guide approached, the water was swept aside to reveal the entrance to our teatime extravaganza! It was a fantastic trick! What an entrance! I do appreciate keeping my fur dry.

As we entered what I was sure was going to be an enchanting teatime, I was hoping for crumpets (divine little pastries), or perhaps some carrot cake petit fours? As I dreamed of finger sandwiches (not made of fingers, unless you’ve invited goblins or ogres of course), a human gentleman introduced himself with a wide grin by the name of Archie. He stated that he was acting leader, as Brenna, the Leader of the PotP was out on business along with most of the other members. He asked us to follow him so we could gather for tea. (I shall note that there was a rather dour wizard high elf gentleman among us also named Archie, I shall refer to this elf as Archie 2 if referring by name).

Our party of seven (now eight with Archie) found ourselves squeezing around a table meant comfortably for five. Our tea, as it were, was served in mismatched china, some of which were chipped. It was palatable, even decent. As for food, well, Archie proudly handed out some half stale biscuits he had gotten the day before (it is a bit of a trip to get fresh baked goods and I don’t imagine he’s much for baking but he spent all the copper in his pocket to get the best he could afford). I will say as I sat there, sipping tea from a mismatched chipped cup (occasionally dunking my half day old biscuit), in the cool darkness of the burrow-cave (okay it was just a cave) I was indeed having a FANTASTIC time!!!!

Archie regaled us with tales of a moon dragon (which I won’t bore you with here, of course) but I did find them mightily fascinating! As we were digging into the many possibilities of dragon composition, bratwurst being a personal favorite. We heard an ominous horn sound in the (not far enough away) distance. As a few brave souls rushed past us swords at the ready we heard some mighty fierce treant roars. Oakey was under attack!!!

Oakey was now bellowing out a mix of fierce roars tinged with painful cries which were coming from above the waterfall. Archie was beside himself and ran to the mouth of the cave urging us to go with him to save his friend. In all honesty Tristram was already at the top of the waterfall attempting to scout and I was readying to use my springy rabbit legs to hop up to join him as Archie and the rest of the party arrived.

With one hop I made the top, the others even the reluctant giff (I suppose I can’t blame him, hippos are not built much for climbing) made good time following up behind. What was revealed was a troubling scene. Our treant fellow was surrounded by three vicious Drakkoths who were savagely attacking him. Oakey seemed like he was holding his own but as we approached the attackers really seemed to tear into him and it was clear we needed to act fast or the treant would soon fall.

I was the most armored of all in our teatime party so I engaged first. All fought fiercely, save our reluctant giff rogue friend who fought rather timidly from a rather safe very far, far distance. As we started to make some headway and me, Tristram, and the Owlin moved in closer to engage another ominous horn sounded this time behind us down beyond the waterfall.

A few moments later two more drakkoths appeared along with one large bone golem dragon all too close for comfort. Our owlin bravely faced down the dragon golem taking a noxious breath before my spirit guardians and I were able to grab it’s full attention. All 3 ft of me was the most able bodied defensively armored personage there and while I typically devote my efforts to supporting others and doing healing work I will stand and be a defensive shield when needed.

I must say I do not much prefer the life of a shield. They get battered and many dents. I held my own a bit until this insane golem dragon creature was able to pull out some of its bones and pin me to the ground. I couldn’t defend myself while pinned and the beast gave me a good rending, it nearly took me out in one one go. Tristram put himself in harm’s way to use some of his special abilities to teleport me out of the dragon’s bony trap. Luckily my divine grants me some amazing healing powers so I was able to restore myself to fighting shape instantly once I got my bearings after the teleport.

Archie, brave Archie, seeing me arrive after the teleport, came and stood by my side, even putting himself between me and the one spell slinging drakkoth. He held his sword firm and said he would do whatever was required to help! This would be a fateful choice but not due to the drakkoth. Oakey had come to stand next to Archie hurling rocks towards the beast of a dragon golem.

Apparently, the dragon golem had become quite enamored with me (it had nothing to do with the large treant tossing boulders I assure you) because it turned and quite easily loped over to me like a giant vicious boney puppy dog returning happily to eat its master. It was at this point, however, that it would become apparent that the dragon golem had a few more boney tricks up his sleeve. All at once he sent out overgrown bony protrusions in three directions, one that nearly dropped me back to my knees as it pierced into me, one nearly flatlining the already badly beaten but determined Oakey, and tragically one expertly piercing the very big heart of courageous Archie felling him instantly.

There was no time to mourn and as Oakey and I steadied ourselves trying to ready ourselves to attack once more. Tristram flew between Oakey and the magical drakkoth (the last one of them standing) and used his magic to send it fleeing away in terror. Still we had one large golem problem standing right in front of us.

Archie 2 stepped up and though cold and dour he may be, he was able to weave a spell sending an icy knife into the golem that exploded and was the last bit of damage needed to finally cause the dragon golem to collapse into a bone pile.

Some of our party chased after the fleeing drakkoth, completionists I suppose. My only concern was our fallen friend. Archie had not only bravely run forth into danger to defend his friend Oakey but he had stood next to me in battle, more than that he purposely put himself between me and danger and we had only met really a few minutes before the battle. He was a good man, and if this guild were to do real good it would need people like him. Without hesitation I pulled out a diamond I had been saving encase one of my friends died while we were out aiding others on a quest. I performed the necessary rites and called Archie’s kind spirit back to his body.

I realized shortly after I should have done some quick healing work on myself prior to the revivify spell because while I appreciated Archie’s enthusiasm for being back with the living once more, I also found it rather painful. It was all worth it in the end. Our owiln friend gave Oakey a quick patch up while I was tending to Archie so all of us were starting to get back on our feet.

We met the rest of the party at the bottom of the falls where the fleeing drakkoth mage was enjoying a nice nap thanks to the quick thinking of our gnome sorcerer. As Oakey had taken so much pain from the three drakkoths that had attacked him we all found it fitting he should have the liberty of dispatching this last foe. He picked it up by its tail and gave its head a quick smack on a rock before tossing its unconscious form into the water. Certainly efficient.

We headed back into the cave to find a very somber scene, the quartermaster Frank along with the other man who had stayed back with him were both slain and everything was tossed. I immediately ran to his side as I had another diamond but, when I was checking him over as I was preparing the ritual I realized that his spirit was too far for my revivify ritual to reach him. Sadly there was nothing I could do for him, or the other man who had perished alongside him defending the cave.

It looked like the drakkoths had been looking for something the way things were tossed. Their tracks led all over the cave and we could see that the one place they could not seem to get into was the quarters of Brenna the leader. Though I must say it was not for a lack of trying, the stalwart wooden door took a good chipping and presented many claw marks. I did wonder what might be in that office, and what they might be after. I suppose the “secret” part of the ‘secret hideout’ as the PotP members kept calling it is rather out of the bag with this recent attack.

One thing I can say for sure is that this attack was planned, I am certain we were meant to be baited up top to get us out of the way. Had they wanted to get rid of Oakey easily they would have used the full force all at once as he never could have taken the three Drakkoths, the dragon golem, and the additional two drakkoths (especially with one that could steal your lifeforce with magic!). They would have made quick work of him. It seems odd though, it’s as if they knew most of the PotP would be out. They obviously had a secondary force (we have no idea how many) that went into the cave and overtook at least the two men in there. They could have just come in with all of their forces and likely taken us down. Someone was working with strategy, planning, and intelligence. This was more than just a few thugs or a revenge strike.

Before we left I asked Archie to let Brenna know that I would be more than willing to come back and use my magic to help their deceased friends speak once more if they had any questions for them. I asked him to let her know that I had tried to bring Frank back and would have also tried for the other gentleman but they had both been gone too long for the magic to work. I told him that I would be willing to help in any way I could, all they needed to do is ask.

Archie tried to give me some gold as compensation for helping defend but I pressed it back into his hand and asked him to see that it did some good. None of my efforts were done for any gain. I saw people in trouble, good people, and I did what I always would have done. I helped them. I can only hope that the goodness and light that I could see in Archie’s spirit exists truly in the heart and the intention of the PotP.
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Into the Greedy Green]]

Harengon

2022-08-08T18:52:04Z

Lywyn: Filled what was a blank page on the Harengon with my character's take on their history/description (based on what barely there info there was from the book) and from the book stats/abilities for playing the race

= Harengon Race =

== Hare & Gone Again: Meeting the 5e Rabbitfolk ==
Greetings!

I have been asked to give you a brief introduction to my people, and so I shall! My name is [[Linden Rue]], I am a multiverse traveling harengon, born in the Feywilds where my people originated from. I like many of my people have allowed my curiosity to lead me to worlds beyond our beloved Feywild home. I enjoy studying the many beings and races I come into contact with but, this time I shall share a bit about my own people.

Due to the perilous and tricky nature of the Feywilds, we’ve developed sharp senses to keep an eye out for dangerous things. That being said, we’ve also adapted a “fight smarter not harder” strategy in order to thrive and you may find it’s hard to keep a good harengon down as we’ll just hop right back up again. Some believe us lucky and blessed from our ties to the mysterious feywild but I think we’ve just got this way of kicking back and cruising with the multiverse so things just seem to often work out in our favor. I will note here that we’re not so much like the very small fearful “rabbits” that I’ve come across in the Material Plane, they may look a lot like us but we’re quite a bit more bold and brave then they seem to be. I can’t blame them though, they don’t seem like they’ve got much else in the way of defending themselves from the many things that want to eat them. We sure can resonate but, we’ve luckily learned many skills that help us prove that we are no easy prey.

You’ll see us range from small (some almost tiny) in size to the medium height of what we used to call the “taller races” (such as Elves or Humans). I personally think it’s all this traveling we do that stretches us out somehow. Though I’ve not stretched much yet, perhaps a bit in the ears? Hmm… We’re bipedal (meaning we stand up on our back two rather powerful hind legs and sizable feet) and we’re covered in beautiful fur that ranges in a variety of colors. We also have long ears that typically stand tall but don't be too shocked if you come across lop ear or two in your travels. I find humans especially for some reason seem to find our small fluffy tails rather attractive. Our tails are short, look rather round, and are as stated fluffy. I will say our fashions are as varied as we are and you may consider it unlikely but some, like me, even don heavy armor and shields while others favor our natural agility and wear more suitable attire for quick nimble movement.

We’re not highly organized as a “society” as we’re usually too busy running here and there and finding ourselves rather too distracted for the normal politicking and court theatrical kind of behaviors that tend to lend themselves to a more evolved society. It’s not that we’re incapable, in fact, you’ll often see us, in the Feywilds at least, scattered amongst different courts and societies and we do have small groups of ourselves that stick together but we tend to set out and find adventure of some kind or another. We do have all kinds so not all of us are driven to wander but I would say it’s more the norm than not however. It’s really our elders who are the glue of the smaller Fluffle Colonies (what we call our groups) and who lead and inspire our future generations with tales of their own adventures and wanderings. Many go out into the world, have their fill, then come back to the same, or find a new, Fluffle Colony to retire and spend their golden years relaxing and helping to rear the next generation.

We’re generally fairly positive, highly energetic, exuberantly enthusiastic characters. Being stuck and static is hard for us, after all there’s so much to see, and do, and accomplish in this multiverse, who has time to laze around?! Our freedom is everything to us and we abhor anyone who is taking away our or any innocent being’s freedom. Life is meant to be enjoyed and we’re meant to wander and explore and express ourselves as we wish! With our high energy and curious natures we’re always up for an adventure, which is why we’re leaving the Feywilds and exploring the many worlds of the Material plane.

~ [[Linden Rue]] the Harengon Cleric

== Stats & Abilities ==
'''Ability Scores:''' Choose one of: (a) Choose any +2; choose any other +1 (b) Choose any +1; choose any other +1; choose any other +1

'''Speed:''' 30 ft.

'''Size:''' You are Medium or Small. You choose the size when you select this race.

'''Hare-Trigger:''' You can add your proficiency bonus to your initiative rolls.

'''Leporine Senses''': You have proficiency in the Perception skill.

'''Lucky Footwork:''' When you fail a Dexterity saving throw, you can use your reaction to roll a d4 and add it to the save, potentially turning the failure into a success. You can't use this reaction if you're prone or your speed is 0.

'''Rabbit Hop:''' As a bonus action, you can jump a number of feet equal to five times your proficiency bonus, without provoking opportunity attacks. You can use this trait only if your speed is greater than 0. You can use it a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest.

'''Languages:''' You can speak, read, and write Common and one other language that you and your DM agree is appropriate for your character ”

''~ Directly Quoted from Mordenkainen Presents: Monsters of the Multiverse''

Linden Rue

2022-07-30T22:15:44Z

Lywyn: formatting fix

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=Tiny Bunny.jpg|caption=Temp Art by Iro Pagis|languages=Common, Elvish, Draconic, Sylvan|birthPlace=Feywild|species=Harengon|gender=Female|height=3ft (counting my ears)|weight=30lbs|eyes=Sapphire blue}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is a Harengon of a rather curious nature. She follows where the will of the divine lights her travels, wherever that may be. Her spiritual wanderings have revealed that the divine celestial world is far more connected than it is separate. Seeing these connections, she finds herself wondering how the gods have influenced different times, peoples, and places and spends her free time often studying different peoples and their practices. She is always prepared to help those in need but as a wanderer she rarely plants herself in one spot too long.

==Physical Appearance==
Piercing bright sapphire blue eyes peer out from pure snow white fur which covers her form with just the tips of her ears dipped in deep obsidian black. She may be small coming in just at around 3ft (counting her ears) but she makes up for it in her fiercely joyful indomitable spirit.

==Personality==
Linden is an excitable rather happy harengon, who is often one foot in her own world with her musings and pondering. She has survived much in her short time but her faith has kept her spirit shining bright. She is fascinated and perhaps bit overly excited by new peoples and experiences for her, even ones others may NOT be so excited about. As she always says, "Fear and fascination both start with an 'f' so it can be a bit confusing." She is a bit easily distracted and finds herself drawn in by odd items, strange beings, and shiny items sooome times to her determent (it's a good thing she's tanky). She is loyal to her companions and will do all that she can to avoid ever leaving one of them in trouble. As a staunch lover of life, Linden, will do all she can to stop those inflicting needless cruel suffering upon others.

==Powers and Abilities==
<blockquote> '''God''': [[Dysian]] ''(Feywild God)'' '''Domain:''' Life & Curiosity </blockquote>I am the Life (cleric) of the party, here to bestow much anti-damage to my companions. Many see my diminutive stature and assume me to be fearful, but I am actually quite the opposite. When in danger, I spend a lot of my time keeping an eye on those near me and doing my best to ensure they're alright as battle rages. What can I say? I'm a lover not a fighter but, make no mistake I will be the shield to defend those I care for and any innocents in need to the utmost!

On a side note, I have been told I have two lucky rabbits feet from past companions, seeming to bring some of them an extra edge in their battles...so long as my feet remain attached to my body, that is.

== History ==
They say curiosity killed the cat, it's no worry, I'm a harengon. I'm not from this plane, originally, you see I found myself curious and followed a group of strangers I had been quietly studying through a portal and found myself in this place. I feel like the divine put my paws on this path as I was following the light. Sometimes it's golden and shining and other times it sparkles (this time it was the latter). I must say I do rather like it here, the creatures are all much more direct with their concerns and desires. At times I miss my fae friends and family but I've always been rather independent anyway.

Hopping right along I've spent my time studying many peoples and places of this land but what I am most excited about are the DRAGONS!! It took me some time, some books, and some spying (without becoming a crispy dragon snack) to get the nuances just right but I was able to learn to fluently speak the Draconic language and it's certainly been enlightening in this current climate. I've been asked why I'm not more afraid of the giant beastly dragons for "a rabbit" (I'll excuse them for not understanding my people are not exactly the same as the tiny creatures they call rabbits) but when EVERYTHING tries, or wants to eat you (including most of the peoples I've met) I suppose size becomes irrelevant after some point. I'm not unafraid, I'm just not MORE afraid...

I am also so enamored with life that anytime I have been able to aid those who cross my path and seem to have good intent I have done my best to bestow healing and blessings upon them with the the powers granted by my divine. I have always followed wherever my divine lights my path and it has led me to some very curious locations and experiences but, I have the firm belief that I am always exactly where I am supposed to be at exactly the right time.

== Linden's Adventures ==

=== Seglock West Gate (7/15/22) Isonhound - ===
I was enjoying the Gala eating a really particularly delicious slice of carrot cake. It was perfectly spiced, a lovely aroma of nutmeg and cinnamon, with just a hint of sweetness from the icing. Then a beautiful moment of carroty bliss was ruined as loud crashing and screaming from Seglock University crashed our lovely Gala. No time to waste I set off in the direction of the noise, I was closest to the West Gate and so headed that way and found myself with a small group of other adventurers also heading into the chaos. We banded together and waded through the terrified staff and students pouring out of the cafeteria halls. Just as I was thinking that this kind of stampede is no place for a short Harengon a kindly Goliath, Vadath offered me a spot atop his 8ft tall form, and I gladly let him plop me right on his shoulder. The view was AMAZING! I've never been so tall!

We get inside to find these crazy modified goblins with poison bites and a very grey looking orc. My Goliath mount informs us that these are creations of Cheshire a disgraced alchemist that was kicked out of the university. The goblins were closing in on a group of students and a professor with some scrolls of research. So I rode my brave Goliath barbarian into battle and with the the help of Tristram an Eladrin bard of some mighty eloquence holding the orc with his magic, Vadath cleaved it down quickly. I tried to help take down one of the goblins with a Dragonborn bard named Delphi but we were unable to take it down before it slew one of the young students. What was deeply disturbing to me was how the student perished with a single bite wound, and wailed in agony as he crumpled to the ground. No normal goblin could inflict that kind of pain from a simple bite, this was some foul tampering with the natural order of things for sure. With the help of a Sorceress named Omen, paladin named Zen, and a Ranger named Patches we were all able to save rest of the students and the professor, though the professor did receive some injuries during the attack but was able to leave and head out for the infirmary after we gave him some minor healing. We did notice that the goblins seemed awfully interested in the research notes the professor was trying to protect (he had his arms full of scrolls of his notes) which to me seemed a very odd thing for goblins to care for. We questioned the professor and he was very shaken up and didn't seem to know what was going on other than these bests were murdering everyone and creating chaos. He said they seem to be wanting his research but he wasn't going to give it up, he claimed his research was on ointments and such, nothing too impressive. We did not get his name or look at his notes ourselves before we sent him on his way to find safety and healing.

As we continued on fighting our way through the student's quarters in route towards the professor's quarters Omen our Tiefling Sorceress noticed a loud noise coming up behind us in the hall and was the first to see, and warn us of a HUGE golem trudging our way. When I say huge I mean H-U-G-E, it's arms were scraping against the walls of the hall, it barely fit!!! When it reached us it started attacking unprovoked and nearly knocked Patches our ranger flat. Tristham suggested hiding in the rooms and letting it pass by to see if it would kill the orcs (and then following it). Omen used her magic to appear behind it and we could hear her off and on having an argument with someone behind the golem. Vadath, already fully succumbed to his battle rage, after seeing his party member struck by the giant golem could see nothing but red. So in we went my angry Goliath mount and I to defend the stunned ranger and stop the golem. I must say this thing was IMPRESSIVE and it swung these giant chains with huge iron balls at the ends of them ready to smash us to pieces. As it tried to strike Vadath he deftly moved us out of the way, however, this brute literally broke through the floor beneath us! So we began to fall but, the powerful Vadath easily caught himself. I, with all the grace that a Harengon clad in heavy armor can muster, slipped off Vadath entirely and plummeted 10ft into a dark pit...alone. Once my eyes adjusted to the dark I realized I was in a root cellar, normally I would be pretty excited to nose around but, my friends were in danger! So I hopped up out of the hole in one glorious hop back up top standing next to the hole on my own two rabbit feet. I returned just in time to witness the destruction of the golem by Vadath with a little bit of fiery help from Omen our Sorceress.

Once the golem was defeated, and the rest of the hallway cleared of orcs, we all gathered around the professor. I found it very strange that this golem was not harming the professor who Omen had said was following it yet when it saw us it started attacking right away before we did anything at all. I also found it suspicious that the professor was following the golem deeper INTO the fray instead of leaving out the doors we had just cleared and trying to get to safety. He too had research notes, and he also had reagents. When questioned he was being short and defensive, which seeing how Vadath kind of manhandled him because he was trying to sneak off after the golem fell it's hard to tell with absolute certainty if it was because he was guilty or just offended. Since everyone was trying to question him I felt it might be good to ensure he tells us the truth and I cast zone of truth upon him. Even then he was very evasive talking around the answers to the questions he was trying to avoid. He flat out refused to answer if he was going to join Cheshire and when asked about if he was delivering the notes to Cheshire he was evasive saying he was not "a delivery boy." He did say he is NOT working for him (at least not currently we can assume). He did seem very afraid before the golem fell according to Omen so his lack of confidence makes me wonder if Cheshire knew of this professors desire to join him or if he was trying to make this play on his own. We have no idea who made the golem if it was this professor or if it was part of the attack, we did not ask. Vadath decided that the situation was too volatile in the university to keep questioning him there but, did not trust letting him go, he thought of confiscating his research but instead decided to just confiscate the entire professor research and all... an interesting tactic to be sure. Since I had the zone of truth ability and Vadath was planning on further interrogation of the professor I was invited to join him and Dephi back at the Iron Eyrie their guild hall and assist them further. I told them as long as I didn't have to walk I would happily try to help sort things out. After watching that innocent student painfully die to the poisonous bite of the altered goblin, I will do what I can to help put a stop to further cruel abominable creations.

After we got back to the Iron Eyrie and got the professor settled into his "quarters" to await interrogation; Vadath, my strong, brave, barbarian Goliath mount, offered me membership to his guild telling me they seek to aid not only their fellow members but also the people of Isonhound. He also stated they were in need of more help at the field hospital. Seeing that, for now, they seem to be doing good works and are in need of more hands to help those injured in the attack, how could a Life Cleric say no? So I now have begun my newest journey as a member of the [[Band of the Iron Hawk]]. You know, I've never been in a guild before, there shall be many notes...

=== The Law of Consequences (07-29-22) Isonhound - ===
Professor Galloway, who I’d had a hand in rescuing in the attack on Seglock University a few weeks ago, called me and one of my fellows, who also aided in saving the professor, a bard named Tristram to a tavern named ‘The Trout’s Tow’ for a (free to the bard and I) drink and a discussion about an important matter (the nature of which we did not know until the professor was sharing it with us from across the table). We were handed a writ about these fire gates that only open every so often, it spoke of a dragon sleeper that may awaken and terrorize the coutnryside if left to her own devices. It was odd and unclear, warning not to wake the sleeping dragon saying to go in and get the hoard, yet it also said the hoard was the reward. So why would someone send us to go get it and not wake the dragon? What would they gain? When we pressed the professor for clarity he told us we would be working for someone else who would be arriving shortly and gave us a bit of information about the order they were from.

It appeared that there was some order of elves that called themselves “The Wold Order” who were descendants of an ancient heroic Sylvan order who were onces defenders of the realm. They claim to be picking up where their ancestors left off and standing up to be protectors of this world. The professor had his doubts, they’ve been around for a while and yet the draconic threats are no less, in fact, they’ve perhaps only gotten worse it seems. If they are trying, they clearly are not doing enough (nothing like the order of old). He was dubious and warned the two of us to keep a wary eye. His warnings were cut off as their representative and the adventuring team he had gathered entered the inn and began approaching.

The Wold order representative introduced himself as ‘Aldean’ and he was your typical elf, proud, pointy ears and all. Very serious and what not. They had sent an adventuring team to these fire gates previously and only a few members made it back alive. When we asked for clarity on the writ he just said we were to go and slay the dragon to help protect the realm and that they were uninterested in the dragon’s hoard so anything in it was ours to do with it what we wished. He kept referring to us as “untested” and such which was odd but I didn’t think much of it. Coming from the feywilds I’m pretty used to high elves and their even higher opinion of themselves and it’s amusing to see that even their more distant relatives haven’t lost that braggadocious character. It seems you can take the elf out of the Feywilds but you can’t take the Feywilds out of the elf. Ha. Anyway…

Our bard managed to charm a few potions out of the stuffy Aldean and after everyone took their pick I ended up with a fire breathing potion. A fire breathing bunny?! I find that hilarious and cannot wait for the right moment to greet a very confused enemy. We were given a hastily drawn map and told it would be about 3 days travel to get to the lair of the dragon. Then without a word Aldean just slipped away while we were distracted in conversation. Another odd thing I took note of once we noticed he had departed.

As we were relaxing the bard realized he needed some funds for some last minute preparations and though a bit of drink in him I suggested he go to the stage we were in the table next to and “do what bards do,” a decision that ended more poorly than I would have expected. You see our new Monk friend Volrac decided that he would ‘help’ the Bard by attempting to gather the crowd. Things seem to be going okay at first, nothing too exciting. Then at some point suddenly I saw Volrac and fire and a few seconds later the ENTIRE stage was on fire and not in the ‘turn of the phrase’ kind of a way. At that point I realized that I was pretty sure Volrac was no longer helping because everyone was panicking and running around. Also there was the screaming, lots of it, and I have rather large sensitive ears so it was vastly unpleasant. I suppose I’ll never understand why beings need to make these situations worse by making as much noise as physically possible for absolutely no productive reason at all. We helped grab buckets and put out the fire and then when it was under control we headed out to secure some last minute things we all needed for the upcoming expedition.

As my lucky feet would have it, most of our travel was largely uneventful. The morning we reached near the lair, as we were gathered around our fire, we all noticed a poorly hidden person behind the giant log that was next to us. I asked if anyone was going to invite the guy by the log to join us at the fire and Hugo and Volrac decided to sneak around each side of the log and try to catch him off guard. I sighed. Then we watched our monk friend be thwarted in his stealth by an even stealthier tree root as he took a bit of a graceless tumble. Hugo our warlock friend, however, managed to get around and train his bow on the fellow who appeared to be a human.

There was a bit of huffing from Hugo of “put your weapons down” and such like. To the new guys credit he put down all of his weapons. I realized no one had asked the most important questions yet. This person who clearly could have attacked us didn’t so far. So I hopped up and down talking to the new guy (I am only 3ft tall and the log was giant) and I asked him directly, “Are you bad, evil, gonna hurt or kill us?” He responded with a “no” and I noticed he had a silvery dragon on his shield that looked like Bahamut. I got tired and stopped hopping and told everyone he said he was good. Then Hugo was upset because he picked his shield back up with kinetic magic. So more huffing (this time back and forth between both of them over the shield being defense and blah, blah). I chuckled as he was told not to touch his weapons and such and I shouted over the log, “He IS a weapon!!! Just so you know!”

Eventually cooler heads prevailed and he introduced himself as Sro and suggested we all work together. He stated he heard there was a dragon in this area and that’s what drew him here, he also had heard there was an adventuring party heading out this way to deal with the dragon so he was keeping his eye out to find it and possibly help out. I wasn’t fully sold on the story but let it pass. He took us over to the banks of the river next to us and asked us if something looked different about the water. We noticed a pearlescent sheen across the surface. He then taught us how dragons often affect their environments in varying ways depending on the type of dragon they are, even affecting your emotions and soul in some draconic types. This type, however, he was unfamiliar with (which seemed to excite him). He has been familiar with other dragons associated with waters but this pearlescence was very strange and new.

Hugo wanted to set fire to the water and see if it would burn (perhaps like the sheen of oil on water). Markoth our paladin lit a torch and went to throw it in but, Sro used some magic to hold the torch in midair for a moment and then drop it to the ground away from the water. He explained that whatever elements in the environment the dragons are affecting they are also often intimately connected with and may sense any attack or manipulation of that element. Since we were in NO way ready to face the dragon just yet he suggested not attacking the water in any way, let alone with fire. Hugo had the idea to pull some water out in a small bowl but curiously he found that the further he was getting from the water source (and it was not that far at all) the more of the pearl sheen faded from the water’s surface. So he stopped not far from the banks and cast a bonfire spell. The water seemed unaffected other than boiling away. It did not catch on fire nor on further tests did it feel “thick” or “greasy” or like anything at all different when you touched the water itself.

Sro went over some very old established rules for hunting dragons (which he slipped in that he wrote, my ears perked up at that statement, which with his shield, and kinetic magic, was adding up to more than perhaps, just a slip of the tongue - I kept this suspicion to myself though). One main rule was to never fight a dragon in its lair. Due to this rule we all made a plan to go scout the lair, perhaps get someone to lay eyes on the dragon so we knew what type of dragon we were fighting.

When we got there we saw that there were three entrances. One had a set of four tracks going in but only 3 coming out which must have been the previous group that lost a member. I suggested we avoid that way because it was obviously not successful for the previous group that failed to defeat the dragon. As we were setting up Sro suggested some be back at the river and he volunteered to head back there himself if no one else wanted to go or with someone else. Then the paladin Markoth and I both knew we were not the stealthy types in our heavy armor so we elected to wait outside encase help was needed. As Hugo and Volrac were about to head in I asked them if they were able to see in the dark and they both realized they could not so I warned them that they would likely be eaten if they tried scouting with a torch or other forms of light. Tristram bravely volunteered to go scouting on his own as he could cast invisibility on himself and move quietly (as well as see in the dark). We all agreed then decided that we would all but Sro wait by the river (by this point I was pretty sure Sro was a dragon and figured he would be more than enough help to our bard, if needed, on his own).

Tristram made it back to us and informed us that the sound of draconic (or a large beast) breathing fills the lair inside. He stated there was a huge dragon skull where the pearlescent water was flowing out of. He also warned us of an arrow trap (by showing us some arrows he found in his chest). He then described two elven mages that were having a discussion about a dragon, they were looking for a white one, but found a “not quite white” dragon that would apparently suffice. (This made me think - isn’t the Wold order also an elven order? This seems too similar, I’m keeping a wary eye like the professor warned). Our bard found some scattered gold going up a hallway and the sound of breathing of a huge beast echoed most loudly from that direction but fearing he had already more than overstayed his welcome he went no further and returned to give us his report.

Report received we all took our hiding positions and I proceeded to toss a ball bearing into the water to see if we would get a reaction. Nothing. Then Sro used his magic to toss his shield into the water and again, nothing. As he was splashing the shield in and out with his magic, Markoth lit a torch and tossed it in the water. That’s when we heard draconic roaring, amidst the roars I heard the word “STOP!!!” (I do speak draconic by the way, a rabbit of mysteries I am) What struck me about this was the voice was haggard, almost desperate. It was not the voice of a fearsome dragon that was going to charge out and take us. It felt like a voice that was trapped. Our people, the Haregons value our freedom greatly, almost more than anything. I know that sound. I suggested that either the dragon had somehow grown too large (or portly) to get out of its lair (highly unlikely) OR those mages Tristram had seen were evil and keeping this poor dragon captured! I know in the Feywilds we had all kinds of good dragons, not so friendly ones too but also good ones. My thoughts were interrupted by someone asking if anyone knew how to detect magic, I did so they asked me if I could see if the river was magical. I cast the spell and found that the river was affected by some kind of transmutation magic. I also happened to realize our dear Sro was not what he seemed as he was blanketed in illusion magic but I had suspected as much. I whispered to him playfully, “Someone has a secret.” Then winked. The brief moment of levity faded quickly as I remembered the dragon, the sound of its voice, and I was done playing games trying to decide, my heart hurt for what this beings fate might be if it was good. I marched up to the river bank, scooped up some water and took a drink, to the shock and horror of most of my fellow party members.

I am happy to report that I did not die, it was rather invigorating actually. I will say that the closest I can describe the sensation would be to compare it to eating a goodberry if you’ve ever had the pleasure of devouring one of those beauties! Nourished for the day, a spot of healing, and ready to go! That confirmed it! This MUST be a good dragon. No evil dragon would have nourishing and healing waters! Tristham pointed out that he hadn’t noticed it before but it seemed like the vegetation along the banks of the river was particularly vibrant and lush, perhaps more so than one would usually expect. So this dragon also has healing effects for the land as well! This is my kind of dragon!!! Now I am even more determined to set this poor captive good dragon free! It’s suffering will not be tolerated! Me and my God Dysian (along with my brave adventuring party, and Sro) will not allow evil to triumph!

We head in following Tristram’s direction that leads us to the ‘fire gates’ which are two fiery pillars inside the lair just a bit beyond the middle entrance. The dragon is there hovering just inside the gates. I’ve never seen a dragon like this, serpentine and long in its form with horns that resembled antlers. I spoke first to it in draconic, “I believe you are good and are being held prisoner! We are here to help you! How can we help you? Do you need to be set free?”

The dragon replied in a pained breathy voice, “You are not strong enough to help me.” Little did this dragon know, I too am not what I seem at first glance, he will later find that his words could not be more wrong. Then we heard the sound of footsteps in the distance and he warned, “They are coming,” and he retreated back down the hall and around the corner out of sight.

Two elven mages in robes of the evil draconic order came around the corner and shouted at us. Tristram, our silver tongued bard, to his credit, was able to convince them that we were simply in the wrong place. That we were looking for someone else and not there to attack them. They bought it hook, line, and sinker!!! They said they were waiting on someone else. Tristram apologized for the mix up and then told them he thinks they were out by the water and the mages relaxed and said, “ah, good they’re almost here then!” They then said we were free to go, that we just needed to head on out and all was good. Volrac asked how he could get a set of those robes and said he’d like to join them and they told him, he “doesn’t want these robes” and told him he doesn’t want to be a part of the order, that if he does he must be mentally damaged, they also instructed him to, “ask around Seglock to see how terrible the order is.” Now, they have no way to know we’re from Seglock number one, sure it might be one of the closer settlements but there’s still no way they’d know that, that is where we came from or were going to. This entire exchange was baffling and super suspicious to me. I have fought much evil in my day, being a cleric, and adventurer. Evil doesn’t just let you go when you stumble into their lair. They don’t clear the air because it was just some “confusion” and tell you to just head on home. They are evil, they don’t care who you are, you aren’t one of them, they’ll likely try to murder you or capture you for sacrifice, slavery, or other horrific evil machinations. Also these guys were not very convincing, each time they tried to sound boomy and angry like a real evil cultist they instead sounded like a really bad play actor or a terrible bard who has no idea they’re terrible.

With his ruse a robust success, Tristram was able to hold one of the mages while the other fled, but not before he lit up the rest of us who were standing in a nice tight little group with a hefty fireball. Sro floated? Flew? Over to the held mage and slapped him once which brought him within an inch of his life (coming ever closer to confirming my dragon hypothesis). He then declared that “this one LIVES” and we proceed to pursue the fleeing mage.

There was much fighting and I must say these mages and the traps were rather hard on my party members so they kept me quite busy picking them up off the floor. Markoth in particular decided to hang out in the middle of and become very intimately acquainted with the arrow trap as passing party members littered both themselves and himself with more and more arrows. As we rounded the corner the dragon was in the next room backing towards a different hallway (away from the combat). Sro implored him to stand and fight with us, to end this tyranny and to fight for his own freedom! The dragon stopped backing up but did not reply nor did he do anything else. Our bard asked the dragon if he knew how to speak common, and the dragon replied that he did and so our bard then (saying he had no idea what Sro said as Tristram doesn’t speak draconic) made his own impassioned speech to the dragon urging him to join us to, fight, to aid us! This time the dragon would respond, in action.

Volrac, Hugo, and Kluck (our barbarian) all subdued the fleeing mage and brought him down. They, however, were met by two more wizards and a new battle began. The dragon, convinced at last by the combined efforts of Linden, Sro, and most powerfully Tristram, acted and conjured an ice storm sphere upon the mages. Our heroes fought on bravely, some even stepping boldly in the icy sphere to reach the mages. One of the mages was put down! Then with one powerful icy cone cast by the remaining mage most of our party lay on the floor. Luckily I had enough healing magic to give everyone a little bit of healing all at once and get them all back on their feet again.

Things were starting to get in the neighborhood of a bit dicey, spells on my end were going to start running a bit low. As it was, we still were okay. My most powerful spells were exhausted, I still had a few others left, but if the battles kept raging for much longer it was going to start getting risky as every round my companions were face-planting left and right. Who knew wizards were so dangerous, right? Luckily just in the nick of time I was able to silence the last mage leaving him defenseless as our barbarian Kluck charged in and ended him. Luckily for the group, he was the last of the mages.

Sro pointed out a binding circle in the back of the cavern where the mages were coming from. The dragon stated that he was not powerful enough to dispel it or he would have been gone from this place long ago. He told us he was promised that if he helped them test some adventurers they would let him go but they never did, I assume because they always had more adventurers they wanted to test.

One of our stronger members fetched the unconscious mage Sro saved near the gates, tied him up so he could not use his hands to cast magic, and I gave him some of the water, restoring him (just barely) to consciousness. When he awoke and took stock of all of us standing above him and that he was at the binding circle he gave a weak, “Congratulations, you passed the test!” He then proceeded to argue with Sro how they were training adventurers (Sro maintaining that HE was training them! They just provided lies and death!). When they were done huffing at one another we told him to undo the binding. He said he was not powerful enough. He explained that while he is powerful, a group of mages a lot more powerful than he got together to cast that binding so it would take some similar strength of power to dispel it.

He asked that we give him the bodies of the other mages. I replied “So you can just revive them and do all of this again to more people?” The party and Sro all looked at him and said a resounding NO on returning the bodies.

We then moved on and were talking with the dragon about the skull we passed on our way in that the water flows through and he said they were his daughter’s bones and that adventurers have been taking pieces of her bones and even the teeth from the skull itself. He seemed very sad and stated that if they were able to be gathered back up again and cast into a river she would live again!

I looked at the party and told them that I know it might be near impossible but I would like to try to set the dragon free. No one knows how important freedom is to my people, my God, and my way of life. I cannot leave here without at least trying. I asked if they would let me rest since it was an exhausting battle and they did but not before we of course collected the hoard and divided it out amongst the party. It was ours if we succeeded and the mage told us we passed (a test we didn’t know we were taking).

I awoke the next morning and spent a few moments in prayer asking for guidance from Dysian to help empower me to set free this beautiful captive spirit. The bard played beautiful inspiring music while I meditated. When I was just about ready the dragon said he could offer the blessing of the sea but he didn’t think it would be particularly helpful. I said I would take every help I could get. Turns out the blessing of the sea allows you to breathe underwater so, instead of eating breakfast I just stuck my head into the underground river running all through the cave and breathed in my breakfast. Fully nourished, prepped, and invigorated, I prepared to set a dragon free where many others have failed.

I walked up to the summoning circle fully aware of the party and two expectant dragons waiting in anticipation at my back. I closed my eyes and took a deep breath. Then I began channeling the divine energy through my body with the intent to dispel this binding circle. I felt the energy flowing then it ebbed what felt a bit early but remembering that beautiful uplifting bardic song this morning my will and mind were refocused and certain of success and the energy began surging once again. Then just before it felt like it should be finished the energy dipped once more and I connected back to my God Dysian, to his guidance and I allowed all the energy that he could send to flow through me and into the circle. Then all at once everything stopped as if a candle was just snuffed out in an instant.

I opened my eyes and the circle was inactive, it was no longer glowing. I grinned ear to ear. Everyone doubts the rabbit. I turned around to stunned faces, no one more than the dragon himself. I think it was the first time he actually really saw me. He asked if that was it, if it was over and I shrugged and told him that there was only one way to tell. We gathered ourselves and our things and headed out of the lair.

It should be noted that while we were distracted discussing the bones of the dragon’s daughter there was one person missing, Volrac. It should also be noted that it appears the mage just so happened to have ceased living at some point between the bone discussion and the sorting of the loot. Weird, huh? Though that left Sro without “the one to tell the tale,” I told him, not to worry, I would be sending a strongly worded sending “letter” because I am LIVID.

As we reached the fire gates, the furthest out the dragon has been able to go since they bound him here he paused and let everyone else pass through. We turned to face him. My heart was pounding. I knew the spell was dispelled but I was secretly afraid they had taken some other hidden arcane measures to keep him locked in or worse to hurt him or kill him if he tried to leave without them setting him free and disabling all the known elements. I didn’t let my concern show and just beamed a bright positive smile at him.

It was one of my greatest honors in this life so far to see this magnificent creature step forth and pass beyond the fire gates watching him go from defeated, to afraid to be too hopeful, to watching the color returning to him as he seemed to rise taller and stronger and rushed out of the cavern. He did say thank you but I didn’t release him for that (I just want anyone who may read my writings to know that he was also a polite dragon).

We all stepped outside and Sro thanked us also for doing a great deed. As a sign of appreciation he revealed his stunning and HUGE Great Silver Wyrm handsome self (gotta say I did a solid bunny pat on the back for putting the clues together for that one) and offered to fly us back home to Seglock. That flight was AMAZING!!! Talk about the experience of a lifetime!!!! Though after seeing his form I must say the talk of the mages about the fact that they found a dragon that was not white but sort of white makes me concerned for Sro. I wonder if they meant him. I would think they would know a silver dragon or at least silver as a color but then again they tried to pull off a terrible ruse. Hmm… I might have to send Sro a message as well. <blockquote> '''As it would turn out, yes, Mentztonalcoatl I WAS strong enough'''. ~ Linden Rue </blockquote>''Note: I also want to note that the dragon we freed was named: Mentztonalcoatl but that’s a mouthful to write so I instead called him “the dragon” throughout for ease of my paws.''
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Into the Greedy Green]]

Linden Rue

2022-07-30T22:13:49Z

Lywyn: Added the tale of "The Law of Consequences" from our 7-29 session

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=Tiny Bunny.jpg|caption=Temp Art by Iro Pagis|languages=Common, Elvish, Draconic, Sylvan|birthPlace=Feywild|species=Harengon|gender=Female|height=3ft (counting my ears)|weight=30lbs|eyes=Sapphire blue}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is a Harengon of a rather curious nature. She follows where the will of the divine lights her travels, wherever that may be. Her spiritual wanderings have revealed that the divine celestial world is far more connected than it is separate. Seeing these connections, she finds herself wondering how the gods have influenced different times, peoples, and places and spends her free time often studying different peoples and their practices. She is always prepared to help those in need but as a wanderer she rarely plants herself in one spot too long.

==Physical Appearance==
Piercing bright sapphire blue eyes peer out from pure snow white fur which covers her form with just the tips of her ears dipped in deep obsidian black. She may be small coming in just at around 3ft (counting her ears) but she makes up for it in her fiercely joyful indomitable spirit.

==Personality==
Linden is an excitable rather happy harengon, who is often one foot in her own world with her musings and pondering. She has survived much in her short time but her faith has kept her spirit shining bright. She is fascinated and perhaps bit overly excited by new peoples and experiences for her, even ones others may NOT be so excited about. As she always says, "Fear and fascination both start with an 'f' so it can be a bit confusing." She is a bit easily distracted and finds herself drawn in by odd items, strange beings, and shiny items sooome times to her determent (it's a good thing she's tanky). She is loyal to her companions and will do all that she can to avoid ever leaving one of them in trouble. As a staunch lover of life, Linden, will do all she can to stop those inflicting needless cruel suffering upon others.

==Powers and Abilities==
<blockquote> '''God''': [[Dysian]] ''(Feywild God)'' '''Domain:''' Life & Curiosity </blockquote>I am the Life (cleric) of the party, here to bestow much anti-damage to my companions. Many see my diminutive stature and assume me to be fearful, but I am actually quite the opposite. When in danger, I spend a lot of my time keeping an eye on those near me and doing my best to ensure they're alright as battle rages. What can I say? I'm a lover not a fighter but, make no mistake I will be the shield to defend those I care for and any innocents in need to the utmost!

On a side note, I have been told I have two lucky rabbits feet from past companions, seeming to bring some of them an extra edge in their battles...so long as my feet remain attached to my body, that is.

== History ==
They say curiosity killed the cat, it's no worry, I'm a harengon. I'm not from this plane, originally, you see I found myself curious and followed a group of strangers I had been quietly studying through a portal and found myself in this place. I feel like the divine put my paws on this path as I was following the light. Sometimes it's golden and shining and other times it sparkles (this time it was the latter). I must say I do rather like it here, the creatures are all much more direct with their concerns and desires. At times I miss my fae friends and family but I've always been rather independent anyway.

Hopping right along I've spent my time studying many peoples and places of this land but what I am most excited about are the DRAGONS!! It took me some time, some books, and some spying (without becoming a crispy dragon snack) to get the nuances just right but I was able to learn to fluently speak the Draconic language and it's certainly been enlightening in this current climate. I've been asked why I'm not more afraid of the giant beastly dragons for "a rabbit" (I'll excuse them for not understanding my people are not exactly the same as the tiny creatures they call rabbits) but when EVERYTHING tries, or wants to eat you (including most of the peoples I've met) I suppose size becomes irrelevant after some point. I'm not unafraid, I'm just not MORE afraid...

I am also so enamored with life that anytime I have been able to aid those who cross my path and seem to have good intent I have done my best to bestow healing and blessings upon them with the the powers granted by my divine. I have always followed wherever my divine lights my path and it has led me to some very curious locations and experiences but, I have the firm belief that I am always exactly where I am supposed to be at exactly the right time.

== Linden's Adventures ==

=== Seglock West Gate (7/15/22) Isonhound - ===
I was enjoying the Gala eating a really particularly delicious slice of carrot cake. It was perfectly spiced, a lovely aroma of nutmeg and cinnamon, with just a hint of sweetness from the icing. Then a beautiful moment of carroty bliss was ruined as loud crashing and screaming from Seglock University crashed our lovely Gala. No time to waste I set off in the direction of the noise, I was closest to the West Gate and so headed that way and found myself with a small group of other adventurers also heading into the chaos. We banded together and waded through the terrified staff and students pouring out of the cafeteria halls. Just as I was thinking that this kind of stampede is no place for a short Harengon a kindly Goliath, Vadath offered me a spot atop his 8ft tall form, and I gladly let him plop me right on his shoulder. The view was AMAZING! I've never been so tall!

We get inside to find these crazy modified goblins with poison bites and a very grey looking orc. My Goliath mount informs us that these are creations of Cheshire a disgraced alchemist that was kicked out of the university. The goblins were closing in on a group of students and a professor with some scrolls of research. So I rode my brave Goliath barbarian into battle and with the the help of Tristram an Eladrin bard of some mighty eloquence holding the orc with his magic, Vadath cleaved it down quickly. I tried to help take down one of the goblins with a Dragonborn bard named Delphi but we were unable to take it down before it slew one of the young students. What was deeply disturbing to me was how the student perished with a single bite wound, and wailed in agony as he crumpled to the ground. No normal goblin could inflict that kind of pain from a simple bite, this was some foul tampering with the natural order of things for sure. With the help of a Sorceress named Omen, paladin named Zen, and a Ranger named Patches we were all able to save rest of the students and the professor, though the professor did receive some injuries during the attack but was able to leave and head out for the infirmary after we gave him some minor healing. We did notice that the goblins seemed awfully interested in the research notes the professor was trying to protect (he had his arms full of scrolls of his notes) which to me seemed a very odd thing for goblins to care for. We questioned the professor and he was very shaken up and didn't seem to know what was going on other than these bests were murdering everyone and creating chaos. He said they seem to be wanting his research but he wasn't going to give it up, he claimed his research was on ointments and such, nothing too impressive. We did not get his name or look at his notes ourselves before we sent him on his way to find safety and healing.

As we continued on fighting our way through the student's quarters in route towards the professor's quarters Omen our Tiefling Sorceress noticed a loud noise coming up behind us in the hall and was the first to see, and warn us of a HUGE golem trudging our way. When I say huge I mean H-U-G-E, it's arms were scraping against the walls of the hall, it barely fit!!! When it reached us it started attacking unprovoked and nearly knocked Patches our ranger flat. Tristham suggested hiding in the rooms and letting it pass by to see if it would kill the orcs (and then following it). Omen used her magic to appear behind it and we could hear her off and on having an argument with someone behind the golem. Vadath, already fully succumbed to his battle rage, after seeing his party member struck by the giant golem could see nothing but red. So in we went my angry Goliath mount and I to defend the stunned ranger and stop the golem. I must say this thing was IMPRESSIVE and it swung these giant chains with huge iron balls at the ends of them ready to smash us to pieces. As it tried to strike Vadath he deftly moved us out of the way, however, this brute literally broke through the floor beneath us! So we began to fall but, the powerful Vadath easily caught himself. I, with all the grace that a Harengon clad in heavy armor can muster, slipped off Vadath entirely and plummeted 10ft into a dark pit...alone. Once my eyes adjusted to the dark I realized I was in a root cellar, normally I would be pretty excited to nose around but, my friends were in danger! So I hopped up out of the hole in one glorious hop back up top standing next to the hole on my own two rabbit feet. I returned just in time to witness the destruction of the golem by Vadath with a little bit of fiery help from Omen our Sorceress.

Once the golem was defeated, and the rest of the hallway cleared of orcs, we all gathered around the professor. I found it very strange that this golem was not harming the professor who Omen had said was following it yet when it saw us it started attacking right away before we did anything at all. I also found it suspicious that the professor was following the golem deeper INTO the fray instead of leaving out the doors we had just cleared and trying to get to safety. He too had research notes, and he also had reagents. When questioned he was being short and defensive, which seeing how Vadath kind of manhandled him because he was trying to sneak off after the golem fell it's hard to tell with absolute certainty if it was because he was guilty or just offended. Since everyone was trying to question him I felt it might be good to ensure he tells us the truth and I cast zone of truth upon him. Even then he was very evasive talking around the answers to the questions he was trying to avoid. He flat out refused to answer if he was going to join Cheshire and when asked about if he was delivering the notes to Cheshire he was evasive saying he was not "a delivery boy." He did say he is NOT working for him (at least not currently we can assume). He did seem very afraid before the golem fell according to Omen so his lack of confidence makes me wonder if Cheshire knew of this professors desire to join him or if he was trying to make this play on his own. We have no idea who made the golem if it was this professor or if it was part of the attack, we did not ask. Vadath decided that the situation was too volatile in the university to keep questioning him there but, did not trust letting him go, he thought of confiscating his research but instead decided to just confiscate the entire professor research and all... an interesting tactic to be sure. Since I had the zone of truth ability and Vadath was planning on further interrogation of the professor I was invited to join him and Dephi back at the Iron Eyrie their guild hall and assist them further. I told them as long as I didn't have to walk I would happily try to help sort things out. After watching that innocent student painfully die to the poisonous bite of the altered goblin, I will do what I can to help put a stop to further cruel abominable creations.

After we got back to the Iron Eyrie and got the professor settled into his "quarters" to await interrogation; Vadath, my strong, brave, barbarian Goliath mount, offered me membership to his guild telling me they seek to aid not only their fellow members but also the people of Isonhound. He also stated they were in need of more help at the field hospital. Seeing that, for now, they seem to be doing good works and are in need of more hands to help those injured in the attack, how could a Life Cleric say no? So I now have begun my newest journey as a member of the [[Band of the Iron Hawk]]. You know, I've never been in a guild before, there shall be many notes...

=== 07-29-22 The Law of Consequences - ===
Professor Galloway, who I’d had a hand in rescuing in the attack on Seglock University a few weeks ago, called me and one of my fellows, who also aided in saving the professor, a bard named Tristram to a tavern named ‘The Trout’s Tow’ for a (free to the bard and I) drink and a discussion about an important matter (the nature of which we did not know until the professor was sharing it with us from across the table). We were handed a writ about these fire gates that only open every so often, it spoke of a dragon sleeper that may awaken and terrorize the coutnryside if left to her own devices. It was odd and unclear, warning not to wake the sleeping dragon saying to go in and get the hoard, yet it also said the hoard was the reward. So why would someone send us to go get it and not wake the dragon? What would they gain? When we pressed the professor for clarity he told us we would be working for someone else who would be arriving shortly and gave us a bit of information about the order they were from.

It appeared that there was some order of elves that called themselves “The Wold Order” who were descendants of an ancient heroic Sylvan order who were onces defenders of the realm. They claim to be picking up where their ancestors left off and standing up to be protectors of this world. The professor had his doubts, they’ve been around for a while and yet the draconic threats are no less, in fact, they’ve perhaps only gotten worse it seems. If they are trying, they clearly are not doing enough (nothing like the order of old). He was dubious and warned the two of us to keep a wary eye. His warnings were cut off as their representative and the adventuring team he had gathered entered the inn and began approaching.

The Wold order representative introduced himself as ‘Aldean’ and he was your typical elf, proud, pointy ears and all. Very serious and what not. They had sent an adventuring team to these fire gates previously and only a few members made it back alive. When we asked for clarity on the writ he just said we were to go and slay the dragon to help protect the realm and that they were uninterested in the dragon’s hoard so anything in it was ours to do with it what we wished. He kept referring to us as “untested” and such which was odd but I didn’t think much of it. Coming from the feywilds I’m pretty used to high elves and their even higher opinion of themselves and it’s amusing to see that even their more distant relatives haven’t lost that braggadocious character. It seems you can take the elf out of the Feywilds but you can’t take the Feywilds out of the elf. Ha. Anyway…

Our bard managed to charm a few potions out of the stuffy Aldean and after everyone took their pick I ended up with a fire breathing potion. A fire breathing bunny?! I find that hilarious and cannot wait for the right moment to greet a very confused enemy. We were given a hastily drawn map and told it would be about 3 days travel to get to the lair of the dragon. Then without a word Aldean just slipped away while we were distracted in conversation. Another odd thing I took note of once we noticed he had departed.

As we were relaxing the bard realized he needed some funds for some last minute preparations and though a bit of drink in him I suggested he go to the stage we were in the table next to and “do what bards do,” a decision that ended more poorly than I would have expected. You see our new Monk friend Volrac decided that he would ‘help’ the Bard by attempting to gather the crowd. Things seem to be going okay at first, nothing too exciting. Then at some point suddenly I saw Volrac and fire and a few seconds later the ENTIRE stage was on fire and not in the ‘turn of the phrase’ kind of a way. At that point I realized that I was pretty sure Volrac was no longer helping because everyone was panicking and running around. Also there was the screaming, lots of it, and I have rather large sensitive ears so it was vastly unpleasant. I suppose I’ll never understand why beings need to make these situations worse by making as much noise as physically possible for absolutely no productive reason at all. We helped grab buckets and put out the fire and then when it was under control we headed out to secure some last minute things we all needed for the upcoming expedition.

As my lucky feet would have it, most of our travel was largely uneventful. The morning we reached near the lair, as we were gathered around our fire, we all noticed a poorly hidden person behind the giant log that was next to us. I asked if anyone was going to invite the guy by the log to join us at the fire and Hugo and Volrac decided to sneak around each side of the log and try to catch him off guard. I sighed. Then we watched our monk friend be thwarted in his stealth by an even stealthier tree root as he took a bit of a graceless tumble. Hugo our warlock friend, however, managed to get around and train his bow on the fellow who appeared to be a human.

There was a bit of huffing from Hugo of “put your weapons down” and such like. To the new guys credit he put down all of his weapons. I realized no one had asked the most important questions yet. This person who clearly could have attacked us didn’t so far. So I hopped up and down talking to the new guy (I am only 3ft tall and the log was giant) and I asked him directly, “Are you bad, evil, gonna hurt or kill us?” He responded with a “no” and I noticed he had a silvery dragon on his shield that looked like Bahamut. I got tired and stopped hopping and told everyone he said he was good. Then Hugo was upset because he picked his shield back up with kinetic magic. So more huffing (this time back and forth between both of them over the shield being defense and blah, blah). I chuckled as he was told not to touch his weapons and such and I shouted over the log, “He IS a weapon!!! Just so you know!”

Eventually cooler heads prevailed and he introduced himself as Sro and suggested we all work together. He stated he heard there was a dragon in this area and that’s what drew him here, he also had heard there was an adventuring party heading out this way to deal with the dragon so he was keeping his eye out to find it and possibly help out. I wasn’t fully sold on the story but let it pass. He took us over to the banks of the river next to us and asked us if something looked different about the water. We noticed a pearlescent sheen across the surface. He then taught us how dragons often affect their environments in varying ways depending on the type of dragon they are, even affecting your emotions and soul in some draconic types. This type, however, he was unfamiliar with (which seemed to excite him). He has been familiar with other dragons associated with waters but this pearlescence was very strange and new.

Hugo wanted to set fire to the water and see if it would burn (perhaps like the sheen of oil on water). Markoth our paladin lit a torch and went to throw it in but, Sro used some magic to hold the torch in midair for a moment and then drop it to the ground away from the water. He explained that whatever elements in the environment the dragons are affecting they are also often intimately connected with and may sense any attack or manipulation of that element. Since we were in NO way ready to face the dragon just yet he suggested not attacking the water in any way, let alone with fire. Hugo had the idea to pull some water out in a small bowl but curiously he found that the further he was getting from the water source (and it was not that far at all) the more of the pearl sheen faded from the water’s surface. So he stopped not far from the banks and cast a bonfire spell. The water seemed unaffected other than boiling away. It did not catch on fire nor on further tests did it feel “thick” or “greasy” or like anything at all different when you touched the water itself.

Sro went over some very old established rules for hunting dragons (which he slipped in that he wrote, my ears perked up at that statement, which with his shield, and kinetic magic, was adding up to more than perhaps, just a slip of the tongue - I kept this suspicion to myself though). One main rule was to never fight a dragon in its lair. Due to this rule we all made a plan to go scout the lair, perhaps get someone to lay eyes on the dragon so we knew what type of dragon we were fighting.

When we got there we saw that there were three entrances. One had a set of four tracks going in but only 3 coming out which must have been the previous group that lost a member. I suggested we avoid that way because it was obviously not successful for the previous group that failed to defeat the dragon. As we were setting up Sro suggested some be back at the river and he volunteered to head back there himself if no one else wanted to go or with someone else. Then the paladin Markoth and I both knew we were not the stealthy types in our heavy armor so we elected to wait outside encase help was needed. As Hugo and Volrac were about to head in I asked them if they were able to see in the dark and they both realized they could not so I warned them that they would likely be eaten if they tried scouting with a torch or other forms of light. Tristram bravely volunteered to go scouting on his own as he could cast invisibility on himself and move quietly (as well as see in the dark). We all agreed then decided that we would all but Sro wait by the river (by this point I was pretty sure Sro was a dragon and figured he would be more than enough help to our bard, if needed, on his own).

Tristram made it back to us and informed us that the sound of draconic (or a large beast) breathing fills the lair inside. He stated there was a huge dragon skull where the pearlescent water was flowing out of. He also warned us of an arrow trap (by showing us some arrows he found in his chest). He then described two elven mages that were having a discussion about a dragon, they were looking for a white one, but found a “not quite white” dragon that would apparently suffice. (This made me think - isn’t the Wold order also an elven order? This seems too similar, I’m keeping a wary eye like the professor warned). Our bard found some scattered gold going up a hallway and the sound of breathing of a huge beast echoed most loudly from that direction but fearing he had already more than overstayed his welcome he went no further and returned to give us his report.

Report received we all took our hiding positions and I proceeded to toss a ball bearing into the water to see if we would get a reaction. Nothing. Then Sro used his magic to toss his shield into the water and again, nothing. As he was splashing the shield in and out with his magic, Markoth lit a torch and tossed it in the water. That’s when we heard draconic roaring, amidst the roars I heard the word “STOP!!!” (I do speak draconic by the way, a rabbit of mysteries I am) What struck me about this was the voice was haggard, almost desperate. It was not the voice of a fearsome dragon that was going to charge out and take us. It felt like a voice that was trapped. Our people, the Haregons value our freedom greatly, almost more than anything. I know that sound. I suggested that either the dragon had somehow grown too large (or portly) to get out of its lair (highly unlikely) OR those mages Tristram had seen were evil and keeping this poor dragon captured! I know in the Feywilds we had all kinds of good dragons, not so friendly ones too but also good ones. My thoughts were interrupted by someone asking if anyone knew how to detect magic, I did so they asked me if I could see if the river was magical. I cast the spell and found that the river was affected by some kind of transmutation magic. I also happened to realize our dear Sro was not what he seemed as he was blanketed in illusion magic but I had suspected as much. I whispered to him playfully, “Someone has a secret.” Then winked. The brief moment of levity faded quickly as I remembered the dragon, the sound of its voice, and I was done playing games trying to decide, my heart hurt for what this beings fate might be if it was good. I marched up to the river bank, scooped up some water and took a drink, to the shock and horror of most of my fellow party members.

I am happy to report that I did not die, it was rather invigorating actually. I will say that the closest I can describe the sensation would be to compare it to eating a goodberry if you’ve ever had the pleasure of devouring one of those beauties! Nourished for the day, a spot of healing, and ready to go! That confirmed it! This MUST be a good dragon. No evil dragon would have nourishing and healing waters! Tristham pointed out that he hadn’t noticed it before but it seemed like the vegetation along the banks of the river was particularly vibrant and lush, perhaps more so than one would usually expect. So this dragon also has healing effects for the land as well! This is my kind of dragon!!! Now I am even more determined to set this poor captive good dragon free! It’s suffering will not be tolerated! Me and my God Dysian (along with my brave adventuring party, and Sro) will not allow evil to triumph!

We head in following Tristram’s direction that leads us to the ‘fire gates’ which are two fiery pillars inside the lair just a bit beyond the middle entrance. The dragon is there hovering just inside the gates. I’ve never seen a dragon like this, serpentine and long in its form with horns that resembled antlers. I spoke first to it in draconic, “I believe you are good and are being held prisoner! We are here to help you! How can we help you? Do you need to be set free?”

The dragon replied in a pained breathy voice, “You are not strong enough to help me.” Little did this dragon know, I too am not what I seem at first glance, he will later find that his words could not be more wrong. Then we heard the sound of footsteps in the distance and he warned, “They are coming,” and he retreated back down the hall and around the corner out of sight.

Two elven mages in robes of the evil draconic order came around the corner and shouted at us. Tristram, our silver tongued bard, to his credit, was able to convince them that we were simply in the wrong place. That we were looking for someone else and not there to attack them. They bought it hook, line, and sinker!!! They said they were waiting on someone else. Tristram apologized for the mix up and then told them he thinks they were out by the water and the mages relaxed and said, “ah, good they’re almost here then!” They then said we were free to go, that we just needed to head on out and all was good. Volrac asked how he could get a set of those robes and said he’d like to join them and they told him, he “doesn’t want these robes” and told him he doesn’t want to be a part of the order, that if he does he must be mentally damaged, they also instructed him to, “ask around Seglock to see how terrible the order is.” Now, they have no way to know we’re from Seglock number one, sure it might be one of the closer settlements but there’s still no way they’d know that, that is where we came from or were going to. This entire exchange was baffling and super suspicious to me. I have fought much evil in my day, being a cleric, and adventurer. Evil doesn’t just let you go when you stumble into their lair. They don’t clear the air because it was just some “confusion” and tell you to just head on home. They are evil, they don’t care who you are, you aren’t one of them, they’ll likely try to murder you or capture you for sacrifice, slavery, or other horrific evil machinations. Also these guys were not very convincing, each time they tried to sound boomy and angry like a real evil cultist they instead sounded like a really bad play actor or a terrible bard who has no idea they’re terrible.

With his ruse a robust success, Tristram was able to hold one of the mages while the other fled, but not before he lit up the rest of us who were standing in a nice tight little group with a hefty fireball. Sro floated? Flew? Over to the held mage and slapped him once which brought him within an inch of his life (coming ever closer to confirming my dragon hypothesis). He then declared that “this one LIVES” and we proceed to pursue the fleeing mage.

There was much fighting and I must say these mages and the traps were rather hard on my party members so they kept me quite busy picking them up off the floor. Markoth in particular decided to hang out in the middle of and become very intimately acquainted with the arrow trap as passing party members littered both themselves and himself with more and more arrows. As we rounded the corner the dragon was in the next room backing towards a different hallway (away from the combat). Sro implored him to stand and fight with us, to end this tyranny and to fight for his own freedom! The dragon stopped backing up but did not reply nor did he do anything else. Our bard asked the dragon if he knew how to speak common, and the dragon replied that he did and so our bard then (saying he had no idea what Sro said as Tristram doesn’t speak draconic) made his own impassioned speech to the dragon urging him to join us to, fight, to aid us! This time the dragon would respond, in action.

Volrac, Hugo, and Kluck (our barbarian) all subdued the fleeing mage and brought him down. They, however, were met by two more wizards and a new battle began. The dragon, convinced at last by the combined efforts of Linden, Sro, and most powerfully Tristram, acted and conjured an ice storm sphere upon the mages. Our heroes fought on bravely, some even stepping boldly in the icy sphere to reach the mages. One of the mages was put down! Then with one powerful icy cone cast by the remaining mage most of our party lay on the floor. Luckily I had enough healing magic to give everyone a little bit of healing all at once and get them all back on their feet again.

Things were starting to get in the neighborhood of a bit dicey, spells on my end were going to start running a bit low. As it was, we still were okay. My most powerful spells were exhausted, I still had a few others left, but if the battles kept raging for much longer it was going to start getting risky as every round my companions were face-planting left and right. Who knew wizards were so dangerous, right? Luckily just in the nick of time I was able to silence the last mage leaving him defenseless as our barbarian Kluck charged in and ended him. Luckily for the group, he was the last of the mages.

Sro pointed out a binding circle in the back of the cavern where the mages were coming from. The dragon stated that he was not powerful enough to dispel it or he would have been gone from this place long ago. He told us he was promised that if he helped them test some adventurers they would let him go but they never did, I assume because they always had more adventurers they wanted to test.

One of our stronger members fetched the unconscious mage Sro saved near the gates, tied him up so he could not use his hands to cast magic, and I gave him some of the water, restoring him (just barely) to consciousness. When he awoke and took stock of all of us standing above him and that he was at the binding circle he gave a weak, “Congratulations, you passed the test!” He then proceeded to argue with Sro how they were training adventurers (Sro maintaining that HE was training them! They just provided lies and death!). When they were done huffing at one another we told him to undo the binding. He said he was not powerful enough. He explained that while he is powerful, a group of mages a lot more powerful than he got together to cast that binding so it would take some similar strength of power to dispel it.

He asked that we give him the bodies of the other mages. I replied “So you can just revive them and do all of this again to more people?” The party and Sro all looked at him and said a resounding NO on returning the bodies.

We then moved on and were talking with the dragon about the skull we passed on our way in that the water flows through and he said they were his daughter’s bones and that adventurers have been taking pieces of her bones and even the teeth from the skull itself. He seemed very sad and stated that if they were able to be gathered back up again and cast into a river she would live again!

I looked at the party and told them that I know it might be near impossible but I would like to try to set the dragon free. No one knows how important freedom is to my people, my God, and my way of life. I cannot leave here without at least trying. I asked if they would let me rest since it was an exhausting battle and they did but not before we of course collected the hoard and divided it out amongst the party. It was ours if we succeeded and the mage told us we passed (a test we didn’t know we were taking).

I awoke the next morning and spent a few moments in prayer asking for guidance from Dysian to help empower me to set free this beautiful captive spirit. The bard played beautiful inspiring music while I meditated. When I was just about ready the dragon said he could offer the blessing of the sea but he didn’t think it would be particularly helpful. I said I would take every help I could get. Turns out the blessing of the sea allows you to breathe underwater so, instead of eating breakfast I just stuck my head into the underground river running all through the cave and breathed in my breakfast. Fully nourished, prepped, and invigorated, I prepared to set a dragon free where many others have failed.

I walked up to the summoning circle fully aware of the party and two expectant dragons waiting in anticipation at my back. I closed my eyes and took a deep breath. Then I began channeling the divine energy through my body with the intent to dispel this binding circle. I felt the energy flowing then it ebbed what felt a bit early but remembering that beautiful uplifting bardic song this morning my will and mind were refocused and certain of success and the energy began surging once again. Then just before it felt like it should be finished the energy dipped once more and I connected back to my God Dysian, to his guidance and I allowed all the energy that he could send to flow through me and into the circle. Then all at once everything stopped as if a candle was just snuffed out in an instant.

I opened my eyes and the circle was inactive, it was no longer glowing. I grinned ear to ear. Everyone doubts the rabbit. I turned around to stunned faces, no one more than the dragon himself. I think it was the first time he actually really saw me. He asked if that was it, if it was over and I shrugged and told him that there was only one way to tell. We gathered ourselves and our things and headed out of the lair.

It should be noted that while we were distracted discussing the bones of the dragon’s daughter there was one person missing, Volrac. It should also be noted that it appears the mage just so happened to have ceased living at some point between the bone discussion and the sorting of the loot. Weird, huh? Though that left Sro without “the one to tell the tale,” I told him, not to worry, I would be sending a strongly worded sending “letter” because I am LIVID.

As we reached the fire gates, the furthest out the dragon has been able to go since they bound him here he paused and let everyone else pass through. We turned to face him. My heart was pounding. I knew the spell was dispelled but I was secretly afraid they had taken some other hidden arcane measures to keep him locked in or worse to hurt him or kill him if he tried to leave without them setting him free and disabling all the known elements. I didn’t let my concern show and just beamed a bright positive smile at him.

It was one of my greatest honors in this life so far to see this magnificent creature step forth and pass beyond the fire gates watching him go from defeated, to afraid to be too hopeful, to watching the color returning to him as he seemed to rise taller and stronger and rushed out of the cavern. He did say thank you but I didn’t release him for that (I just want anyone who may read my writings to know that he was also a polite dragon).

We all stepped outside and Sro thanked us also for doing a great deed. As a sign of appreciation he revealed his stunning and HUGE Great Silver Wyrm handsome self (gotta say I did a solid bunny pat on the back for putting the clues together for that one) and offered to fly us back home to Seglock. That flight was AMAZING!!! Talk about the experience of a lifetime!!!! Though after seeing his form I must say the talk of the mages about the fact that they found a dragon that was not white but sort of white makes me concerned for Sro. I wonder if they meant him. I would think they would know a silver dragon or at least silver as a color but then again they tried to pull off a terrible ruse. Hmm… I might have to send Sro a message as well. <blockquote> '''As it would turn out, yes, Mentztonalcoatl I WAS strong enough'''. ~ Linden Rue </blockquote>''Note: I also want to note that the dragon we freed was named: Mentztonalcoatl but that’s a mouthful to write so I instead called him “the dragon” throughout for ease of my paws.''
[[Category:Player Characters]]
[[Category:Into the Greedy Green]]

Linden Rue

2022-07-18T20:42:33Z

Lywyn: adding a page link to new deity page for dysian

Dysian

2022-07-18T20:40:20Z

Lywyn: Aesthetic edits mainly

Dysian

2022-07-18T20:33:18Z

Lywyn: Added all info about the new God Dysian

== Alignment ==
Chaotic Good

== Holy Symbol ==
A Linden Leaf that has an Eye with Butterfly Wings on top of it

== Home Plane ==
Feywild

== Power Domain ==
Healing spells, Knowledge spells, Illusion spells, Nature spells

== Appearance ==
This gentle healing yet curious god has a form befitting both his natures. He often shows himself as an impressive bull elephant with brilliantly colored butterfly wings as the elephant’s ears. The wing colors seem to shift and shimmer and legend says the colors shown reflect his current disposition. He has beautiful writings and symbols that flow from the center of his forehead down his trunk but what they mean has been long forgotten, or perhaps, was never known by the mortals of the feywilds or beyond. He is rumored to take other, smaller, forms when he wants to take a wander through the mortal lands. There are many myths and tales of strange encounters that may have been a chance or perhaps fated meeting with this wandering God. One thing they all have in common is the butterfly. If you think you’ve met him, look for the butterfly, he always hides it somewhere on himself, and if you find one, you may have just been blessed by this most curious God yourself!

== Description ==
A lunar god, Dysian maintains dual roles as healer of sickness and injuries, as well as a curious gatherer of knowledge of all kinds. His divine inspiration guides his followers to seek out his current curious whim. He seeks compassionate followers who are also inquisitive in their nature, willing to leave on a spiritual quest at a moment's notice. Many of his followers will soon find that the paths he directs them down, most often, will lead them to be of great aid while also sating Dysian’s own curious desires. He has a sense of goodness and justice but he also has a playful spirit that would typically rather find more interesting ways than dull simple brute force to meet out justice. He encourages his followers to do the same but he does not forbid them to use violence so long as they are using it in balance and on the side of defense of self and good. Dysian’s nature is gentle and calm and he is slow to anger. As an ancient god and collector of wisdom he is wise and so is not one to rush to conclusions and would rather pause to reflect before brash action. That being said woe to the ones who invoke his wrath. Few times has he fully shown his rage, in those times, lands trembled and worlds were reshaped anew by the battles fought.

== Dogma ==
"Be ever curious about the multiverse and its inhabitants and follow my divine light where it leads you. Take the time to see, to watch, and learn. Collect the bits and pieces of knowledge that sparkle and share them back to me. Remember as you wander to protect the peoples and the lands of the feywild forests. Defend them fiercely from marauders, and act as champions for those who cannot defend themselves but always remember that there are many ways to disable and bring justice to an enemy that do not involve brute force. Do your best to show compassion and mercy, and take the time to tend to the sick and injured whenever possible. Remain unattached to the peoples and the places you visit and be ready to heed my word should I call you to wander. Should I choose to lead you far from the feywilds in your curious wanderings I charge you still to act as my champions bringing my light, aid, and influence to those strange new lands. "

== Followers ==
Followers of Dysian (called ‘The Wandering Ones’) are often seen as benevolent spiritual wanderers. Some may root themselves in a place for a time only to one day, seemingly out of the blue, be called to a new spiritual quest and leave without ceremony. They tend to be light hearted and inquisitive. Marked for their bravery, they will not hesitate to stand up for those who cannot stand for themselves, but would rather choose other more creative solutions before base violence if given the option. They are caring and compassionate and are always willing to help when they are able but as they have come to understand how important balance can be they understand that they must keep to their path where they can do the most good and not be distracted by the greater sufferings of the worlds where their efforts would be squandered.

Dysian

2022-07-18T20:26:18Z

Lywyn: Created page with "== Dysian =="

== Dysian ==

Linden Rue

2022-07-18T19:57:11Z

Lywyn: Updated god

Linden Rue

2022-07-17T00:03:35Z

Lywyn: Linking text

Linden Rue

2022-07-16T19:24:35Z

Lywyn: Added Seglock 7/15 event summary

Linden Rue

2022-07-16T17:24:57Z

Lywyn: testing formatting

Linden Rue

2022-07-15T01:21:02Z

Lywyn: added god, and fleshed out some info under powers and abilities

Linden Rue

2022-07-15T00:37:55Z

Lywyn:

File:Tiny Bunny.jpg

2022-07-15T00:35:45Z

Lywyn:

Art by Iro Pagis

File:Tiny bunny.jpg

2022-07-15T00:32:54Z

Lywyn:

Art by Iro Pagis

Linden Rue

2022-07-10T04:54:15Z

Lywyn: Added character Page

{{Infobox_character|name={{PAGENAME}}|image=|caption=Need Better Picture|languages=Common, Elvish, Draconic, Sylvan|birthPlace=Feywild|species=Harengon|gender=Female|height=3ft|weight=30lbs|eyes=Sapphire blue}}

'''{{PAGENAME}} '''is a Harengon of a rather curious nature. She follows where the will of the divine lights her travels, wherever that may be. Her spiritual wanderings have revealed that the divine celestial world is far more connected than it is separate. Seeing these connections, she finds herself wondering how the gods have influenced different times, peoples, and places and spends her free time often studying different peoples and their practices.

==Physical Appearance==
Piercing bright sapphire blue eyes peer out from pure snow white fur which covers her form with just the tips of her ears dipped in deep obsidian black. She may be small coming in just at around 3ft (counting her ears) but she makes up for it in her spirit.

==Personality==
Linden is an excitable rather happy harengon, who is often one foot in her own world with her musings and pondering. She has survived much in her short time but her faith has kept her spirit shining bright. She is fascinated and perhaps bit overly excited by new peoples and experiences for her, even ones others may NOT be so excited about. As she always says, "Fear and fascination both start with an 'f' so it can be a bit confusing." She is a bit easily distracted and finds herself drawn in by odd items, strange beings, and shiny items sooome times to her determent (it's a good thing she's tanky). She is loyal to her companions and will do all that she can to avoid ever leaving one of them in trouble. As a staunch lover of life, Linden, will do all she can to stop those inflicting needless cruel suffering upon others.

==History==
They say curiosity killed the cat, it's no worry, I'm a harengon. I'm not from this plane, originally, you see I found myself curious and followed a group of strangers I had been quietly studying through a portal and found myself in this place. I feel like the divine put my paws on this path as I was following the light, sometimes it's golden and shining and other times it sparkles (this time it was the latter). I must say I do rather like it here, the creatures are all much more direct with their concerns and desires. At times I miss my fae friends and family but I've always been rather independent anyway.

Hopping right along I've spent my time studying many peoples and places of this land but what I am most excited about are the DRAGONS!! It took me some time, some books, and some spying (without becoming a crispy dragon snack) to get the nuances just right but I was able to learn to fluently speak the Draconic language and it's certainly been enlightening in this current climate. I've been asked why I'm not more afraid of the giant beastly dragons for "a rabbit" (I'll excuse them for not understanding my people are not exactly the same as the tiny creatures they call rabbits) but when EVERYTHING tries, or wants to eat you (including most of the peoples I've met) I suppose size becomes irrelevant after some point. I'm not unafraid, I'm just not MORE afraid...

I am also so enamored with life that anytime I have been able to aid those who cross my path and seem to have good intent I have done my best to bestow healing and blessings upon them with the the powers granted by my divine. I have always followed wherever my divine lights my path and it has led me to some very curious locations and experiences but, I have the firm belief that I am always exactly where I am supposed to be at exactly the right time.

==Languages==
Common, Elvish, Draconic, Sylvan

==Powers and Abilities==
Linden Rue is here to bestow much anti-damage to her companions. She is supportive in her nature but has no fear of being a shield to protect her more vulnerable party members if required.

==Attacks and Weapons ==
Her favorite weapons are spiritual (as in spiritual weapon) and currently her Mace

[[Category:Player Characters]]